--- title: "Verses of the Senior Monks · Theragāthā" author: "The Elder Monks" translator: "Bhikkhu Sujato" languages: [pi, en] shelf: "Pali Canon" url: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/ cite: "The Elder Monks, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato, Verses of the Senior Monks · Theragāthā. Scriptura (scriptura.si), https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/" --- # Verses of the Senior Monks · Theragāthā *The Elder Monks, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato* Poems of awakening by more than two hundred and sixty monks of the Buddha’s time. > Pali: the Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka (Buddha Jayanti edition, 2500), from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). > English: Bhikkhu Sujato, from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). Notes are not included. > Rows follow the segment numbers the two texts share, gathered into paragraphs; verse keeps its lines. ## Contents 1. [Chapter One · Thag 1.1–1.9](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/1.md) 2. [Chapter Two · Thag 1.11–1.19](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/2.md) 3. [Chapter Three · Thag 1.21–1.29](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/3.md) 4. [Chapter Four · Thag 1.31–1.39](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/4.md) 5. [Chapter Five · Thag 1.41–1.49](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/5.md) 6. [Chapter Six · Thag 1.51–1.59](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/6.md) 7. [Chapter Seven · Thag 1.61–1.69](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/7.md) 8. [Chapter Eight · Thag 1.71–1.79](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/8.md) 9. [Chapter Nine · Thag 1.81–1.89](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/9.md) 10. [Chapter Ten · Thag 1.91–1.99](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/10.md) 11. [Chapter Eleven · Thag 1.101–1.109](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/11.md) 12. [Chapter Twelve · Thag 1.111–1.119](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/12.md) 13. [Chapter One · Thag 2.1–2.10](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/13.md) 14. [Chapter Two · Thag 2.11–2.20](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/14.md) 15. [Chapter Three · Thag 2.21–2.30](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/15.md) 16. [Chapter Four · Thag 2.31–2.40](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/16.md) 17. [Chapter Five · Thag 2.41–2.48](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/17.md) 18. [Chapter One · Thag 3.1–6.13](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/18.md) 19. [Chapter One · Thag 6.14–14.2](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/19.md) 20. [Chapter One · Thag 15.1–16.9](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/20.md) 21. [Chapter One · Thag 16.10–19.1](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/21.md) 22. [Chapter One · Thag 20.1–21.1](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/22.md) ## 1. Chapter One · Thag 1.1–1.9 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/1/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/1/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.1 · Subhūti > Pali: Thag 1.1 · Subhūtittheragāthā [¶1] Background > Pali: Nidānagāthā [¶2] Homage to him, the blessed one, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha! > Pali: Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa. [¶3] Like the lions of mighty fang who roar in mountain caves— hear now from those who’ve practiced well their own verses about themselves. > Pali: Sīhānaṁva nadantānaṁ, dāṭhīnaṁ girigabbhare; Suṇātha bhāvitattānaṁ, gāthā atthūpanāyikā. [¶4] What their name, and what their clan, and how they lived by the teaching; how dedicated were those wise ones, as they meditated tirelessly. > Pali: Yathānāmā yathāgottā, yathādhammavihārino; Yathādhimuttā sappaññā, vihariṁsu atanditā. [¶5] Clearly discerning in every case, they reached the state that does not pass. Reviewing their completed task, they spoke about it in these words. > Pali: Tattha tattha vipassitvā, phusitvā accutaṁ padaṁ; Katantaṁ paccavekkhantā, imamatthamabhāsisuṁ. [¶6] Subhūti > Pali: Subhūtittheragāthā [¶7] My hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind: so rain, heavens, as you please! My mind is serene and freed, I practice wholeheartedly: so rain, heavens! > Pali: “Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā, Vassa deva yathāsukhaṁ; Cittaṁ me susamāhitaṁ vimuttaṁ, Ātāpī viharāmi vassa devā”ti. [¶8] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Subhūti. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā subhūtitthero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶9] Thag 1.2 · Mahākoṭṭhita > Pali: Thag 1.2 · Mahākoṭṭhikattheragāthā [¶10] Calm and still, thoughtful in counsel, not restless— he shakes off bad qualities as the gale shakes leaves off a tree. > Pali: “Upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato; Dhunāti pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṁva māluto”ti. [¶11] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Mahākoṭṭhita. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶12] Thag 1.3 · Revata the Doubter > Pali: Thag 1.3 · Kaṅkhārevatattheragāthā [¶13] See this wisdom of the Realized Ones! Like a fire blazing in the night, giving light, giving vision, they dispel the doubt of those who’ve come. > Pali: “Paññaṁ imaṁ passa tathāgatānaṁ, Aggi yathā pajjalito nisīthe; Ālokadā cakkhudadā bhavanti, Ye āgatānaṁ vinayanti kaṅkhan”ti. [¶14] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Revata the Doubter. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā kaṅkhārevato thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶15] Thag 1.4 · Puṇṇa (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.4 · Puṇṇattheragāthā [¶16] Associate only with the virtuous, the astute ones who see the goal. The attentive ones, diligent and clear-seeing, realize the goal so great and profound, hard to see, subtle, and very fine. > Pali: “Sabbhireva samāsetha, paṇḍitehatthadassibhi; Atthaṁ mahantaṁ gambhīraṁ, duddasaṁ nipuṇaṁ aṇuṁ; Dhīrā samadhigacchanti, appamattā vicakkhaṇā”ti. [¶17] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Puṇṇa son of Mantāṇī. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶18] Thag 1.5 · Dabba > Pali: Thag 1.5 · Dabbattheragāthā [¶19] Once hard to tame, now tamed himself; proficient, content, with doubt overcome; victorious since his fears have vanished: Dabba is steadfast, and has become fully quenched. > Pali: “Yo duddamiyo damena danto, Dabbo santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho; Vijitāvī apetabheravo hi, Dabbo so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. [¶20] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Dabba. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā dabbo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶21] Thag 1.6 · Sītavaniya > Pali: Thag 1.6 · Sītavaniyattheragāthā [¶22] The monk who went to the Cool Grove is solitary, content and serene, victorious, with goosebumps vanished, guarding mindfulness of the body, steadfast. > Pali: “Yo sītavanaṁ upagā bhikkhu, Eko santusito samāhitatto; Vijitāvī apetalomahaṁso, Rakkhaṁ kāyagatāsatiṁ dhitimā”ti. [¶23] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Sītavaniya. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā sītavaniyo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶24] Thag 1.7 · Bhalliya > Pali: Thag 1.7 · Bhalliyattheragāthā [¶25] He has cast aside the army of the King of Death, as a fragile bridge of reeds by a great flood. Victorious since his fears have vanished: tame and steadfast, he has become quenched. > Pali: “Yopānudī maccurājassa senaṁ, Naḷasetuṁva sudubbalaṁ mahogho; Vijitāvī apetabheravo hi, Danto so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. [¶26] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Bhalliya. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā bhalliyo thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶27] Thag 1.8 · Vīra > Pali: Thag 1.8 · Vīrattheragāthā [¶28] Once hard to tame, now tamed himself; a hero, content, with doubt overcome; victorious, with goosebumps vanished, Vīra is steadfast, and has become fully quenched. > Pali: “Yo duddamiyo damena danto, Vīro santusito vitiṇṇakaṅkho; Vijitāvī apetalomahaṁso, Vīro so parinibbuto ṭhitatto”ti. [¶29] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Vīra. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā vīro thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. [¶30] Thag 1.9 · Pilindavaccha > Pali: Thag 1.9 · Pilindavacchattheragāthā [¶31] It was welcome, not unwelcome, the advice I got was good. Of the well-explained teachings, I arrived at the best. > Pali: “Svāgataṁ na durāgataṁ, Nayidaṁ dumantitaṁ mama; Saṁvibhattesu dhammesu, Yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamin”ti. [¶32] That is how this verse was recited by the senior venerable Pilindavaccha. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā pilindavaccho thero gāthaṁ abhāsitthāti. ## 2. Chapter Two · Thag 1.11–1.19 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/2/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/2/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.11 · Cūḷavaccha > Pali: Thag 1.11 · Cūḷavacchattheragāthā [¶1] A monk full of joy in the teaching proclaimed by the Buddha would realize the peaceful state, the blissful stilling of conditions. > Pali: “Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu, dhamme buddhappavedite; Adhigacche padaṁ santaṁ, saṅkhārūpasamaṁ sukhan”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Cūḷavaccho thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.12 · Mahāvaccha > Pali: Thag 1.12 · Mahāvacchattheragāthā [¶4] Empowered by wisdom, with precepts and observances intact, serene, loving absorption, mindful, eating just the needed food, one should await one’s time here, free of desire. > Pali: “Paññābalī sīlavatūpapanno, Samāhito jhānarato satīmā; Yadatthiyaṁ bhojanaṁ bhuñjamāno, Kaṅkhetha kālaṁ idha vītarāgo”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Mahāvaccho thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.13 · Vanavaccha (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.13 · Vanavacchattheragāthā [¶7] Glistening, they look like blue stormclouds, with waters cool and streams so clear, and covered all in ladybugs: these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: “Nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā, sītavārī sucindharā; Indagopakasañchannā, te selā ramayanti man”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Vanavaccho thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.14 · The Novice Sivaka > Pali: Thag 1.14 · Sivakasāmaṇeragāthā [¶10] My mentor said to me: “Let’s leave here, Sīvaka.” My body lives in the village, but my mind has gone to the wilderness. I go there even when lying down— you can’t chain those who know. > Pali: “Upajjhāyo maṁ avaca, ito gacchāma sīvaka; Gāme me vasati kāyo, araññaṁ me gato mano; Semānakopi gacchāmi, natthi saṅgo vijānatan”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Vanavacchassa therassa (siviko) sāmaṇero …. [¶12] Thag 1.15 · Kuṇḍadhāna > Pali: Thag 1.15 · Kuṇḍadhānattheragāthā [¶13] Five to cut, five to drop, and five more to develop. When a mendicant slips five chains they’re said to have crossed the flood. > Pali: “Pañca chinde pañca jahe, pañca cuttari bhāvaye; Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, oghatiṇṇoti vuccatī”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Kuṇḍadhāno thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.16 · Belaṭṭhasīsa > Pali: Thag 1.16 · Belaṭṭhasīsattheragāthā [¶16] Just as a fine thoroughbred proceeds with ease, tail and mane flying in the wind; so my days and nights proceed with ease, full of joy not of the flesh. > Pali: “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, naṅgalāvattanī sikhī; Gacchati appakasirena, evaṁ rattindivā mama; Gacchanti appakasirena, sukhe laddhe nirāmise”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Belaṭṭhasīso thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.17 · Dāsaka > Pali: Thag 1.17 · Dāsakattheragāthā [¶19] One who gets drowsy from overeating, fond of sleep, rolling round the bed like a great hog stuffed with grain: that dullard returns to the womb again and again. > Pali: “Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, Niddāyitā samparivattasāyī; Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, Punappunaṁ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Dāsako thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.18 · Sigāla’s Father > Pali: Thag 1.18 · Siṅgālapituttheragāthā [¶22] There was an heir of the Buddha, a monk in Bhesakaḷā forest, who suffused the entire earth with the perception of bones. I think he will quickly get rid of sensual desire. > Pali: “Ahu buddhassa dāyādo, bhikkhu bhesakaḷāvane; Kevalaṁ aṭṭhisaññāya, apharī pathaviṁ imaṁ; Maññehaṁ kāmarāgaṁ so, khippameva pahissatī”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Siṅgālapitā thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.19 · Kula > Pali: Thag 1.19 · Kulattheragāthā [¶25] While irrigators guide water, fletchers bend arrows straight, and carpenters bend timber straight, those true to their vows tame themselves. > Pali: “Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, Usukārā namayanti tejanaṁ; Dāruṁ namayanti tacchakā, Attānaṁ damayanti subbatā”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Kulo thero …. ## 3. Chapter Three · Thag 1.21–1.29 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/3/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/3/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.21 · Nigrodha > Pali: Thag 1.21 · Nigrodhattheragāthā [¶1] I’m not afraid of fear, for our teacher is expert in freedom from death. Mendicants advance by the path where no fear remains. > Pali: “Nāhaṁ bhayassa bhāyāmi, Satthā no amatassa kovido; Yattha bhayaṁ nāvatiṭṭhati, Tena maggena vajanti bhikkhavo”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Nigrodho thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.22 · Cittaka > Pali: Thag 1.22 · Cittakattheragāthā [¶4] Crested peacocks with beautiful blue necks cry out in Karaṁvī. Stirred by a cool breeze, they wake the sleeper to practice absorption. > Pali: “Nīlā sugīvā sikhino, Morā kārambhiyaṁ abhinadanti; Te sītavātakīḷitā, Suttaṁ jhāyaṁ nibodhentī”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Cittako thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.23 · Gosāla > Pali: Thag 1.23 · Gosālattheragāthā [¶7] I’ll eat honey and milk-rice in Veḷugumba. And then, dexterously probing the rise and fall of the aggregates, I’ll return to my forest hill and foster seclusion. > Pali: “Ahaṁ kho veḷugumbasmiṁ, bhutvāna madhupāyasaṁ; Padakkhiṇaṁ sammasanto, khandhānaṁ udayabbayaṁ; Sānuṁ paṭigamissāmi, vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Gosālo thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.24 · Sugandha > Pali: Thag 1.24 · Sugandhattheragāthā [¶10] See the excellence of the teaching! Just one rainy season after I went forth, I attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: “Anuvassiko pabbajito, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Sugandho thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.25 · Nandiya > Pali: Thag 1.25 · Nandiyattheragāthā [¶13] Dark One, after attacking such a monk— one who has arrived at the fruit, and whose mind is always full of light— you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: “Obhāsajātaṁ phalagaṁ, cittaṁ yassa abhiṇhaso; Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasī”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Nandiyo thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.26 · Abhaya > Pali: Thag 1.26 · Abhayattheragāthā [¶16] Having heard the fine words of the Buddha, Kinsman of the Sun, I penetrated the subtle truth, like a hair-tip with an arrow. > Pali: “Sutvā subhāsitaṁ vācaṁ, buddhassādiccabandhuno; Paccabyadhiṁ hi nipuṇaṁ, vālaggaṁ usunā yathā”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Abhayo thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.27 · Lomasakaṅgiya > Pali: Thag 1.27 · Lomasakaṅgiyattheragāthā [¶19] With my chest I’ll thrust aside the grasses, vines, canes, the vetiver, rushes and reeds, and foster seclusion. > Pali: “Dabbaṁ kusaṁ poṭakilaṁ, usīraṁ muñjapabbajaṁ; Urasā panudissāmi, vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Lomasakaṅgiyo thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.28 · Jambugāmikaputta > Pali: Thag 1.28 · Jambugāmikaputtattheragāthā [¶22] Aren’t you obsessed with clothes? Don’t you just love jewelry? Is it not you—and no one else— who spreads the scent of virtue? > Pali: “Kacci no vatthapasuto, Kacci no bhūsanārato; Kacci sīlamayaṁ gandhaṁ, Kiṁ tvaṁ vāyasi netarā pajā”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Jambugāmikaputto thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.29 · Hārita (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.29 · Hāritattheragāthā [¶25] Straighten yourself, like a fletcher an arrow. When your mind is upright, Hārita, break ignorance to bits! > Pali: “Samunnamayamattānaṁ, usukārova tejanaṁ; Cittaṁ ujuṁ karitvāna, avijjaṁ bhinda hāritā”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Hārito thero …. ## 4. Chapter Four · Thag 1.31–1.39 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/4/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/4/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.31 · Gahvaratīriya > Pali: Thag 1.31 · Gahvaratīriyattheragāthā [¶1] Pestered by flies and mosquitoes in the wilds, the formidable forest, one should mindfully endure, like an elephant at the head of the battle. > Pali: “Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, araññasmiṁ brahāvane; Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, sato tatrādhivāsaye”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Gahvaratīriyo thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.32 · Suppiya > Pali: Thag 1.32 · Suppiyattheragāthā [¶4] I’ll swap old age for the unaging, burning for quenching— the ultimate peace, the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. > Pali: “Ajaraṁ jīramānena, tappamānena nibbutiṁ; Nimiyaṁ paramaṁ santiṁ, yogakkhemaṁ anuttaran”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Suppiyo thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.33 · Sopāka (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.33 · Sopākattheragāthā [¶7] Just as a mother would be good to her beloved only child; so, to creatures all and everywhere, let one be good. > Pali: “Yathāpi ekaputtasmiṁ, piyasmiṁ kusalī siyā; Evaṁ sabbesu pāṇesu, sabbattha kusalo siyā”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Sopāko thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.34 · Posiya > Pali: Thag 1.34 · Posiyattheragāthā [¶10] It’s always better for a smart person to avoid sharing a seat with such women. I went from the village to the wilderness; from there I entered a house. Though I was there to be fed, I got up and left without taking leave. > Pali: “Anāsannavarā etā, niccameva vijānatā; Gāmā araññamāgamma, tato gehaṁ upāvisi; Tato uṭṭhāya pakkāmi, anāmantetvā posiyo”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Posiyo thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.35 · Sāmaññakāni > Pali: Thag 1.35 · Sāmaññakānittheragāthā [¶13] Seeking happiness, they find it through this practice. They get a good reputation and grow in fame, those who develop the direct route: the noble eightfold path to realize freedom from death. > Pali: “Sukhaṁ sukhattho labhate tadācaraṁ, Kittiñca pappoti yasassa vaḍḍhati; Yo ariyamaṭṭhaṅgikamañjasaṁ ujuṁ, Bhāveti maggaṁ amatassa pattiyā”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Sāmaññakānitthero …. [¶15] Thag 1.36 · Kumāputta > Pali: Thag 1.36 · Kumāputtattheragāthā [¶16] Learning is good, living well is good, the life without abode is always good. Questions on the meaning, actions that are skillful: this is the ascetic life for one who has nothing. > Pali: “Sādhu sutaṁ sādhu caritakaṁ, Sādhu sadā aniketavihāro; Atthapucchanaṁ padakkhiṇakammaṁ, Etaṁ sāmaññamakiñcanassā”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Kumāputto thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.37 · Kumāputtasahāyaka > Pali: Thag 1.37 · Kumāputtasahāyakattheragāthā [¶19] Some travel to different countries, wandering undisciplined. If they lose their meditation, what will such rotten conduct achieve? So you should dispel aggression, practicing absorption undistracted. > Pali: “Nānājanapadaṁ yanti, Vicarantā asaññatā; Samādhiñca virādhenti, Kiṁsu raṭṭhacariyā karissati; Tasmā vineyya sārambhaṁ, Jhāyeyya apurakkhato”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Kumāputtattherassa sahāyako thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.38 · Gavampati > Pali: Thag 1.38 · Gavampatittheragāthā [¶22] His psychic power made the Sarabhū River stand still; Gavampati is unbound and unperturbed. The gods bow to that great sage, who has slipped all chains, and gone beyond rebirth. > Pali: “Yo iddhiyā sarabhuṁ aṭṭhapesi, So gavampati asito anejo; Taṁ sabbasaṅgātigataṁ mahāmuniṁ, Devā namassanti bhavassa pāragun”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Gavampatitthero …. [¶24] Thag 1.39 · Tissa (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.39 · Tissattheragāthā [¶25] Like they’re struck by a sword, like their head was on fire, a mendicant should wander mindful to give up sensual desire. > Pali: “Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, ḍayhamānova matthake; Kāmarāgappahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Tisso thero …. ## 5. Chapter Five · Thag 1.41–1.49 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/5/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/5/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.41 · Sirivaḍḍha > Pali: Thag 1.41 · Sirivaḍḍhattheragāthā [¶1] Lightning flashes down on the cleft of Vebhāra and Paṇḍava. But in the mountain cleft he is absorbed in jhāna— the son of the Buddha, inimitable and unaffected. > Pali: “Vivaramanupatanti vijjutā, Vebhārassa ca paṇḍavassa ca; Nagavivaragato ca jhāyati, Putto appaṭimassa tādino”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Sirivaḍḍho thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.42 · Revata of the Acacia Wood > Pali: Thag 1.42 · Khadiravaniyattheragāthā [¶4] Cālā, Upacālā, Sīsupacālā— meditate mindfully! I’ve come to you like a hair-splitter. > Pali: “Cāle upacāle sīsūpacāle (…), Patissatā nu kho viharatha; Āgato vo vālaṁ viya vedhī”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Khadiravaniyo thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.43 · Sumaṅgala > Pali: Thag 1.43 · Sumaṅgalattheragāthā [¶7] Well freed! Well freed! I’m very well freed from three crooked things: my sickles, my ploughs, and my little hoes. Even if they were here, right here— I’d be done with them, done! Practice absorption Sumaṅgala! Practice absorption Sumaṅgala! Stay heedful, Sumaṅgala! > Pali: “Sumuttiko sumuttiko, Sāhu sumuttikomhi tīhi khujjakehi; Asitāsu mayā naṅgalāsu mayā, Khuddakuddālāsu mayā. Yadipi idhameva idhameva, Atha vāpi alameva alameva; Jhāya sumaṅgala jhāya sumaṅgala, Appamatto vihara sumaṅgalā”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Sumaṅgalo thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.44 · Sānu > Pali: Thag 1.44 · Sānuttheragāthā [¶10] Mum, they weep for the dead, or for one who’s alive but missing. I’m alive and you can see me, so mum, why do you weep for me? > Pali: “Mataṁ vā amma rodanti, Yo vā jīvaṁ na dissati; Jīvantaṁ maṁ amma passantī, Kasmā maṁ amma rodasī”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Sānutthero …. [¶12] Thag 1.45 · Ramaṇīyavihārin > Pali: Thag 1.45 · Ramaṇīyavihārittheragāthā [¶13] Though a fine thoroughbred may stumble, it soon stands firm again. Even so is one accomplished in vision, a disciple of the Buddha. > Pali: “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, khalitvā patitiṭṭhati; Evaṁ dassanasampannaṁ, sammāsambuddhasāvakan”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Ramaṇīyavihāritthero …. [¶15] Thag 1.46 · Samiddhi > Pali: Thag 1.46 · Samiddhittheragāthā [¶16] I went forth out of faith from the lay life to homelessness. My mindfulness and wisdom have grown, my mind is serene. Make whatever illusions you want, it doesn’t bother me. > Pali: “Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, Agārasmānagāriyaṁ; Sati paññā ca me vuḍḍhā, Cittañca susamāhitaṁ; Kāmaṁ karassu rūpāni, Neva maṁ byādhayissasī”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Samiddhitthero …. [¶18] Thag 1.47 · Ujjaya > Pali: Thag 1.47 · Ujjayattheragāthā [¶19] Homage to you, O Buddha, O hero, freed in every way! Meditating in the fruits of your practice, I live without defilements. > Pali: “Namo te buddha vīratthu, vippamuttosi sabbadhi; Tuyhāpadāne viharaṁ, viharāmi anāsavo”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Ujjayo thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.48 · Sañjaya > Pali: Thag 1.48 · Sañjayattheragāthā [¶22] Since I went forth from the lay life to homelessness, I’ve not been aware of any thought that is ignoble and hateful. > Pali: “Yato ahaṁ pabbajito, Agārasmānagāriyaṁ; Nābhijānāmi saṅkappaṁ, Anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitan”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Sañjayo thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.49 · Rāmaṇeyyaka > Pali: Thag 1.49 · Rāmaṇeyyakattheragāthā [¶25] Even with all the sounds, the chirping and cheeping of the birds, my mind doesn’t flounder, for I’m devoted to oneness. > Pali: “Cihacihābhinadite, sippikābhirutehi ca; Na me taṁ phandati cittaṁ, ekattanirataṁ hi me”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Rāmaṇeyyako thero …. ## 6. Chapter Six · Thag 1.51–1.59 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/6/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/6/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.51 · Godhika > Pali: Thag 1.51 · Godhikattheragāthā [¶1] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. My mind is serene: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; Cittaṁ susamāhitañca mayhaṁ, Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Godhiko thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.52 · Subāhu > Pali: Thag 1.52 · Subāhuttheragāthā [¶4] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. My mind is immersed in my body: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; Cittaṁ susamāhitañca kāye, Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Subāhutthero …. [¶6] Thag 1.53 · Valliya (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.53 · Valliyattheragāthā [¶7] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. I meditate there, diligent: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; Tassaṁ viharāmi appamatto, Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Valliyo thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.54 · Uttiya (2nd) > Pali: Thag 1.54 · Uttiyattheragāthā [¶10] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. I dwell there without a partner: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; Tassaṁ viharāmi adutiyo, Atha ce patthayasi pavassa devā”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Uttiyo thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.55 · Añjanavaniya > Pali: Thag 1.55 · Añjanavaniyattheragāthā [¶13] I plunged into the Añjana wood and made a hut to live in. I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: “Āsandiṁ kuṭikaṁ katvā, ogayha añjanaṁ vanaṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Añjanavaniyo thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.56 · Kuṭivihārin (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.56 · Kuṭivihārittheragāthā [¶16] “Who is in this hut?” “A monk is in this hut, free of lust, his mind serene. Reverend, you should know this: your hut wasn’t built in vain.” > Pali: “Ko kuṭikāyaṁ bhikkhu kuṭikāyaṁ, Vītarāgo susamāhitacitto; Evaṁ jānāhi āvuso, Amoghā te kuṭikā katā”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Kuṭivihāritthero …. [¶18] Thag 1.57 · Kuṭivihārin (2nd) > Pali: Thag 1.57 · Dutiyakuṭivihārittheragāthā [¶19] This was your old hut, but you still want a new hut. Let go of hope for a hut, monk! A new hut will only bring more suffering. > Pali: “Ayamāhu purāṇiyā kuṭi, Aññaṁ patthayase navaṁ kuṭiṁ; Āsaṁ kuṭiyā virājaya, Dukkhā bhikkhu puna navā kuṭī”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Dutiyakuṭivihāritthero …. [¶21] Thag 1.58 · Ramaṇīyakuṭika > Pali: Thag 1.58 · Ramaṇīyakuṭikattheragāthā [¶22] My hut is pleasing, delightful, a gift given in faith. I’ve no need of girls: go, ladies, to those in need! > Pali: “Ramaṇīyā me kuṭikā, Saddhādeyyā manoramā; Na me attho kumārīhi, Yesaṁ attho tahiṁ gacchatha nāriyo”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Ramaṇīyakuṭiko thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.59 · Kosalavihārin > Pali: Thag 1.59 · Kosalavihārittheragāthā [¶25] I went forth out of faith and built a hut in the wilderness. I’m heedful, ardent, aware, and mindful. > Pali: “Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, araññe me kuṭikā katā; Appamatto ca ātāpī, sampajāno patissato”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Kosalavihāritthero …. ## 7. Chapter Seven · Thag 1.61–1.69 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/7/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/7/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.61 · Vappa > Pali: Thag 1.61 · Vappattheragāthā [¶1] One who sees sees those who see and those who don’t. One who doesn’t see sees neither. > Pali: “Passati passo passantaṁ, apassantañca passati; Apassanto apassantaṁ, passantañca na passatī”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Vappo thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.62 · Vajjiputta (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.62 · Vajjiputtattheragāthā [¶4] We dwell alone in the wilderness, like a log dumped in a forest. Lots of people are jealous of me, as beings in hell are of one going to heaven. > Pali: “Ekakā mayaṁ araññe viharāma, Apaviddhaṁva vanasmiṁ dārukaṁ; Tassa me bahukā pihayanti, Nerayikā viya saggagāminan”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Vajjiputto thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.63 · Pakkha > Pali: Thag 1.63 · Pakkhattheragāthā [¶7] They fall, collapsed and fallen; greedy, they return. The work is done, the joyful is enjoyed, happiness is found through happiness. > Pali: “Cutā patanti patitā, giddhā ca punarāgatā; Kataṁ kiccaṁ rataṁ rammaṁ, sukhenanvāgataṁ sukhan”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Pakkho thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.64 · Vimalakoṇḍañña > Pali: Thag 1.64 · Vimalakoṇḍaññattheragāthā [¶10] I arose from the one named after a tree; I was born of the one whose banner shines. The banner killer has destroyed the great banner, by means of the banner itself. > Pali: “Dumavhayāya uppanno, jāto paṇḍaraketunā; Ketuhā ketunāyeva, mahāketuṁ padhaṁsayī”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Vimalakoṇḍañño thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.65 · Ukkhepakatavaccha > Pali: Thag 1.65 · Ukkhepakatavacchattheragāthā [¶13] Vaccha has tossed away what he built over many years. Sitting comfortably, uplifted with joy, he teaches this to householders. > Pali: “Ukkhepakatavacchassa, Saṅkalitaṁ bahūhi vassehi; Taṁ bhāsati gahaṭṭhānaṁ, Sunisinno uḷārapāmojjo”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Ukkhepakatavaccho thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.66 · Meghiya > Pali: Thag 1.66 · Meghiyattheragāthā [¶16] He counseled me, the great hero, the one who has gone beyond all things. When I heard his teaching I stayed close by him, mindful. I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: “Anusāsi mahāvīro, sabbadhammāna pāragū; Tassāhaṁ dhammaṁ sutvāna, vihāsiṁ santike sato; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Meghiyo thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.67 · Ekadhammasavanīya > Pali: Thag 1.67 · Ekadhammasavanīyattheragāthā [¶19] My defilements have been burnt away by practicing absorption— rebirth into all states of existence is eradicated, transmigration through births is finished, now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: “Kilesā jhāpitā mayhaṁ, bhavā sabbe samūhatā; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Ekadhammasavanīyo thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.68 · Ekudāniya > Pali: Thag 1.68 · Ekudāniyattheragāthā [¶22] A sage of higher consciousness, diligent, training in the ways of sagacity: there are no sorrows for the unaffected, calm and ever mindful. > Pali: “Adhicetaso appamajjato, Munino monapathesu sikkhato; Sokā na bhavanti tādino, Upasantassa sadā satīmato”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Ekudāniyo thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.69 · Channa > Pali: Thag 1.69 · Channattheragāthā [¶25] Hearing the sweet Dhamma taught by the master, all-knowing, of superb knowledge, I’ve entered the path to realize freedom from death— he is the expert on the road to sanctuary from the yoke. > Pali: “Sutvāna dhammaṁ mahato mahārasaṁ, Sabbaññutaññāṇavarena desitaṁ; Maggaṁ papajjiṁ amatassa pattiyā, So yogakkhemassa pathassa kovido”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Channo thero …. ## 8. Chapter Eight · Thag 1.71–1.79 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/8/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/8/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.71 · Vacchapāla > Pali: Thag 1.71 · Vacchapālattheragāthā [¶1] For one who sees the meaning so very subtle and fine; who is skilled in thought and placid in manner; who has cultivated mature ethics, it’s not hard to gain extinguishment. > Pali: “Susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā, Matikusalena nivātavuttinā; Saṁsevitavuddhasīlinā, Nibbānaṁ na hi tena dullabhan”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Vacchapālo thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.72 · Ātuma > Pali: Thag 1.72 · Ātumattheragāthā [¶4] A young bamboo is hard to extract when the point is grown and become all woody. That’s how I feel with the wife who was arranged for me. Give me permission—now I’ve gone forth. > Pali: “Yathā kaḷīro susu vaḍḍhitaggo, Dunnikkhamo hoti pasākhajāto; Evaṁ ahaṁ bhariyāyānitāya, Anumaññaṁ maṁ pabbajitomhi dānī”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Ātumo thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.73 · Māṇava > Pali: Thag 1.73 · Māṇavattheragāthā [¶7] Seeing an old person, and one suffering from disease, and a corpse come to the end of life, I went forth, becoming a wanderer, and giving up the pleasures of the senses. > Pali: “Jiṇṇañca disvā dukhitañca byādhitaṁ, Matañca disvā gatamāyusaṅkhayaṁ; Tato ahaṁ nikkhamitūna pabbajiṁ, Pahāya kāmāni manoramānī”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Māṇavo thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.74 · Suyāmana > Pali: Thag 1.74 · Suyāmanattheragāthā [¶10] Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness, and doubt are not found in a monk at all. > Pali: “Kāmacchando ca byāpādo, Thinamiddhañca bhikkhuno; Uddhaccaṁ vicikicchā ca, Sabbasova na vijjatī”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Suyāmano thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.75 · Susārada > Pali: Thag 1.75 · Susāradattheragāthā [¶13] Good is the sight of those who’ve practiced well: doubt is cut off and intelligence grows— even a fool grows wise! That’s why it’s good to meet good people. > Pali: “Sādhu suvihitāna dassanaṁ, Kaṅkhā chijjati buddhi vaḍḍhati; Bālampi karonti paṇḍitaṁ, Tasmā sādhu sataṁ samāgamo”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Susārado thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.76 · Piyañjaha > Pali: Thag 1.76 · Piyañjahattheragāthā [¶16] Settle down when others spring up; spring up when others settle down. Remain when others have departed; don’t delight when others delight. > Pali: “Uppatantesu nipate, nipatantesu uppate; Vase avasamānesu, ramamānesu no rame”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Piyañjaho thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.77 · Hatthārohaputta > Pali: Thag 1.77 · Hatthārohaputtattheragāthā [¶19] In the past my mind wandered how it wished, where it liked, as it pleased. Now I’ll carefully guide it, as a trainer with a hook guides a rutting elephant. > Pali: “Idaṁ pure cittamacāri cārikaṁ, Yenicchakaṁ yatthakāmaṁ yathāsukhaṁ; Tadajjahaṁ niggahessāmi yoniso, Hatthippabhinnaṁ viya aṅkusaggaho”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Hatthārohaputto thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.78 · Meṇḍasira > Pali: Thag 1.78 · Meṇḍasirattheragāthā [¶22] Transmigrating through countless rebirths, I’ve journeyed without reward. I’ve suffered, but now the mass of suffering has fallen away. > Pali: “Anekajātisaṁsāraṁ, sandhāvissaṁ anibbisaṁ; Tassa me dukkhajātassa, dukkhakkhandho aparaddho”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Meṇḍasiro thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.79 · Rakkhita > Pali: Thag 1.79 · Rakkhitattheragāthā [¶25] All my lust is given up, all my hate is eradicated, all my delusion is gone: I’m cooled, quenched. > Pali: “Sabbo rāgo pahīno me, sabbo doso samūhato; Sabbo me vigato moho, sītibhūtosmi nibbuto”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Rakkhito thero …. ## 9. Chapter Nine · Thag 1.81–1.89 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/9/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/9/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.81 · Samitigutta > Pali: Thag 1.81 · Samitiguttattheragāthā [¶1] Any bad things I’ve done in previous lives, are to be experienced right here, not in any other place. > Pali: “Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ pāpaṁ, pubbe aññāsu jātisu; Idheva taṁ vedanīyaṁ, vatthu aññaṁ na vijjatī”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Samitigutto thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.82 · Kassapa > Pali: Thag 1.82 · Kassapattheragāthā [¶4] Go, child, to any place where there’s plenty of food, where it’s safe and free of peril— may you not be overcome by sorrow! > Pali: “Yena yena subhikkhāni, sivāni abhayāni ca; Tena puttaka gacchassu, mā sokāpahato bhavā”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Kassapo thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.83 · Sīha > Pali: Thag 1.83 · Sīhattheragāthā [¶7] Meditate diligently, Sīha, tireless all day and night. Develop skillful qualities, and quickly discard this bag of bones. > Pali: “Sīhappamatto vihara, rattindivamatandito; Bhāvehi kusalaṁ dhammaṁ, jaha sīghaṁ samussayan”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Sīho thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.84 · Nīta > Pali: Thag 1.84 · Nītattheragāthā [¶10] Sleeping all night, happily socializing by day, when will the simpleton make an end of suffering? > Pali: “Sabbarattiṁ supitvāna, divā saṅgaṇike rato; Kudāssu nāma dummedho, dukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Nīto thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.85 · Sunāga > Pali: Thag 1.85 · Sunāgattheragāthā [¶13] Skilled in the patterns of the mind, understanding the nectar of seclusion, practicing absorption, alert, mindful: such a person would realize pleasure not of the flesh. > Pali: “Cittanimittassa kovido, Pavivekarasaṁ vijāniya; Jhāyaṁ nipako patissato, Adhigaccheyya sukhaṁ nirāmisan”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Sunāgo thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.86 · Nāgita > Pali: Thag 1.86 · Nāgitattheragāthā [¶16] Elsewhere there are many other doctrines; paths that, unlike this, don’t lead to extinguishment. For the Buddha himself instructs the Saṅgha; the Teacher shows the palms of his hands. > Pali: “Ito bahiddhā puthu aññavādinaṁ, Maggo na nibbānagamo yathā ayaṁ; Itissu saṅghaṁ bhagavānusāsati, Satthā sayaṁ pāṇitaleva dassayan”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Nāgito thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.87 · Paviṭṭha > Pali: Thag 1.87 · Paviṭṭhattheragāthā [¶19] The aggregates are seen as they truly are; all rebirths are shattered; transmigration through births is finished; now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: “Khandhā diṭṭhā yathābhūtaṁ, bhavā sabbe padālitā; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Paviṭṭho thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.88 · Ajjuna > Pali: Thag 1.88 · Ajjunattheragāthā [¶22] I was able to lift myself up from the water to the shore. While being swept away by the great flood, I penetrated the truths. > Pali: “Asakkhiṁ vata attānaṁ, uddhātuṁ udakā thalaṁ; Vuyhamāno mahogheva, saccāni paṭivijjhahan”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Ajjuno thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.89 · Devasabha (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.89 · (Paṭhama) Devasabhattheragāthā [¶25] I’ve crossed the bogs, I’ve avoided the chasms, I’m freed from floods and ties, and I’ve wiped out all conceit. > Pali: “Uttiṇṇā paṅkapalipā, pātālā parivajjitā; Mutto oghā ca ganthā ca, sabbe mānā visaṁhatā”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Devasabho thero …. ## 10. Chapter Ten · Thag 1.91–1.99 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/10/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/10/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.91 · Paripuṇṇaka > Pali: Thag 1.91 · Paripuṇṇakattheragāthā [¶1] What I consumed today is considered better than delicious grain of a hundred flavors— the Dhamma taught by the Buddha, Gotama of infinite vision. > Pali: “Na tathā mataṁ satarasaṁ, Sudhannaṁ yaṁ mayajja paribhuttaṁ; Aparimitadassinā gotamena, Buddhena desito dhammo”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Paripuṇṇako thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.92 · Vijaya > Pali: Thag 1.92 · Vijayattheragāthā [¶4] One whose defilements have ended; who’s not attached to food; whose range is the liberation of the signless and the empty: their track is hard to trace, like birds in the sky. > Pali: “Yassāsavā parikkhīṇā, āhāre ca anissito; Suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yassa gocaro; Ākāseva sakuntānaṁ, padaṁ tassa durannayan”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Vijayo thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.93 · Eraka > Pali: Thag 1.93 · Erakattheragāthā [¶7] Sensual pleasures are suffering, Eraka! Sensual pleasures aren’t happiness, Eraka! One who enjoys sensual pleasures enjoys suffering, Eraka! One who doesn’t enjoy sensual pleasures doesn’t enjoy suffering, Eraka! > Pali: “Dukkhā kāmā eraka, Na sukhā kāmā eraka; Yo kāme kāmayati, Dukkhaṁ so kāmayati eraka; Yo kāme na kāmayati, Dukkhaṁ so na kāmayati erakā”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Erako thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.94 · Mettaji > Pali: Thag 1.94 · Mettajittheragāthā [¶10] Homage to that Blessed One, the glorious Sakyan! Having reached the best, he beautifully taught the best teaching. > Pali: “Namo hi tassa bhagavato, sakyaputtassa sirīmato; Tenāyaṁ aggappattena, aggadhammo sudesito”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Mettaji thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.95 · Cakkhupāla > Pali: Thag 1.95 · Cakkhupālattheragāthā [¶13] I’m blind, my eyes are ruined, I’m traveling a desolate road. Even if I have to crawl I’ll keep going— though not with wicked companions. > Pali: “Andhohaṁ hatanettosmi, kantāraddhānapakkhando; Sayamānopi gacchissaṁ, na sahāyena pāpenā”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Cakkhupālo thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.96 · Khaṇḍasumana > Pali: Thag 1.96 · Khaṇḍasumanattheragāthā [¶16] I offered a single flower and then amused myself in heavens for 800 million years; with what’s left over I’ve become quenched. > Pali: “Ekapupphaṁ cajitvāna, asīti vassakoṭiyo; Saggesu paricāretvā, sesakenamhi nibbuto”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Khaṇḍasumano thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.97 · Tissa (2nd) > Pali: Thag 1.97 · Tissattheragāthā [¶19] Giving up a hundred ounces of bronze, and a hundred grains of gold, I took a bowl made of clay: this is my second initiation. > Pali: “Hitvā satapalaṁ kaṁsaṁ, Sovaṇṇaṁ satarājikaṁ; Aggahiṁ mattikāpattaṁ, Idaṁ dutiyābhisecanan”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Tisso thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.98 · Abhaya > Pali: Thag 1.98 · Abhayattheragāthā [¶22] When you see a sight, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. Your defilements grow, leading to the root of rebirth. > Pali: “Rūpaṁ disvā sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati; Tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā, Bhavamūlopagāmino”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Abhayo thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.99 · Uttiya (3rd) > Pali: Thag 1.99 · Uttiyattheragāthā [¶25] When you hear a sound, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. Your defilements grow, leading to transmigration. > Pali: “Saddaṁ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati; Tassa vaḍḍhanti āsavā, Saṁsāraṁ upagāmino”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Uttiyo thero …. ## 11. Chapter Eleven · Thag 1.101–1.109 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/11/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/11/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.101 · Belaṭṭhānika > Pali: Thag 1.101 · Belaṭṭhānikattheragāthā [¶1] He’s given up the household life, but is far from perfect. Living for his belly, lazy, he uses his snout as a plow, like a great hog stuffed with grain. That dullard is reborn again and again. > Pali: “Hitvā gihittaṁ anavositatto, Mukhanaṅgalī odariko kusīto; Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, Punappunaṁ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Belaṭṭhāniko thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.102 · Setuccha > Pali: Thag 1.102 · Setucchattheragāthā [¶4] Deceived by conceit, defiled among conditions, oppressed by gain and loss, they don’t reach immersion. > Pali: “Mānena vañcitāse, Saṅkhāresu saṅkilissamānāse; Lābhālābhena mathitā, Samādhiṁ nādhigacchantī”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Setuccho thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.103 · Bandhura > Pali: Thag 1.103 · Bandhurattheragāthā [¶7] I have no need of this— I’m happy and satisfied with the sweet teaching. I’ve drunk the best, the supreme nectar: I won’t go near poison. > Pali: “Nāhaṁ etena atthiko, Sukhito dhammarasena tappito; Pitvā rasaggamuttamaṁ, Na ca kāhāmi visena santhavan”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Bandhuro thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.104 · Khitaka > Pali: Thag 1.104 · Khitakattheragāthā [¶10] Hey! My body is light, full of so much rapture and happiness. My body feels like it’s floating, like cotton in a gale. > Pali: “Lahuko vata me kāyo, Phuṭṭho ca pītisukhena vipulena; Tūlamiva eritaṁ mālutena, Pilavatīva me kāyo”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Khitako thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.105 · Malitavambha > Pali: Thag 1.105 · Malitavambhattheragāthā [¶13] Dissatisfied, one should not stay; and even if happy, one should leave. One who sees clearly wouldn’t stay in a place that was not conducive to the goal. > Pali: “Ukkaṇṭhitopi na vase, ramamānopi pakkame; Na tvevānatthasaṁhitaṁ, vase vāsaṁ vicakkhaṇo”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Malitavambho thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.106 · Suhemanta > Pali: Thag 1.106 · Suhemantattheragāthā [¶16] Though the meaning has a hundred facets, and bears a hundred characteristics, the simpleton sees only one factor, while the sage sees a hundred. > Pali: “Sataliṅgassa atthassa, satalakkhaṇadhārino; Ekaṅgadassī dummedho, satadassī ca paṇḍito”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Suhemanto thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.107 · Dhammasava > Pali: Thag 1.107 · Dhammasavattheragāthā [¶19] After investigating, I went forth from the lay life to homelessness. I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: “Pabbajiṁ tulayitvāna, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Dhammasavo thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.108 · Dhammasavapitu > Pali: Thag 1.108 · Dhammasavapituttheragāthā [¶22] At 120 years old I went forth to homelessness. I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: “Sa vīsavassasatiko, pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Dhammasavapitu thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.109 · Saṅgharakkhita > Pali: Thag 1.109 · Saṅgharakkhitattheragāthā [¶25] Even on retreat he doesn’t heed the counsel of the one with supreme compassion for his welfare. He lives with unrestrained faculties, like a young deer in the woods. > Pali: “Na nūnāyaṁ paramahitānukampino, Rahogato anuvigaṇeti sāsanaṁ; Tathāhayaṁ viharati pākatindriyo, Migī yathā taruṇajātikā vane”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Saṅgharakkhito thero …. ## 12. Chapter Twelve · Thag 1.111–1.119 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/12/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/12/#p-N [¶0] Thag 1.111 · Jenta > Pali: Thag 1.111 · Jentattheragāthā [¶1] Going forth is hard; living at home is hard; Dhamma is profound; money is hard to come by. Getting by is difficult for we who accept whatever comes, so we should always think about impermanence. > Pali: “Duppabbajjaṁ ve duradhivāsā gehā, Dhammo gambhīro duradhigamā bhogā; Kicchā vutti no itarītareneva, Yuttaṁ cintetuṁ satatamaniccatan”ti. [¶2] > Pali: … Jento thero …. [¶3] Thag 1.112 · Vacchagotta > Pali: Thag 1.112 · Vacchagottattheragāthā [¶4] I am a master of the three knowledges, I’m a great meditator, an expert in serenity of heart. I’ve realized my heart’s goal and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: “Tevijjohaṁ mahājhāyī, cetosamathakovido; Sadattho me anuppatto, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶5] > Pali: … Vacchagotto thero …. [¶6] Thag 1.113 · Vanavaccha (2nd) > Pali: Thag 1.113 · Vanavacchattheragāthā [¶7] The water’s clear and the rocks are broad, monkeys and deer are all around; festooned with dewy moss, these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: “Acchodikā puthusilā, gonaṅgulamigāyutā; Ambusevālasañchannā, te selā ramayanti man”ti. [¶8] > Pali: … Vanavaccho thero …. [¶9] Thag 1.114 · Adhimutta (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.114 · Adhimuttattheragāthā [¶10] Your body is uncomfortably heavy, and life is running out; greedy for physical pleasure, how can you find happiness as an ascetic? > Pali: “Kāyaduṭṭhullagaruno, hiyyamānamhi jīvite; Sarīrasukhagiddhassa, kuto samaṇasādhutā”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Adhimutto thero …. [¶12] Thag 1.115 · Mahānāma > Pali: Thag 1.115 · Mahānāmattheragāthā [¶13] By Mount Nesādaka, with its famous covering of abundant shrubs and trees, you’re found deficient. > Pali: “Esāvahiyyase pabbatena, Bahukuṭajasallakikena; Nesādakena girinā, Yasassinā paricchadenā”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Mahānāmo thero …. [¶15] Thag 1.116 · Pārāsariya (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.116 · Pārāpariyattheragāthā [¶16] I’ve given up the six spheres of sense-contact, my sense doors are guarded and well restrained; I’ve ejected the root of gloom and attained the ending of defilements. > Pali: “Chaphassāyatane hitvā, guttadvāro susaṁvuto; Aghamūlaṁ vamitvāna, patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Pārāpariyo thero …. [¶18] Thag 1.117 · Yasa > Pali: Thag 1.117 · Yasattheragāthā [¶19] I’m well-anointed and well-dressed, adorned with all my jewelry. I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: “Suvilitto suvasano, sabbābharaṇabhūsito; Tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṁ, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶20] > Pali: … Yaso thero …. [¶21] Thag 1.118 · Kimbila (1st) > Pali: Thag 1.118 · Kimilattheragāthā [¶22] Old age falls like a curse; it’s the same body, but it seems like someone else’s. I remember myself as if I were someone else, but I’m still the same, I haven’t been away. > Pali: “Abhisattova nipatati, Vayo rūpaṁ aññamiva tatheva santaṁ; Tasseva sato avippavasato, Aññasseva sarāmi attānan”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Kimilo thero …. [¶24] Thag 1.119 · Vajjiputta (2nd) > Pali: Thag 1.119 · Vajjiputtattheragāthā [¶25] You’ve left for the jungle, the root of a tree, having laid extinguishment in your heart. Meditate, Gotama, don’t be negligent! What use is this hullabaloo to you? > Pali: “Rukkhamūlagahanaṁ pasakkiya, Nibbānaṁ hadayasmiṁ opiya; Jhāya gotama mā ca pamādo, Kiṁ te biḷibiḷikā karissatī”ti. [¶26] > Pali: … Vajjiputto thero …. ## 13. Chapter One · Thag 2.1–2.10 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/13/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/13/#p-N [¶0] Thag 2.1 · Uttara (1st) > Pali: Thag 2.1 · Uttarattheragāthā [¶1] No life is permanent, and no conditions last forever. The aggregates are reborn and pass away, again and again. > Pali: “Natthi koci bhavo nicco, saṅkhārā vāpi sassatā; Uppajjanti ca te khandhā, cavanti aparāparaṁ. [¶2] Knowing this danger, I have no need for another life. I’ve escaped all sensual pleasures, and attained the ending of defilements. > Pali: Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, bhavenamhi anatthiko; Nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. [¶3] That is how these verses were recited by the senior venerable Uttara. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā uttaro thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. [¶4] Thag 2.2 · Bhāradvāja the Alms-Gatherer > Pali: Thag 2.2 · Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheragāthā [¶5] You can’t live by fasting, but food doesn’t lead to peace of heart. Seeing how this bag of bones is sustained by food, I wander, seeking. > Pali: “Nayidaṁ anayena jīvitaṁ, Nāhāro hadayassa santiko; Āhāraṭṭhitiko samussayo, Iti disvāna carāmi esanaṁ. [¶6] They know it’s just a swamp, this homage and veneration in respectable families. Honor is a subtle dart, hard to extract, and hard for a reprobate to give up. > Pali: Paṅkoti hi naṁ pavedayuṁ, Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho”ti. [¶7] That is how these verses were recited by the senior venerable Bhāradvāja the Alms-Gatherer. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā piṇḍolabhāradvājo thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. [¶8] Thag 2.3 · Valliya (2nd) > Pali: Thag 2.3 · Valliyattheragāthā [¶9] A monkey went up to the little hut with five doors. He circles around, knocking on each door, again and again. > Pali: “Makkaṭo pañcadvārāyaṁ, kuṭikāyaṁ pasakkiya; Dvārena anupariyeti, ghaṭṭayanto muhuṁ muhuṁ. [¶10] Stand still monkey, don’t run! Things are different now; you’ve been caught by wisdom— you won’t go far. > Pali: Tiṭṭha makkaṭa mā dhāvi, na hi te taṁ yathā pure; Niggahītosi paññāya, neva dūraṁ gamissatī”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Valliyo thero …. [¶12] Thag 2.4 · Gaṅgātīriya > Pali: Thag 2.4 · Gaṅgātīriyattheragāthā [¶13] My hut on the bank of the Ganges is made from three palm leaves. My alms-bowl is a funeral pot, my robe is cast-off rags. > Pali: “Tiṇṇaṁ me tālapattānaṁ, gaṅgātīre kuṭī katā; Chavasittova me patto, paṁsukūlañca cīvaraṁ. [¶14] In my first two rainy seasons I spoke only one word. In my third rainy season the mass of darkness was shattered. > Pali: Dvinnaṁ antaravassānaṁ, ekā vācā me bhāsitā; Tatiye antaravassamhi, tamokhandho padālito”ti. [¶15] > Pali: … Gaṅgātīriyo thero …. [¶16] Thag 2.5 · Ajina > Pali: Thag 2.5 · Ajinattheragāthā [¶17] Even a master of the three knowledges, undefiled, conqueror of death, is looked down upon for being unknown by ignorant fools. > Pali: “Api ce hoti tevijjo, maccuhāyī anāsavo; Appaññātoti naṁ bālā, avajānanti ajānatā. [¶18] But any individual here who gets food and drink is honored by them, even if they are of bad character. > Pali: Yo ca kho annapānassa, lābhī hotidha puggalo; Pāpadhammopi ce hoti, so nesaṁ hoti sakkato”ti. [¶19] > Pali: … Ajino thero …. [¶20] Thag 2.6 · Meḷajina > Pali: Thag 2.6 · Meḷajinattheragāthā [¶21] When I heard the Teacher speaking Dhamma, I wasn’t aware of any doubt in the all-knowing, unconquered one, > Pali: “Yadāhaṁ dhammamassosiṁ, bhāsamānassa satthuno; Na kaṅkhamabhijānāmi, sabbaññūaparājite. [¶22] the caravan leader, the great hero, the most excellent of charioteers. I have no doubt in the path or practice. > Pali: Satthavāhe mahāvīre, sārathīnaṁ varuttame; Magge paṭipadāyaṁ vā, kaṅkhā mayhaṁ na vijjatī”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Meḷajino thero …. [¶24] Thag 2.7 · Rādha > Pali: Thag 2.7 · Rādhattheragāthā [¶25] Just as rain seeps into a poorly roofed house, lust seeps into an undeveloped mind. > Pali: “Yathā agāraṁ ducchannaṁ, vuṭṭhī samativijjhati; Evaṁ abhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, rāgo samativijjhati. [¶26] Just as rain doesn’t seep into a well roofed house, lust doesn’t seep into a well-developed mind. > Pali: Yathā agāraṁ succhannaṁ, Vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati; Evaṁ subhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, Rāgo na samativijjhatī”ti. [¶27] > Pali: … Rādho thero …. [¶28] Thag 2.8 · Surādha > Pali: Thag 2.8 · Surādhattheragāthā [¶29] Rebirth is ended for me; the victor’s instruction is fulfilled; what they call a “net” is given up; the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: “Khīṇā hi mayhaṁ jāti, vusitaṁ jinasāsanaṁ; Pahīno jālasaṅkhāto, bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶30] I’ve attained the goal for the sake of which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness— the ending of all fetters. > Pali: Yassatthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. [¶31] > Pali: … Surādho thero …. [¶32] Thag 2.9 · Gotama (1st) > Pali: Thag 2.9 · Gotamattheragāthā [¶33] Sages sleep at ease when they’re not bound to women. For the truth is hard to find among them and one must always be guarded. > Pali: “Sukhaṁ supanti munayo, ye itthīsu na bajjhare; Sadā ve rakkhitabbāsu, yāsu saccaṁ sudullabhaṁ. [¶34] Sensual pleasure, you’ve been slain! We’re not in your debt any more. Now we go to extinguishment, where there is no sorrow. > Pali: Vadhaṁ carimha te kāma, anaṇā dāni te mayaṁ; Gacchāma dāni nibbānaṁ, yattha gantvā na socatī”ti. [¶35] > Pali: … Gotamo thero …. [¶36] Thag 2.10 · Vasabha > Pali: Thag 2.10 · Vasabhattheragāthā [¶37] First one kills oneself, then one kills others. One kills oneself, really dead, like one who kills birds using a dead bird as a decoy. > Pali: “Pubbe hanati attānaṁ, pacchā hanati so pare; Suhataṁ hanti attānaṁ, vītaṁseneva pakkhimā. [¶38] A brahmin’s color is not on the outside; a brahmin is colored on the inside. Whoever harbors bad deeds is truly a dark one, Sujampati. > Pali: Na brāhmaṇo bahivaṇṇo, anto vaṇṇo hi brāhmaṇo; Yasmiṁ pāpāni kammāni, sa ve kaṇho sujampatī”ti. [¶39] > Pali: … Vasabho thero … [¶40] > Pali: vaggo paṭhamo. [¶41] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶42] > Pali: Uttaro ceva piṇḍolo, valliyo tīriyo isi; Ajino ca meḷajino, rādho surādho gotamo; Vasabhena ime honti, dasa therā mahiddhikāti. ## 14. Chapter Two · Thag 2.11–2.20 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/14/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/14/#p-N [¶0] Thag 2.11 · Mahācunda > Pali: Thag 2.11 · Mahācundattheragāthā [¶1] It’s from eagerness to learn that learning grows; when you’re learned, wisdom grows; by wisdom, you know the goal; knowing the goal brings happiness. > Pali: “Sussūsā sutavaddhanī, sutaṁ paññāya vaddhanaṁ; Paññāya atthaṁ jānāti, ñāto attho sukhāvaho. [¶2] You should frequent remote lodgings and practice to be released from fetters. If you don’t find enjoyment there, live in the Saṅgha, self-protected and mindful. > Pali: Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni, Careyya saṁyojanavippamokkhaṁ; Sace ratiṁ nādhigaccheyya tattha, Saṅghe vase rakkhitatto satimā”ti. [¶3] > Pali: … Mahācundo thero …. [¶4] Thag 2.12 · Jotidāsa > Pali: Thag 2.12 · Jotidāsattheragāthā [¶5] People who act harshly— attacking people, binding them with rope, hurting them in all kinds of ways— they’re treated in the same way; their deeds don’t vanish. > Pali: “Ye kho te veṭhamissena, nānattena ca kammunā; Manusse uparundhanti, pharusūpakkamā janā; Tepi tattheva kīranti, na hi kammaṁ panassati. [¶6] Whatever deeds a person does, whether good or bad, they are the heir to each and every deed they do. > Pali: Yaṁ karoti naro kammaṁ, Kalyāṇaṁ yadi pāpakaṁ; Tassa tasseva dāyādo, Yaṁ yaṁ kammaṁ pakubbatī”ti. [¶7] > Pali: … Jotidāso thero …. [¶8] Thag 2.13 · Heraññakāni > Pali: Thag 2.13 · Heraññakānittheragāthā [¶9] The days and nights rush by, and then life is cut short. The life of mortals wastes away, like the water in tiny streams. > Pali: “Accayanti ahorattā, jīvitaṁ uparujjhati; Āyu khīyati maccānaṁ, kunnadīnaṁva odakaṁ. [¶10] But while doing bad deeds the fool doesn’t realize— it’ll be bitter later on; for the result will be bad for them. > Pali: Atha pāpāni kammāni, karaṁ bālo na bujjhati; Pacchāssa kaṭukaṁ hoti, vipāko hissa pāpako”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Heraññakānitthero …. [¶12] Thag 2.14 · Somamitta > Pali: Thag 2.14 · Somamittattheragāthā [¶13] If you’re lost in the middle of a great sea, and you clamber up on a little log, you’ll sink. So too, a person who lives well sinks by relying on a lazy person. Hence you should avoid such a lazy person who lacks energy. > Pali: “Parittaṁ dārumāruyha, yathā sīde mahaṇṇave; Evaṁ kusītamāgamma, sādhujīvīpi sīdati; Tasmā taṁ parivajjeyya, kusītaṁ hīnavīriyaṁ. [¶14] Dwell with the noble ones who are secluded and determined and always energetic; the astute who practice absorption. > Pali: Pavivittehi ariyehi, pahitattehi jhāyibhi; Niccaṁ āraddhavīriyehi, paṇḍitehi sahāvase”ti. [¶15] > Pali: … Somamitto thero …. [¶16] Thag 2.15 · Sabbamitta > Pali: Thag 2.15 · Sabbamittattheragāthā [¶17] People are attached to people; people depend on people; people are hurt by people; and people hurt people. > Pali: “Jano janamhi sambaddho, janamevassito jano; Jano janena heṭhīyati, heṭheti ca jano janaṁ. [¶18] So what’s the point of people, or those born of people? Go, abandon these people, who’ve hurt so many people. > Pali: Ko hi tassa janenattho, janena janitena vā; Janaṁ ohāya gacchaṁ taṁ, heṭhayitvā bahuṁ janan”ti. [¶19] > Pali: … Sabbamitto thero …. [¶20] Thag 2.16 · Mahākāḷa > Pali: Thag 2.16 · Mahākāḷattheragāthā [¶21] There’s a big black woman who looks like a crow. She broke off thigh-bones, first one then another; she broke off arm-bones, first one then another; she broke off a skull like a curd-bowl, and then arranged them and sat nearby. > Pali: “Kāḷī itthī brahatī dhaṅkarūpā, Satthiñca bhetvā aparañca satthiṁ; Bāhañca bhetvā aparañca bāhaṁ, Sīsañca bhetvā dadhithālakaṁva; Esā nisinnā abhisandahitvā. [¶22] When an ignorant person builds up attachments, that dullard returns to suffering again and again. So let one who understands not build up attachments: may I never again lie with a broken skull! > Pali: Yo ve avidvā upadhiṁ karoti, Punappunaṁ dukkhamupeti mando; Tasmā pajānaṁ upadhiṁ na kayirā, Māhaṁ puna bhinnasiro sayissan”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Mahākāḷo thero …. [¶24] Thag 2.17 · Tissa (3rd) > Pali: Thag 2.17 · Tissattheragāthā [¶25] A shaven one wrapped in the outer robe gets many enemies when they receive food and drink, clothes and bedding. > Pali: “Bahū sapatte labhati, muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto; Lābhī annassa pānassa, vatthassa sayanassa ca. [¶26] Knowing this danger, this great fear in honors, a mendicant should wander mindful, with few possessions, not festering. > Pali: Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, sakkāresu mahabbhayaṁ; Appalābho anavassuto, sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti. [¶27] > Pali: … Tisso thero …. [¶28] Thag 2.18 · Kimbila (2nd) > Pali: Thag 2.18 · Kimilattheragāthā [¶29] In the Park of the East-Raftered Hall the Sakyan friends, having given up great wealth, are happy with the scraps in their bowls. > Pali: “Pācīnavaṁsadāyamhi, sakyaputtā sahāyakā; Pahāyānappake bhoge, uñchāpattāgate ratā. [¶30] Energetic, resolute, always staunchly vigorous; having given up mundane delights, they enjoy the delights of the Dhamma. > Pali: Āraddhavīriyā pahitattā, Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkamā; Ramanti dhammaratiyā, Hitvāna lokiyaṁ ratin”ti. [¶31] > Pali: … Kimilo thero …. [¶32] Thag 2.19 · Nanda > Pali: Thag 2.19 · Nandattheragāthā [¶33] Because of focusing on the wrong things, I was addicted to ornamentation. I was vain, fickle, racked by desire for pleasures of the senses. > Pali: “Ayoniso manasikārā, maṇḍanaṁ anuyuñjisaṁ; Uddhato capalo cāsiṁ, kāmarāgena aṭṭito. [¶34] But with the help of the Buddha, the Kinsman of the Sun, so skilled in means, I practiced rationally and extracted attachment to continued existence from my mind. > Pali: Upāyakusalenāhaṁ, buddhenādiccabandhunā; Yoniso paṭipajjitvā, bhave cittaṁ udabbahin”ti. [¶35] > Pali: … Nando thero …. [¶36] Thag 2.20 · Sirima > Pali: Thag 2.20 · Sirimattheragāthā [¶37] If others praise one who has no immersion, they praise in vain, as one has no immersion. > Pali: “Pare ca naṁ pasaṁsanti, attā ce asamāhito; Moghaṁ pare pasaṁsanti, attā hi asamāhito. [¶38] If others criticize one who does have immersion, they criticize in vain, as one does have immersion. > Pali: Pare ca naṁ garahanti, attā ce susamāhito; Moghaṁ pare garahanti, attā hi susamāhito”ti. [¶39] > Pali: … Sirimā thero …. [¶40] > Pali: vaggo dutiyo. [¶41] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶42] > Pali: Cundo ca jotidāso ca, thero heraññakāni ca; Somamitto sabbamitto, kāḷo tisso ca kimilo; Nando ca sirimā ceva, dasa therā mahiddhikāti. ## 15. Chapter Three · Thag 2.21–2.30 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/15/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/15/#p-N [¶0] Thag 2.21 · Uttara (2nd) > Pali: Thag 2.21 · Uttarattheragāthā [¶1] I’ve fully understood the aggregates; I’ve eradicated craving; I’ve developed the factors of awakening, I’ve attained the ending of defilements. > Pali: “Khandhā mayā pariññātā, taṇhā me susamūhatā; Bhāvitā mama bojjhaṅgā, patto me āsavakkhayo. [¶2] Having fully understood the aggregates, having plucked out the weaver of the web, having developed the factors of awakening, being undefiled, I will be fully extinguished. > Pali: Sohaṁ khandhe pariññāya, abbahitvāna jāliniṁ; Bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge, nibbāyissaṁ anāsavo”ti. [¶3] > Pali: … Uttaro thero …. [¶4] Thag 2.22 · Bhaddaji > Pali: Thag 2.22 · Bhaddajittheragāthā [¶5] There was a king named Panāda who had a sacrificial post all golden. Its height was sixteen times its width, and the top was a thousandfold. > Pali: “Panādo nāma so rājā, yassa yūpo suvaṇṇayo; Tiriyaṁ soḷasubbedho, ubbhamāhu sahassadhā. [¶6] It had a thousand panels and a hundred ball-caps, all adorned with banners, and made of sun gold. There danced the centaurs, numbering seven times six thousand. > Pali: Sahassakaṇḍo satageṇḍu, dhajālu haritāmayo; Anaccuṁ tattha gandhabbā, chasahassāni sattadhā”ti. [¶7] > Pali: … Bhaddajitthero …. [¶8] Thag 2.23 · Sobhita > Pali: Thag 2.23 · Sobhitattheragāthā [¶9] As a monk, mindful and wise, empowered and full of energy, I recollected five hundred eons in a single night. > Pali: “Satimā paññavā bhikkhu, āraddhabalavīriyo; Pañca kappasatānāhaṁ, ekarattiṁ anussariṁ. [¶10] Developing the four mindfulness meditations, the seven factors of awakening, and the eightfold path, I recollected five hundred eons in a single night. > Pali: Cattāro satipaṭṭhāne, satta aṭṭha ca bhāvayaṁ; Pañca kappasatānāhaṁ, ekarattiṁ anussarin”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Sobhito thero …. [¶12] Thag 2.24 · Valliya (3rd) > Pali: Thag 2.24 · Valliyattheragāthā [¶13] The duty of one whose energy is strong; the duty of one who longs to wake up: that I’ll do, I won’t fail— see my energy and vigor! > Pali: “Yaṁ kiccaṁ daḷhavīriyena, yaṁ kiccaṁ boddhumicchatā; Karissaṁ nāvarajjhissaṁ, passa vīriyaṁ parakkamaṁ. [¶14] Teach me the path, the direct route whose objective is freedom from death. I’ll know it with wisdom, as the Ganges knows the ocean. > Pali: Tvañca me maggamakkhāhi, añjasaṁ amatogadhaṁ; Ahaṁ monena monissaṁ, gaṅgāsotova sāgaran”ti. [¶15] > Pali: … Valliyo thero …. [¶16] Thag 2.25 · Vītasoka > Pali: Thag 2.25 · Vītasokattheragāthā [¶17] The barber approached to shave my head. I picked up a mirror and examined my body. > Pali: “Kese me olikhissanti, kappako upasaṅkami; Tato ādāsamādāya, sarīraṁ paccavekkhisaṁ. [¶18] My body appeared hollow; I once was blind, but the darkness disappeared. My fancy hairdo has been cut off: now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: Tuccho kāyo adissittha, andhakāro tamo byagā; Sabbe coḷā samucchinnā, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶19] > Pali: … Vītasoko thero …. [¶20] Thag 2.26 · Puṇṇamāsa (2nd) > Pali: Thag 2.26 · Puṇṇamāsattheragāthā [¶21] I gave up the five hindrances for the sake of sanctuary from the yoke. I took Dhamma as a mirror for knowing and seeing myself. > Pali: “Pañca nīvaraṇe hitvā, yogakkhemassa pattiyā; Dhammādāsaṁ gahetvāna, ñāṇadassanamattano. [¶22] I examined this body, all of it, inside and out. Internally and externally my body appeared hollow. > Pali: Paccavekkhiṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, sabbaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, tuccho kāyo adissathā”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Puṇṇamāso thero …. [¶24] Thag 2.27 · Nandaka (1st) > Pali: Thag 2.27 · Nandakattheragāthā [¶25] Though a fine thoroughbred may stumble, it soon stands firm again. It gains even more urgency, and draws its load undeterred. > Pali: “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, khalitvā patitiṭṭhati; Bhiyyo laddhāna saṁvegaṁ, adīno vahate dhuraṁ. [¶26] Even so is one accomplished in vision, a disciple of the Buddha. Remember me as a thoroughbred, the Buddha’s bosom son. > Pali: Evaṁ dassanasampannaṁ, sammāsambuddhasāvakaṁ; Ājānīyaṁ maṁ dhāretha, puttaṁ buddhassa orasan”ti. [¶27] > Pali: … Nandako thero …. [¶28] Thag 2.28 · Bharata > Pali: Thag 2.28 · Bharatattheragāthā [¶29] Come, Nandaka, let’s go to visit our preceptor. We’ll roar our lion’s roar before the best of Buddhas. > Pali: “Ehi nandaka gacchāma, upajjhāyassa santikaṁ; Sīhanādaṁ nadissāma, buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā. [¶30] The sage gave us the going forth out of compassion, so we could realize the ending of all fetters— now we have reached that goal. > Pali: Yāya no anukampāya, amhe pabbājayī muni; So no attho anuppatto, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. [¶31] > Pali: … Bharato thero …. [¶32] Thag 2.29 · Bhāradvāja > Pali: Thag 2.29 · Bhāradvājattheragāthā [¶33] This is how the wise roar: like lions in mountain caves, heroes, triumphant in battle, having vanquished Māra with his legions. > Pali: “Nadanti evaṁ sappaññā, sīhāva girigabbhare; Vīrā vijitasaṅgāmā, jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ. [¶34] I’ve served the Teacher; I’ve honored the Dhamma and the Saṅgha; I’m happy and joyful, because I’ve seen my son free of defilements. > Pali: Satthā ca pariciṇṇo me, dhammo saṅgho ca pūjito; Ahañca vitto sumano, puttaṁ disvā anāsavan”ti. [¶35] > Pali: … Bhāradvājo thero …. [¶36] Thag 2.30 · Kaṇhadinna > Pali: Thag 2.30 · Kaṇhadinnattheragāthā [¶37] I regularly sat close by true persons and learnt the teaching. What I learned, I practiced, the direct route whose objective is freedom from death. > Pali: “Upāsitā sappurisā, sutā dhammā abhiṇhaso; Sutvāna paṭipajjissaṁ, añjasaṁ amatogadhaṁ. [¶38] I’ve slain the desire for continued existence, it won’t be found in me again. It was not, and it won’t be in me, and it isn’t found in me now. > Pali: Bhavarāgahatassa me sato, Bhavarāgo puna me na vijjati; Na cāhu na ca me bhavissati, Na ca me etarahi vijjatī”ti. [¶39] > Pali: … Kaṇhadinno thero … [¶40] > Pali: vaggo tatiyo. [¶41] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶42] > Pali: Uttaro bhaddajitthero, sobhito valliyo isi; Vītasoko ca yo thero, puṇṇamāso ca nandako; Bharato bhāradvājo ca, kaṇhadinno mahāmunīti. ## 16. Chapter Four · Thag 2.31–2.40 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/16/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/16/#p-N [¶0] Thag 2.31 · Migasira > Pali: Thag 2.31 · Migasirattheragāthā [¶1] When I had gone forth in the teaching of the Buddha, while letting go, I rose up; escaping the sensual realm. > Pali: “Yato ahaṁ pabbajito, sammāsambuddhasāsane; Vimuccamāno uggacchiṁ, kāmadhātuṁ upaccagaṁ. [¶2] Then, as the supreme one looked on, my mind was freed. My freedom is unshakable with the ending of all fetters. > Pali: Brahmuno pekkhamānassa, tato cittaṁ vimucci me; Akuppā me vimuttīti, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayā”ti. [¶3] > Pali: … Migasiro thero …. [¶4] Thag 2.32 · Sivaka > Pali: Thag 2.32 · Sivakattheragāthā [¶5] Houses are impermanent— on and on, life after life. I’ve been searching for the house-builder— painful is birth again and again. > Pali: “Aniccāni gahakāni, tattha tattha punappunaṁ; Gahakāraṁ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṁ. [¶6] I’ve seen you, house-builder! You won’t build a house again. Your rafters are all broken, your ridgepole is shattered. My mind is without boundaries: in this very life it will dissipate. > Pali: Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṁ na kāhasi; Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, thūṇikā ca vidālitā; Vimariyādikataṁ cittaṁ, idheva vidhamissatī”ti. [¶7] > Pali: … Sivako thero …. [¶8] Thag 2.33 · Upavāṇa > Pali: Thag 2.33 · Upavāṇattheragāthā [¶9] The perfected one, the Holy One in the world, the sage is afflicted by winds. If there’s hot water, give it to the sage, brahmin. > Pali: “Arahaṁ sugato loke, vātehābādhiko muni; Sace uṇhodakaṁ atthi, munino dehi brāhmaṇa. [¶10] I wish to bring it to the one who is esteemed by the estimable, honored by the honorable, and venerated by the venerable. > Pali: Pūjito pūjaneyyānaṁ, sakkareyyāna sakkato; Apacitopaceyyānaṁ, tassa icchāmi hātave”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Upavāṇo thero …. [¶12] Thag 2.34 · Isidinna > Pali: Thag 2.34 · Isidinnattheragāthā [¶13] I’ve seen lay disciples who have memorized discourses, saying, “Sensual pleasures are impermanent”. But they’re obsessed with jeweled earrings, concerned for their partners and children. > Pali: “Diṭṭhā mayā dhammadharā upāsakā, Kāmā aniccā iti bhāsamānā; Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, Puttesu dāresu ca te apekkhā. [¶14] To be honest, they don’t know Dhamma, even though they say “Sensual pleasures are impermanent”. They don’t have the power to cut their lust, so they cling to children, wives, and wealth. > Pali: Addhā na jānanti yatodha dhammaṁ, Kāmā aniccā iti cāpi āhu; Rāgañca tesaṁ na balatthi chettuṁ, Tasmā sitā puttadāraṁ dhanañcā”ti. [¶15] > Pali: … Isidinno thero …. [¶16] Thag 2.35 · Sambulakaccāna > Pali: Thag 2.35 · Sambulakaccānattheragāthā [¶17] The heavens rain, the heavens pour, I’m staying alone in a frightful hole. But while I’m staying alone in that frightful hole, I’ve no fear, no dread, no goosebumps. > Pali: “Devo ca vassati, devo ca gaḷagaḷāyati, Ekako cāhaṁ bherave bile viharāmi; Tassa mayhaṁ ekakassa bherave bile viharato, Natthi bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā. [¶18] This is my normal state while staying alone in a frightful hole: I’ve no fear, no dread, no goosebumps. > Pali: Dhammatā mamesā yassa me, Ekakassa bherave bile; Viharato natthi bhayaṁ vā, Chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā”ti. [¶19] > Pali: … Sambulakaccāno thero …. [¶20] Thag 2.36 · Nitaka > Pali: Thag 2.36 · Nitakattheragāthā [¶21] Whose mind is like a rock, steady, never trembling— free of desire for desirable things, not getting annoyed when things are annoying? From where will suffering strike one whose mind is developed like this? > Pali: “Kassa selūpamaṁ cittaṁ, ṭhitaṁ nānupakampati; Virattaṁ rajanīyesu, kuppanīye na kuppati; Yassevaṁ bhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, kuto taṁ dukkhamessati. [¶22] My mind is like a rock, steady, never trembling— free of desire for desirable things, not getting annoyed when things are annoying. From where will suffering strike me whose mind is developed like this? > Pali: Mama selūpamaṁ cittaṁ, ṭhitaṁ nānupakampati; Virattaṁ rajanīyesu, kuppanīye na kuppati; Mamevaṁ bhāvitaṁ cittaṁ, kuto maṁ dukkhamessatī”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Nitako thero …. [¶24] Thag 2.37 · Soṇapoṭiriya > Pali: Thag 2.37 · Soṇapoṭiriyattheragāthā [¶25] Night, with her garland of stars, is not only for sleeping. For those who know, this night is really for waking. > Pali: “Na tāva supituṁ hoti, ratti nakkhattamālinī; Paṭijaggitumevesā, ratti hoti vijānatā”. [¶26] Were I to fall from the back of an elephant, trampled by the tuskers that follow, better for me to die in battle, than to live on in defeat. > Pali: “Hatthikkhandhāvapatitaṁ, kuñjaro ce anukkame; Saṅgāme me mataṁ seyyo, yañce jīve parājito”ti. [¶27] > Pali: … Soṇo poṭiriyo thero …. [¶28] Thag 2.38 · Nisabha > Pali: Thag 2.38 · Nisabhattheragāthā [¶29] One who’s given up the five sensual stimuli, so pleasing and delightful, and who’s left the home life out of faith— let them make an end to suffering! > Pali: “Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, Piyarūpe manorame; Saddhāya gharā nikkhamma, Dukkhassantakaro bhave. [¶30] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, aware and mindful. > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, sampajāno patissato”ti. [¶31] > Pali: … Nisabho thero …. [¶32] Thag 2.39 · Usabha (2nd) > Pali: Thag 2.39 · Usabhattheragāthā [¶33] Arranging a robe over my shoulder, the color of young mango sprouts, I entered the village for alms sitting on an elephant’s neck! > Pali: “Ambapallavasaṅkāsaṁ, aṁse katvāna cīvaraṁ; Nisinno hatthigīvāyaṁ, gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. [¶34] But when I dismounted from the elephant, I was struck with a sense of urgency. I burned with shame, but then I found peace, and attained the ending of defilements. > Pali: Hatthikkhandhato oruyha, saṁvegaṁ alabhiṁ tadā; Sohaṁ ditto tadā santo, patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. [¶35] > Pali: … Usabho thero …. [¶36] Thag 2.40 · Kappaṭakura > Pali: Thag 2.40 · Kappaṭakurattheragāthā [¶37] This chap, “Rag-rice”, he sure is a rag! Into the vase of freedom from death, polished and overflowing, sufficient teaching has been poured; the path to build up absorptions has been laid out. > Pali: “Ayamiti kappaṭo kappaṭakuro, Acchāya atibharitāya; Amataghaṭikāyaṁ dhammakaṭamatto, Katapadaṁ jhānāni ocetuṁ. [¶38] Don’t nod off, Rag— I’ll smack your ear! You know no limit, nodding off in the midst of the Saṅgha! > Pali: Mā kho tvaṁ kappaṭa pacālesi, Mā tvaṁ upakaṇṇamhi tāḷessaṁ; Na hi tvaṁ kappaṭa mattamaññāsi, Saṅghamajjhamhi pacalāyamāno”ti. [¶39] > Pali: … Kappaṭakuro thero … [¶40] > Pali: vaggo catuttho. [¶41] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶42] > Pali: Migasiro sivako ca, upavāṇo ca paṇḍito; Isidinno ca kaccāno, nitako ca mahāvasī; Poṭiriyaputto nisabho, usabho kappaṭakuroti. ## 17. Chapter Five · Thag 2.41–2.48 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/17/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/17/#p-N [¶0] Thag 2.41 · Kassapa the Prince > Pali: Thag 2.41 · Kumārakassapattheragāthā [¶1] Oh, the Buddhas! Oh, the Dhammas! Oh, the accomplishments of the Teacher! Here a disciple may realize such a teaching for themselves. > Pali: “Aho buddhā aho dhammā, aho no satthu sampadā; Yattha etādisaṁ dhammaṁ, sāvako sacchikāhiti. [¶2] Through countless eons they obtained substantial forms. This is their last, their very final body in the transmigration through births and deaths; now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: Asaṅkheyyesu kappesu, sakkāyādhigatā ahū; Tesamayaṁ pacchimako, carimoyaṁ samussayo; Jātimaraṇasaṁsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶3] > Pali: … Kumārakassapo thero …. [¶4] Thag 2.42 · Dhammapāla > Pali: Thag 2.42 · Dhammapālattheragāthā [¶5] The young monk who is devoted to the teaching of the Buddha, wakeful while others sleep— his life is not in vain. > Pali: “Yo have daharo bhikkhu, yuñjati buddhasāsane; Jāgaro sa hi suttesu, amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. [¶6] So let the wise devote themselves to faith, ethical behavior, confidence, and insight into the teaching, remembering the instructions of the Buddhas. > Pali: Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. [¶7] > Pali: … Dhammapālo thero …. [¶8] Thag 2.43 · Brahmāli > Pali: Thag 2.43 · Brahmālittheragāthā [¶9] Whose faculties have become serene, like horses tamed by a charioteer? With conceit and defilements given up, who is such as envied by even the gods? > Pali: “Kassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni, Assā yathā sārathinā sudantā; Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, Devāpi kassa pihayanti tādinoti. [¶10] My faculties have become serene, like horses tamed by a charioteer. With conceit and defilements given up, I am such as envied by even the gods. > Pali: Mayhindriyāni samathaṅgatāni, Assā yathā sārathinā sudantā; Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, Devāpi mayhaṁ pihayanti tādino”ti. [¶11] > Pali: … Brahmāli thero …. [¶12] Thag 2.44 · Mogharāja > Pali: Thag 2.44 · Mogharājattheragāthā [¶13] “Your skin is nasty but your heart is good; Mogharāja, you’re always immersed in samādhi. But in the nights of winter, so dark and cold, how will you get by, monk?” > Pali: “Chavipāpaka cittabhaddaka, Mogharāja satataṁ samāhito; Hemantikasītakālarattiyo, Bhikkhu tvaṁsi kathaṁ karissasi”. [¶14] “I’ve heard that all the Magadhans have an abundance of grain. I’ll make my bed under a thatched roof, just like those who live in comfort.” > Pali: “Sampannasassā magadhā, kevalā iti me sutaṁ; Palālacchannako seyyaṁ, yathaññe sukhajīvino”ti. [¶15] > Pali: … Mogharājā thero …. [¶16] Thag 2.45 · Visākhapañcālaputta > Pali: Thag 2.45 · Visākhapañcālaputtattheragāthā [¶17] One should not suspend others from the Saṅgha, nor raise objections against them; and neither disparage nor raise one’s voice against one who has crossed to the further shore. One should not praise oneself among the assemblies, not restless, measured in speech, and true to your vows. > Pali: “Na ukkhipe no ca parikkhipe pare, Na okkhipe pāragataṁ na eraye; Na cattavaṇṇaṁ parisāsu byāhare, Anuddhato sammitabhāṇi subbato. [¶18] For one who sees the meaning so very subtle and fine, who is skilled in thought and placid in manner, who has cultivated mature ethics— it’s not hard to gain extinguishment. > Pali: Susukhumanipuṇatthadassinā, Matikusalena nivātavuttinā; Saṁsevitavuddhasīlinā, Nibbānaṁ na hi tena dullabhan”ti. [¶19] > Pali: … Visākho pañcālaputto thero …. [¶20] Thag 2.46 · Cūḷaka > Pali: Thag 2.46 · Cūḷakattheragāthā [¶21] The peacocks cry out with their fair crests and tails, their lovely blue necks and fair faces, their beautiful song and their call. This broad earth is lush with grass and dew, and the firmament is full of beautiful clouds. > Pali: “Nadanti morā susikhā supekhuṇā, Sunīlagīvā sumukhā sugajjino; Susaddalā cāpi mahāmahī ayaṁ, Subyāpitambu suvalāhakaṁ nabhaṁ. [¶22] One practicing absorption is happy in mind, and their appearance is uplifting; going forth in the teaching of the Buddha is easy for a good person. Realize that supreme state that does not pass, so very pure, subtle, and hard to see. > Pali: Sukallarūpo sumanassa jhāyataṁ, Sunikkamo sādhu subuddhasāsane; Susukkasukkaṁ nipuṇaṁ sududdasaṁ, Phusāhi taṁ uttamamaccutaṁ padan”ti. [¶23] > Pali: … Cūḷako thero …. [¶24] Thag 2.47 · Anūpama > Pali: Thag 2.47 · Anūpamattheragāthā [¶25] The conceited mind, addicted to pleasure, impales itself on its own stake. It always goes where there’s a stake, a chopping board. > Pali: “Nandamānāgataṁ cittaṁ, sūlamāropamānakaṁ; Tena teneva vajasi, yena sūlaṁ kaliṅgaraṁ. [¶26] I declare you the loser mind! I declare you the insidious mind! You’ve found the Teacher so hard to find— don’t lead me away from the goal. > Pali: Tāhaṁ cittakaliṁ brūmi, taṁ brūmi cittadubbhakaṁ; Satthā te dullabho laddho, mānatthe maṁ niyojayī”ti. [¶27] > Pali: … Anūpamo thero …. [¶28] Thag 2.48 · Vajjita > Pali: Thag 2.48 · Vajjitattheragāthā [¶29] Transmigrating for such a long time, I’ve cycled through various states of rebirth, not seeing the noble truths, a blind, unenlightened person. > Pali: “Saṁsaraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ, gatīsu parivattisaṁ; Apassaṁ ariyasaccāni, andhabhūto puthujjano. [¶30] But when I became heedful, transmigrations were mown down. All states of rebirth are cut off; now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: Tassa me appamattassa, saṁsārā vinaḷīkatā; Sabbā gatī samucchinnā, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶31] > Pali: … Vajjito thero …. ## 18. Chapter One · Thag 3.1–6.13 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/18/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/18/#p-N [¶0] Thag 3.1 · Aṅgaṇikabhāradvāja > Pali: Thag 3.1 · Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājattheragāthā [¶1] Seeking purity the wrong way, I served the sacred fire in a grove. Not knowing the path to purity, I practiced endless mortification. > Pali: “Ayoni suddhimanvesaṁ, aggiṁ paricariṁ vane; Suddhimaggaṁ ajānanto, akāsiṁ amaraṁ tapaṁ. [¶2] I’ve gained this happiness by means of happiness: behold the clear rightness of the teaching! I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Taṁ sukhena sukhaṁ laddhaṁ, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶3] I used to be brahmin only by kin, but now I really am a brahmin! I am master of the three knowledges, I’m a bathed initiate, I’m a scholar and a knowledge master. > Pali: Brahmabandhu pure āsiṁ, idāni khomhi brāhmaṇo; Tevijjo nhātako camhi, sottiyo camhi vedagū”ti. [¶4] > Pali: … Aṅgaṇikabhāradvājo thero …. [¶5] Thag 3.2 · Paccaya > Pali: Thag 3.2 · Paccayattheragāthā [¶6] I went forth five days ago, a trainee, my heart’s desire unfulfilled. I entered my dwelling and resolved in my heart: > Pali: “Pañcāhāhaṁ pabbajito, sekho appattamānaso; Vihāraṁ me paviṭṭhassa, cetaso paṇidhī ahu. [¶7] I won’t eat; I won’t drink; I won’t leave my dwelling; nor will I lie down on my side— not until the dart of craving is plucked. > Pali: Nāsissaṁ na pivissāmi, vihārato na nikkhame; Napi passaṁ nipātessaṁ, taṇhāsalle anūhate. [¶8] See my energy and vigor as I meditate like this! I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tassa mevaṁ viharato, passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶9] > Pali: … Paccayo thero …. [¶10] Thag 3.3 · Bakkula > Pali: Thag 3.3 · Bākulattheragāthā [¶11] Whoever wishes to do afterwards what they should have done before has lost the causes for happiness, and afterwards they’re tormented by regrets. > Pali: “Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, pacchā so kātumicchati; Sukhā so dhaṁsate ṭhānā, pacchā ca manutappati. [¶12] You should only say what you would do; you shouldn’t say what you wouldn’t do. The wise will recognize one who talks without doing. > Pali: Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, parijānanti paṇḍitā. [¶13] Oh! Extinguishment is so very blissful, as taught by the fully awakened Buddha: sorrowless, stainless, secure, where suffering all ceases. > Pali: Susukhaṁ vata nibbānaṁ, sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; Asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ, yattha dukkhaṁ nirujjhatī”ti. [¶14] > Pali: … Bākulo thero …. [¶15] Thag 3.4 · Dhaniya > Pali: Thag 3.4 · Dhaniyattheragāthā [¶16] If you wish to live in happiness, longing for the ascetic life, don’t look down on the Saṅgha’s robes, or its food and drinks. > Pali: “Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; Saṅghikaṁ nātimaññeyya, cīvaraṁ pānabhojanaṁ. [¶17] If you wish to live in happiness, longing for the ascetic life, stay in the Saṅgha’s lodgings like a snake making use of a mouse’s hole. > Pali: Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; Ahi mūsikasobbhaṁva, sevetha sayanāsanaṁ. [¶18] If you wish to live in happiness, longing for the ascetic life, develop this one quality: be content with whatever is offered. > Pali: Sukhañce jīvituṁ icche, sāmaññasmiṁ apekkhavā; Itarītarena tusseyya, ekadhammañca bhāvaye”ti. [¶19] > Pali: … Dhaniyo thero …. [¶20] Thag 3.5 · Mātaṅgaputta > Pali: Thag 3.5 · Mātaṅgaputtattheragāthā [¶21] “It’s too cold, too hot, too late,” they say. When the young neglect their work like this, opportunities pass them by. > Pali: “Atisītaṁ atiuṇhaṁ, atisāyamidaṁ ahu; Iti vissaṭṭhakammante, khaṇā accenti māṇave. [¶22] But one who considers heat and cold as no more than blades of grass— he does his duties as a man, and his happiness never fails. > Pali: Yo ca sītañca uṇhañca, tiṇā bhiyyo na maññati; Karaṁ purisakiccāni, so sukhā na vihāyati. [¶23] With my chest I’ll thrust aside the grasses, vines, canes, the vetiver, rushes and reeds, and foster seclusion. > Pali: Dabbaṁ kusaṁ poṭakilaṁ, usīraṁ muñjapabbajaṁ; Urasā panudissāmi, vivekamanubrūhayan”ti. [¶24] > Pali: … Mātaṅgaputto thero …. [¶25] Thag 3.6 · Khujjasobhita > Pali: Thag 3.6 · Khujjasobhitattheragāthā [¶26] “One of those monks who live in Pāṭaliputta— such brilliant speakers, and very learned— stands at the door: the old man, Khujjasobhita. > Pali: “Ye cittakathī bahussutā, Samaṇā pāṭaliputtavāsino; Tesaññataroyamāyuvā, Dvāre tiṭṭhati khujjasobhito”. [¶27] One of those monks who live in Pāṭaliputta— such brilliant speakers, and very learned— stands at the door: an old man, shivering in the gale.” > Pali: “Ye cittakathī bahussutā, Samaṇā pāṭaliputtavāsino; Tesaññataroyamāyuvā, Dvāre tiṭṭhati māluterito”. [¶28] “By war well fought, by sacrifice well made, by victory in battle; by leading the spiritual life: that’s how one prospers in happiness.” > Pali: “Suyuddhena suyiṭṭhena, saṅgāmavijayena ca; Brahmacariyānuciṇṇena, evāyaṁ sukhamedhatī”ti. [¶29] > Pali: … Khujjasobhito thero …. [¶30] Thag 3.7 · Vāraṇa > Pali: Thag 3.7 · Vāraṇattheragāthā [¶31] Anyone among men who harms other creatures: that person will fall both from this world and the next. > Pali: “Yodha koci manussesu, parapāṇāni hiṁsati; Asmā lokā paramhā ca, ubhayā dhaṁsate naro. [¶32] But someone with a mind of love, sympathetic for all creatures: a person like that brims with much merit. > Pali: Yo ca mettena cittena, sabbapāṇānukampati; Bahuñhi so pasavati, puññaṁ tādisako naro. [¶33] You should all train to learn well-spoken words, to attend closely to ascetics, to sit alone in hidden places, and to settle the mind. > Pali: Subhāsitassa sikkhetha, samaṇūpāsanassa ca; Ekāsanassa ca raho, cittavūpasamassa cā”ti. [¶34] > Pali: … Vāraṇo thero …. [¶35] Thag 3.8 · Vassika > Pali: Thag 3.8 · Vassikattheragāthā [¶36] I was the only one in my family who had faith and wisdom. It’s good for my relatives that I’m firm in principle, and ethical. > Pali: “Ekopi saddho medhāvī, assaddhānīdha ñātinaṁ; Dhammaṭṭho sīlasampanno, hoti atthāya bandhunaṁ. [¶37] I curbed my family out of sympathy, telling them off out of love for my family and relatives. They performed a service for the monks > Pali: Niggayha anukampāya, coditā ñātayo mayā; Ñātibandhavapemena, kāraṁ katvāna bhikkhusu. [¶38] and then they passed away, finding happiness in the Third Heaven. There, my brothers and mother enjoy all the pleasures they desire. > Pali: Te abbhatītā kālaṅkatā, pattā te tidivaṁ sukhaṁ; Bhātaro mayhaṁ mātā ca, modanti kāmakāmino”ti. [¶39] > Pali: … Vassiko thero …. [¶40] Thag 3.9 · Yasoja > Pali: Thag 3.9 · Yasojattheragāthā [¶41] “With knobbly knees, thin and veiny, eating and drinking but little— this person’s spirit is undaunted.” > Pali: “Kālapabbaṅgasaṅkāso, kiso dhamanisanthato; Mattaññū annapānamhi, adīnamānaso naro”. [¶42] “Pestered by flies and mosquitoes in the wilds, the formidable forest, one should mindfully endure, like an elephant at the head of the battle. > Pali: “Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, araññasmiṁ brahāvane; Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, sato tatrādhivāsaye. [¶43] A monk alone is like the supreme Divinity; a pair of monks are like gods; three are like a village; and more than that is a rabble.” > Pali: Yathā brahmā tathā eko, yathā devo tathā duve; Yathā gāmo tathā tayo, kolāhalaṁ tatuttarin”ti. [¶44] > Pali: … Yasojo thero …. [¶45] Thag 3.10 · Sāṭimattiya > Pali: Thag 3.10 · Sāṭimattiyattheragāthā [¶46] In the past you had faith, today you have none. What’s yours is yours alone— I’ve done nothing wrong. > Pali: “Ahu tuyhaṁ pure saddhā, sā te ajja na vijjati; Yaṁ tuyhaṁ tuyhamevetaṁ, natthi duccaritaṁ mama. [¶47] Faith is impermanent, fickle: or so I have seen. Passions wax and wane: why would a sage waste away on that account? > Pali: Aniccā hi calā saddhā, evaṁ diṭṭhā hi sā mayā; Rajjantipi virajjanti, tattha kiṁ jiyyate muni. [¶48] The meal of a sage is cooked bit by bit in this family or that. I’ll walk for alms, for my legs are strong. > Pali: Paccati munino bhattaṁ, Thokaṁ thokaṁ kule kule; Piṇḍikāya carissāmi, Atthi jaṅghabalaṁ mamā”ti. [¶49] > Pali: … Sāṭimattiyo thero …. [¶50] Thag 3.11 · Upāli > Pali: Thag 3.11 · Upālittheragāthā [¶51] One newly gone forth, who has left their home out of faith, should mix with spiritual friends, who are tireless and pure of livelihood. > Pali: “Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, navapabbajito navo; Mitte bhajeyya kalyāṇe, suddhājīve atandite. [¶52] One newly gone forth, who has left their home out of faith, a mendicant staying in the Saṅgha, being wise, would train in monastic discipline. > Pali: Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, navapabbajito navo; Saṅghasmiṁ viharaṁ bhikkhu, sikkhetha vinayaṁ budho. [¶53] One newly gone forth, who has left their home out of faith, skilled in what is appropriate and what is not, would wander undistracted. > Pali: Saddhāya abhinikkhamma, navapabbajito navo; Kappākappesu kusalo, careyya apurakkhato”ti. [¶54] > Pali: … Upālitthero …. [¶55] Thag 3.12 · Uttarapāla > Pali: Thag 3.12 · Uttarapālattheragāthā [¶56] I was, indeed, an astute scholar, competent to think on the meaning. The five kinds of sensual stimulation in the world, so delusory, were my downfall. > Pali: “Paṇḍitaṁ vata maṁ santaṁ, alamatthavicintakaṁ; Pañca kāmaguṇā loke, sammohā pātayiṁsu maṁ. [¶57] Leaping into Māra’s domain, I was struck by a powerful dart. But I was able to free myself from the trap laid by the King of Death. > Pali: Pakkhando māravisaye, daḷhasallasamappito; Asakkhiṁ maccurājassa, ahaṁ pāsā pamuccituṁ. [¶58] I have given up all sensual pleasures; all rebirths are shattered; transmigration through births is finished; now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: Sabbe kāmā pahīnā me, bhavā sabbe padālitā; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶59] > Pali: … Uttarapālo thero …. [¶60] Thag 3.13 · Abhibhūta > Pali: Thag 3.13 · Abhibhūtattheragāthā [¶61] Listen up, all my relatives, those who have gathered here: I’ll teach you Dhamma! Painful is birth again and again. > Pali: “Suṇātha ñātayo sabbe, yāvantettha samāgatā; Dhammaṁ vo desayissāmi, dukkhā jāti punappunaṁ. [¶62] Rouse yourselves, try harder! Devote yourselves to the instructions of the Buddha! Crush the army of death, as an elephant a hut of reeds. > Pali: Ārambhatha nikkamatha, Yuñjatha buddhasāsane; Dhunātha maccuno senaṁ, Naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro. [¶63] Whoever shall meditate diligently in this teaching and training, giving up transmigration, will make an end to suffering. > Pali: Yo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati; Pahāya jātisaṁsāraṁ, dukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti. [¶64] > Pali: … Abhibhūto thero …. [¶65] Thag 3.14 · Gotama (2nd) > Pali: Thag 3.14 · Gotamattheragāthā [¶66] Transmigrating, I went to hell, and to the ghost realm time and again. Many times I dwelt long in the animal realm, so full of pain. > Pali: “Saṁsaraṁ hi nirayaṁ agacchissaṁ, Petalokamagamaṁ punappunaṁ; Dukkhamamhipi tiracchānayoniyaṁ, Nekadhā hi vusitaṁ ciraṁ mayā. [¶67] I was also reborn as a human, and from time to time I went to heaven. I’ve stayed in realms of luminous form and formlessness, among the neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient, and the non-percipient. > Pali: Mānusopi ca bhavobhirādhito, Saggakāyamagamaṁ sakiṁ sakiṁ; Rūpadhātusu arūpadhātusu, Nevasaññisu asaññisuṭṭhitaṁ. [¶68] I know well these created states are insubstantial— conditioned, quivering, always in motion. When I understood that this is created in myself, mindful, I found peace. > Pali: Sambhavā suviditā asārakā, Saṅkhatā pacalitā saderitā; Taṁ viditvā mahamattasambhavaṁ, Santimeva satimā samajjhagan”ti. [¶69] > Pali: … Gotamo thero …. [¶70] Thag 3.15 · Hārita (2nd) > Pali: Thag 3.15 · Hāritattheragāthā [¶71] Whoever wishes to do afterwards tasks they should have done before has lost the causes for happiness, and afterwards they’re tormented by regrets. > Pali: “Yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, pacchā so kātumicchati; Sukhā so dhaṁsate ṭhānā, pacchā ca manutappati. [¶72] You should only say what you would do; you shouldn’t say what you wouldn’t do. The wise will recognize one who talks without doing. > Pali: Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, parijānanti paṇḍitā. [¶73] Oh! Extinguishment is so very blissful, as taught by the fully awakened Buddha: sorrowless, stainless, secure, where suffering all ceases. > Pali: Susukhaṁ vata nibbānaṁ, sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; Asokaṁ virajaṁ khemaṁ, yattha dukkhaṁ nirujjhatī”ti. [¶74] > Pali: … Hārito thero …. [¶75] Thag 3.16 · Vimala (2nd) > Pali: Thag 3.16 · Vimalattheragāthā [¶76] Shunning bad friends, associate with the supreme individual. Stick to the advice he gave you, aspiring to unshakable happiness. > Pali: “Pāpamitte vivajjetvā, bhajeyyuttamapuggalaṁ; Ovāde cassa tiṭṭheyya, patthento acalaṁ sukhaṁ. [¶77] If you’re lost in the middle of a great sea, and you clamber up on a little log, you’ll sink. So too, a person who lives well sinks by relying on a lazy person. Hence you should avoid such a lazy person who lacks energy. > Pali: Parittaṁ dārumāruyha, yathā sīde mahaṇṇave; Evaṁ kusītamāgamma, sādhujīvīpi sīdati; Tasmā taṁ parivajjeyya, kusītaṁ hīnavīriyaṁ. [¶78] Dwell with the noble ones who are secluded and determined and always energetic; the astute who practice absorption. > Pali: Pavivittehi ariyehi, pahitattehi jhāyibhi; Niccaṁ āraddhavīriyehi, paṇḍitehi sahāvase”ti. [¶79] > Pali: … Vimalo thero … [¶80] > Pali: Tikanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶81] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶82] > Pali: Aṅgaṇiko bhāradvājo, paccayo bākulo isi; Dhaniyo mātaṅgaputto, sobhito vāraṇo isi. [¶83] > Pali: Vassiko ca yasojo ca, sāṭimattiyupāli ca; Uttarapālo abhibhūto, gotamo hāritopi ca. [¶84] > Pali: Thero tikanipātamhi, nibbāne vimalo kato; Aṭṭhatālīsa gāthāyo, therā soḷasa kittitāti. [¶85] Thag 4.1 · Nāgasamāla > Pali: Thag 4.1 · Nāgasamālattheragāthā [¶86] Adorned with jewelry and all dressed up, with garlands, and sandalwood makeup piled on, along the main street is a lady— a dancer dancing as the music plays. > Pali: “Alaṅkatā suvasanā, mālinī candanussadā; Majjhe mahāpathe nārī, tūriye naccati naṭṭakī. [¶87] I entered for alms, and while walking along I glanced at her, adorned with jewelry and all dressed up, set up like a snare of death. > Pali: Piṇḍikāya paviṭṭhohaṁ, gacchanto naṁ udikkhisaṁ; Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. [¶88] Then the realization came upon me— the danger became clear, and I grew firmly disillusioned. > Pali: Tato me manasīkāro, yoniso udapajjatha; Ādīnavo pāturahu, nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. [¶89] Then my mind was freed— behold the clear rightness of the teaching! I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶90] > Pali: … Nāgasamālo thero …. [¶91] Thag 4.2 · Bhagu > Pali: Thag 4.2 · Bhaguttheragāthā [¶92] Overwhelmed by drowsiness, I left my dwelling. Stepping up to the path for walking meditation, I fell to the ground right there. > Pali: “Ahaṁ middhena pakato, vihārā upanikkhamiṁ; Caṅkamaṁ abhiruhanto, tattheva papatiṁ chamā. [¶93] I rubbed my limbs, and again I stepped up on the path for walking meditation. I walked meditation up and down the path, serene inside myself. > Pali: Gattāni parimajjitvā, punapāruyha caṅkamaṁ; Caṅkame caṅkamiṁ sohaṁ, ajjhattaṁ susamāhito. [¶94] Then the realization came upon me— the danger became clear, and I grew firmly disillusioned. > Pali: Tato me manasīkāro, yoniso udapajjatha; Ādīnavo pāturahu, nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. [¶95] Then my mind was freed— behold the clear rightness of the teaching! I’ve attained the three knowledges, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶96] > Pali: … Bhagutthero …. [¶97] Thag 4.3 · Sabhiya > Pali: Thag 4.3 · Sabhiyattheragāthā [¶98] When others do not understand, let us, who do understand this, restrain ourselves in this regard; for that is how conflicts are laid to rest. > Pali: “Pare ca na vijānanti, mayamettha yamāmase; Ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā. [¶99] And when those who don’t understand behave as though they were immortal, those who understand the Dhamma are like the healthy among the sick. > Pali: Yadā ca avijānantā, iriyantyamarā viya; Vijānanti ca ye dhammaṁ, āturesu anāturā. [¶100] Any lax act, any corrupt observance, or suspicious spiritual life, is not very fruitful. > Pali: Yaṁ kiñci sithilaṁ kammaṁ, saṅkiliṭṭhañca yaṁ vataṁ; Saṅkassaraṁ brahmacariyaṁ, na taṁ hoti mahapphalaṁ. [¶101] Whoever has no respect for their spiritual companions is as far from true Dhamma as the firmament from the earth. > Pali: Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo nūpalabbhati; Ārakā hoti saddhammā, nabhaṁ puthaviyā yathā”ti. [¶102] > Pali: … Sabhiyo thero …. [¶103] Thag 4.4 · Nandaka (2nd) > Pali: Thag 4.4 · Nandakattheragāthā [¶104] Curse you mortal frame, you stink! You’re on Māra’s side, you fester! O body, you have nine streams that are flowing all the time. > Pali: “Dhiratthu pūre duggandhe, mārapakkhe avassute; Navasotāni te kāye, yāni sandanti sabbadā. [¶105] Don’t think much of mortal frames; don’t disparage the Realized Ones. They’re not even aroused by heaven, let alone by humans. > Pali: Mā purāṇaṁ amaññittho, māsādesi tathāgate; Saggepi te na rajjanti, kimaṅgaṁ pana mānuse. [¶106] But those who are fools and simpletons, with bad advisors, wrapped in delusion, that kind of person is aroused by bodies, when Māra has laid down the snare. > Pali: Ye ca kho bālā dummedhā, dummantī mohapārutā; Tādisā tattha rajjanti, mārakhittamhi bandhane. [¶107] Those in whom greed, hate, and ignorance have faded away; such people are not aroused by bodies, they’ve cut the strings, unbound. > Pali: Yesaṁ rāgo ca doso ca, avijjā ca virājitā; Tādī tattha na rajjanti, chinnasuttā abandhanā”ti. [¶108] > Pali: … Nandako thero …. [¶109] Thag 4.5 · Jambuka > Pali: Thag 4.5 · Jambukattheragāthā [¶110] For fifty-five years I wore dust and dirt. Eating one meal a month, I tore out my hair and beard. > Pali: “Pañcapaññāsavassāni, rajojallamadhārayiṁ; Bhuñjanto māsikaṁ bhattaṁ, kesamassuṁ alocayiṁ. [¶111] I stood on one foot; I shunned seats; I ate dried-out dung; I didn’t accept food set aside for me. > Pali: Ekapādena aṭṭhāsiṁ, āsanaṁ parivajjayiṁ; Sukkhagūthāni ca khādiṁ, uddesañca na sādiyiṁ. [¶112] I did many deeds of this kind, which lead to a bad destination. Swept away by a great flood, I went to the Buddha for refuge. > Pali: Etādisaṁ karitvāna, bahuṁ duggatigāminaṁ; Vuyhamāno mahoghena, buddhaṁ saraṇamāgamaṁ. [¶113] See the going for refuge! Behold the clear rightness of the teaching! I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Saraṇagamanaṁ passa, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶114] > Pali: … Jambuko thero …. [¶115] Thag 4.6 · Senaka > Pali: Thag 4.6 · Senakattheragāthā [¶116] It was so welcome for me during the Gayā spring festival to see the Awakened One teaching the supreme Dhamma. > Pali: “Svāgataṁ vata me āsi, gayāyaṁ gayaphagguyā; Yaṁ addasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, desentaṁ dhammamuttamaṁ. [¶117] He was glorious, the tutor of a community, a leader who had realized the highest. In all the world with its gods, he was the victor of unequaled vision. > Pali: Mahappabhaṁ gaṇācariyaṁ, aggapattaṁ vināyakaṁ; Sadevakassa lokassa, jinaṁ atuladassanaṁ. [¶118] A great giant, a great hero, a great light free of defilement. With the utter ending of all defilements, the Teacher fears nothing from any quarter. > Pali: Mahānāgaṁ mahāvīraṁ, mahājutimanāsavaṁ; Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇaṁ, satthāramakutobhayaṁ. [¶119] For a long time, sadly, I was corrupted, fettered by the bond of wrong view. That Blessed One, Senaka, released me from all ties. > Pali: Cirasaṅkiliṭṭhaṁ vata maṁ, diṭṭhisandānabandhitaṁ; Vimocayi so bhagavā, sabbaganthehi senakan”ti. [¶120] > Pali: … Senako thero …. [¶121] Thag 4.7 · Sambhūta > Pali: Thag 4.7 · Sambhūtattheragāthā [¶122] Hurrying when it’s time to dawdle; dawdling when it’s time to hurry; being so disorganized a fool falls into suffering. > Pali: “Yo dandhakāle tarati, taraṇīye ca dandhaye; Ayoni saṁvidhānena, bālo dukkhaṁ nigacchati. [¶123] Their good fortune wastes away like the moon in the waning fortnight. They become disgraced and alienated from their friends. > Pali: Tassatthā parihāyanti, kāḷapakkheva candimā; Āyasakyañca pappoti, mittehi ca virujjhati. [¶124] Dawdling when it’s time to dawdle; hurrying when it’s time to hurry; being so well organized, an astute person comes into happiness. > Pali: Yo dandhakāle dandheti, taraṇīye ca tāraye; Yoniso saṁvidhānena, sukhaṁ pappoti paṇḍito. [¶125] Their good fortune flourishes like the moon in the waxing fortnight. They become famous and respected, not alienated from their friends. > Pali: Tassatthā paripūrenti, sukkapakkheva candimā; Yaso kittiñca pappoti, mittehi na virujjhatī”ti. [¶126] > Pali: … Sambhūto thero …. [¶127] Thag 4.8 · Rāhula > Pali: Thag 4.8 · Rāhulattheragāthā [¶128] I am known as “Fortunate Rāhula”, because I’m accomplished in both ways: I am the son of the Buddha, whose eye sees clearly in all things. > Pali: “Ubhayeneva sampanno, rāhulabhaddoti maṁ vidū; Yañcamhi putto buddhassa, yañca dhammesu cakkhumā. [¶129] Since my defilements have ended, since there are no more future lives— I’m perfected, worthy of offerings, master of the three knowledges, seer of freedom from death. > Pali: Yañca me āsavā khīṇā, yañca natthi punabbhavo; Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, tevijjo amataddaso. [¶130] Blinded by sensual pleasures, trapped in a net, they are smothered over by craving; bound by the kinsman of the negligent, like a fish caught in a funnel-net trap. > Pali: Kāmandhā jālapacchannā, taṇhāchādanachāditā; Pamattabandhunā baddhā, macchāva kumināmukhe. [¶131] Having thrown off those sensual pleasures, having cut Māra’s bond, and having plucked out craving, root and all: I’m cooled, quenched. > Pali: Taṁ kāmaṁ ahamujjhitvā, chetvā mārassa bandhanaṁ; Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, sītibhūtosmi nibbuto”ti. [¶132] > Pali: … Rāhulo thero …. [¶133] Thag 4.9 · Candana > Pali: Thag 4.9 · Candanattheragāthā [¶134] Covered over with gold, surrounded by all her maids, with my son upon her hip, my wife came to me. > Pali: “Jātarūpena sañchannā, dāsīgaṇapurakkhatā; Aṅkena puttamādāya, bhariyā maṁ upāgami. [¶135] I saw her coming, the mother of my son, adorned with jewelry and all dressed up, set up like a snare of death. > Pali: Tañca disvāna āyantiṁ, sakaputtassa mātaraṁ; Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. [¶136] Then the realization came upon me— the danger became clear, and I was firmly disillusioned. > Pali: Tato me manasīkāro, yoniso udapajjatha; Ādīnavo pāturahu, nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. [¶137] Then my mind was freed— behold the clear rightness of the teaching! I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶138] > Pali: … Candano thero …. [¶139] Thag 4.10 · Dhammika > Pali: Thag 4.10 · Dhammikattheragāthā [¶140] “Dhamma surely protects one who practices Dhamma. The teaching brings happiness when practiced well. This is the benefit of practicing Dhamma: one doesn’t go to a bad destination. > Pali: “Dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṁ, Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahati; Esānisaṁso dhamme suciṇṇe, Na duggatiṁ gacchati dhammacārī. [¶141] It’s not the case that Dhamma and what is not Dhamma lead to the same results. What is not Dhamma leads to hell, while Dhamma takes you to a good place. > Pali: Na hi dhammo adhammo ca, ubho samavipākino; Adhammo nirayaṁ neti, dhammo pāpeti suggatiṁ. [¶142] So you should rouse up enthusiasm for the teachings; such rejoicing is owing to the Holy One, the unaffected. The disciples of the excellent Holy One are firm in the teaching; those attentive ones are led on, headed to the very best of refuges.” > Pali: Tasmā hi dhammesu kareyya chandaṁ, Iti modamāno sugatena tādinā; Dhamme ṭhitā sugatavarassa sāvakā, Nīyanti dhīrā saraṇavaraggagāmino”. [¶143] “The boil has been burst from its root, the net of craving is eradicated. He has ended transmigration, he has nothing, he’s like the full moon on a bright night.” > Pali: “Vipphoṭito gaṇḍamūlo, Taṇhājālo samūhato; So khīṇasaṁsāro na catthi kiñcanaṁ, Cando yathā dosinā puṇṇamāsiyan”ti. [¶144] > Pali: … Dhammiko thero …. [¶145] Thag 4.11 · Sappaka > Pali: Thag 4.11 · Sappakattheragāthā [¶146] When the crane with its beautiful white wings, startled by fear of the dark cloud, flees, seeking shelter— then the River Ajakaraṇī delights me. > Pali: “Yadā balākā sucipaṇḍaracchadā, Kāḷassa meghassa bhayena tajjitā; Palehiti ālayamālayesinī, Tadā nadī ajakaraṇī rameti maṁ. [¶147] When the crane, so very pure and white, startled by fear of the dark rcloud, seeks a cave to shelter in, but can’t see one— then the River Ajakaraṇī delights me. > Pali: Yadā balākā suvisuddhapaṇḍarā, Kāḷassa meghassa bhayena tajjitā; Pariyesati leṇamaleṇadassinī, Tadā nadī ajakaraṇī rameti maṁ. [¶148] Who wouldn’t be delighted by the black plum trees that grace both banks of the river, there, behind my cave? > Pali: Kaṁ nu tattha na ramenti, jambuyo ubhato tahiṁ; Sobhenti āpagākūlaṁ, mama leṇassa pacchato. [¶149] Well rid of the pack of jackals, mad for the dead, the lazy frogs croak: “Today is no time to stray from mountain streams; Ajakaraṇī is safe, pleasant, and delightful.” > Pali: Tāmatamadasaṅghasuppahīnā, Bhekā mandavatī panādayanti; ‘Nājja girinadīhi vippavāsasamayo, Khemā ajakaraṇī sivā surammā’”ti. [¶150] > Pali: … Sappako thero …. [¶151] Thag 4.12 · Mudita > Pali: Thag 4.12 · Muditattheragāthā [¶152] I went forth to save my life. But I embraced faith after receiving full ordination. I strove, strong in effort: > Pali: “Pabbajiṁ jīvikatthohaṁ, laddhāna upasampadaṁ; Tato saddhaṁ paṭilabhiṁ, daḷhavīriyo parakkamiṁ. [¶153] Gladly, let this body be broken! Let this scrap of meat disintegrate! Let both my legs fall off at the knees! > Pali: Kāmaṁ bhijjatuyaṁ kāyo, maṁsapesī visīyaruṁ; Ubho jaṇṇukasandhīhi, jaṅghāyo papatantu me. [¶154] I won’t eat, I won’t drink, I won’t leave my dwelling, nor will I lie down on my side, until the dart of craving is plucked. > Pali: Nāsissaṁ na pivissāmi, vihārā ca na nikkhame; Napi passaṁ nipātessaṁ, taṇhāsalle anūhate. [¶155] As I meditate like this, see my energy and vigor! I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tassa mevaṁ viharato, passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶156] > Pali: … Mudito thero … [¶157] > Pali: Catukkanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶158] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶159] > Pali: Nāgasamālo bhagu ca, sabhiyo nandakopi ca; Jambuko senako thero, sambhūto rāhulopi ca. [¶160] > Pali: Bhavati candano thero, dasete buddhasāvakā; Dhammiko sappako thero, mudito cāpi te tayo; Gāthāyo dve ca paññāsa, therā sabbepi terasāti. [¶161] Thag 5.1 · Rājadatta > Pali: Thag 5.1 · Rājadattattheragāthā [¶162] I, a monk, went to a charnel ground and saw a woman’s body abandoned there, dumped in a cemetery, full of worms that devoured. > Pali: “Bhikkhu sivathikaṁ gantvā, Addasa itthimujjhitaṁ; Apaviddhaṁ susānasmiṁ, Khajjantiṁ kimihī phuṭaṁ. [¶163] Some men were disgusted, seeing her dead and rotten; but sexual desire arose in me, I was as if blind to her oozing body. > Pali: Yañhi eke jigucchanti, mataṁ disvāna pāpakaṁ; Kāmarāgo pāturahu, andhova savatī ahuṁ. [¶164] Quicker than the cooking of rice I left that place! Mindful and aware, I retired to a discreet place. > Pali: Oraṁ odanapākamhā, tamhā ṭhānā apakkamiṁ; Satimā sampajānohaṁ, ekamantaṁ upāvisiṁ. [¶165] Then the realization came upon me— the danger became clear, and I was firmly disillusioned. > Pali: Tato me manasīkāro, yoniso udapajjatha; Ādīnavo pāturahu, nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. [¶166] Then my mind was freed— behold the clear rightness of the teaching! I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶167] > Pali: … Rājadatto thero …. [¶168] Thag 5.2 · Subhūta > Pali: Thag 5.2 · Subhūtattheragāthā [¶169] When a person, wishing for a certain outcome, applies themselves where they ought not; not achieving what they worked for, they say: “That’s a sign of my bad luck.” > Pali: “Ayoge yuñjamattānaṁ, puriso kiccamicchako; Carañce nādhigaccheyya, ‘taṁ me dubbhagalakkhaṇaṁ’. [¶170] When a misfortune is extracted and beaten, to surrender it in part would be like losing at dice; but to surrender it all you’d have to be blind, not seeing the even and the uneven. > Pali: Abbūḷhaṁ aghagataṁ vijitaṁ, Ekañce ossajeyya kalīva siyā; Sabbānipi ce ossajeyya andhova siyā, Samavisamassa adassanato. [¶171] You should only say what you would do; you shouldn’t say what you wouldn’t do. The wise will recognize one who talks without doing. > Pali: Yañhi kayirā tañhi vade, yaṁ na kayirā na taṁ vade; Akarontaṁ bhāsamānaṁ, parijānanti paṇḍitā. [¶172] Just like a glorious flower that’s colorful but lacks fragrance; well-spoken speech is fruitless for one who does not act on it. > Pali: Yathāpi ruciraṁ pupphaṁ, vaṇṇavantaṁ agandhakaṁ; Evaṁ subhāsitā vācā, aphalā hoti akubbato. [¶173] Just like a glorious flower that’s both colorful and fragrant, well-spoken speech is fruitful for one who acts on it. > Pali: Yathāpi ruciraṁ pupphaṁ, Vaṇṇavantaṁ sugandhakaṁ; Evaṁ subhāsitā vācā, Saphalā hoti kubbato”ti. [¶174] > Pali: … Subhūto thero …. [¶175] Thag 5.3 · Girimānanda > Pali: Thag 5.3 · Girimānandattheragāthā [¶176] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. I meditate there, peaceful: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: “Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; Tassaṁ viharāmi vūpasanto, Atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva. [¶177] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. I meditate there, my mind at peace: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: Vassati devo yathā sugītaṁ, Channā me kuṭikā sukhā nivātā; Tassaṁ viharāmi santacitto, Atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva. [¶178] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. I meditate there, free of greed: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: Vassati devo, … pe … tassaṁ viharāmi vītarāgo, … pe … [¶179] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. I meditate there, free of hate: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: Vassati devo, … pe … tassaṁ viharāmi vītadoso, … pe … [¶180] The heavens rain like a sweet song; my hut is roofed and pleasant, sheltered from the wind. I meditate there, free of delusion: so rain forth, heavens, if you wish. > Pali: Vassati devo, … pe … tassaṁ viharāmi vītamoho, Atha ce patthayasī pavassa devā”ti. [¶181] > Pali: … Girimānando thero …. [¶182] Thag 5.4 · Sumana (1st) > Pali: Thag 5.4 · Sumanattheragāthā [¶183] My mentor helped me to learn, hoping I would practice those teachings. Aspiring to freedom from death, I’ve done what had to be done. > Pali: “Yaṁ patthayāno dhammesu, upajjhāyo anuggahi; Amataṁ abhikaṅkhantaṁ, kataṁ kattabbakaṁ mayā. [¶184] I’ve realized the Dhamma, witnessing it for myself, not based on legends. With purified knowledge, free of doubt, I declare it in your presence. > Pali: Anuppatto sacchikato, sayaṁ dhammo anītiho; Visuddhañāṇo nikkaṅkho, byākaromi tavantike. [¶185] I know my past lives, my clairvoyance is purified, I’ve realized my heart’s goal, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; Sadattho me anuppatto, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶186] Being diligent in the training, I learned your teachings well. All my defilements are ended; now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: Appamattassa me sikkhā, sussutā tava sāsane; Sabbe me āsavā khīṇā, natthi dāni punabbhavo. [¶187] You advised me in noble observances; sympathetic, you helped teach me. Your instruction was not in vain— I, your pupil, am fully trained. > Pali: Anusāsi maṁ ariyavatā, Anukampi anuggahi; Amogho tuyhamovādo, Antevāsimhi sikkhito”ti. [¶188] > Pali: … Sumano thero …. [¶189] Thag 5.5 · Vaḍḍha > Pali: Thag 5.5 · Vaḍḍhattheragāthā [¶190] Oh so well was the goad shown to me by my mother, on hearing whose words, advised by my mother, energetic and resolute, I realized supreme awakening. > Pali: “Sādhū hi kira me mātā, Patodaṁ upadaṁsayi; Yassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, Anusiṭṭho janettiyā; Āraddhavīriyo pahitatto, Patto sambodhimuttamaṁ. [¶191] I’m perfected, worthy of offerings, master of the three knowledges, seer of freedom from death. I’ve conquered the army of Namuci, and live without defilements. > Pali: Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, tevijjo amataddaso; Jetvā namucino senaṁ, viharāmi anāsavo. [¶192] Those defilements that were found in me, internally and externally, are all cut off without remainder, and will not arise again. > Pali: Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, ye me vijjiṁsu āsavā; Sabbe asesā ucchinnā, na ca uppajjare puna. [¶193] My self-assured sister said this to me: ‘Now neither you nor I have any snarls.’ > Pali: Visāradā kho bhaginī, etamatthaṁ abhāsayi; ‘Apihā nūna mayipi, vanatho te na vijjati’. [¶194] Suffering is at an end; this bag of bones is my last in the transmigration through births and deaths; now there’ll be no more future lives.” > Pali: Pariyantakataṁ dukkhaṁ, antimoyaṁ samussayo; Jātimaraṇasaṁsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶195] > Pali: … Vaḍḍho thero …. [¶196] Thag 5.6 · Nadīkassapa > Pali: Thag 5.6 · Nadīkassapattheragāthā [¶197] It was truly for my benefit that the Buddha went to the Nerañjara River. When I heard his teaching, I shunned wrong view. > Pali: “Atthāya vata me buddho, nadiṁ nerañjaraṁ agā; Yassāhaṁ dhammaṁ sutvāna, micchādiṭṭhiṁ vivajjayiṁ. [¶198] I used to perform a diverse spectrum of sacrifices; I served the sacred flame, imagining, “This is purity.” I was a blind, ordinary person. > Pali: Yajiṁ uccāvace yaññe, aggihuttaṁ juhiṁ ahaṁ; ‘Esā suddhī’ti maññanto, andhabhūto puthujjano. [¶199] Caught in the thicket of wrong view, deluded by misapprehension. Thinking impurity was purity, I was blind and ignorant. > Pali: Diṭṭhigahanapakkhando, parāmāsena mohito; Asuddhiṁ maññisaṁ suddhiṁ, andhabhūto aviddasu. [¶200] I’ve abandoned wrong view; all rebirths are shattered. I serve the fire for those worthy of a religious donation: I bow to the Realized One. > Pali: Micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā me, bhavā sabbe padālitā; Juhāmi dakkhiṇeyyaggiṁ, namassāmi tathāgataṁ. [¶201] I’ve given up all delusion; craving for continued existence is shattered; transmigration through births is finished; now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: Mohā sabbe pahīnā me, bhavataṇhā padālitā; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶202] > Pali: … Nadīkassapo thero …. [¶203] Thag 5.7 · Gayākassapa > Pali: Thag 5.7 · Gayākassapattheragāthā [¶204] Three times a day— morning, midday, and evening— I plunged into the water at Gayā for the Gayā spring festival. > Pali: “Pāto majjhanhikaṁ sāyaṁ, tikkhattuṁ divasassahaṁ; Otariṁ udakaṁ sohaṁ, gayāya gayaphagguyā. [¶205] “Any bad things I’ve done in previous lives, I’ll now rinse away right here”— such was the view I used to hold. > Pali: ‘Yaṁ mayā pakataṁ pāpaṁ, pubbe aññāsu jātisu; Taṁ dānīdha pavāhemi’, evaṁdiṭṭhi pure ahuṁ. [¶206] Having heard the fine words, a passage meaningful and principled, I rationally reflected on the true, essential goal. > Pali: Sutvā subhāsitaṁ vācaṁ, dhammatthasahitaṁ padaṁ; Tathaṁ yāthāvakaṁ atthaṁ, yoniso paccavekkhisaṁ. [¶207] I’ve washed away all bad things; I’m stainless, clean, pristine; the pure heir of the pure one, a bosom son of the Buddha. > Pali: Ninhātasabbapāpomhi, nimmalo payato suci; Suddho suddhassa dāyādo, putto buddhassa oraso. [¶208] When I plunged into the eightfold stream, all bad things were rinsed away. I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Ogayhaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ sotaṁ, sabbapāpaṁ pavāhayiṁ; Tisso vijjā ajjhagamiṁ, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶209] > Pali: … Gayākassapo thero …. [¶210] Thag 5.8 · Vakkali > Pali: Thag 5.8 · Vakkalittheragāthā [¶211] “Struck by a wind ailment while dwelling in a forest grove, you’ve entered a tough place for gathering alms— how will you get by, monk?” > Pali: “Vātarogābhinīto tvaṁ, viharaṁ kānane vane; Paviṭṭhagocare lūkhe, kathaṁ bhikkhu karissasi”. [¶212] “Pervading this bag of bones with abundant rapture and happiness, putting up with what’s tough, I’ll dwell in the forest. > Pali: “Pītisukhena vipulena, pharamāno samussayaṁ; Lūkhampi abhisambhonto, viharissāmi kānane. [¶213] Developing mindfulness meditation, the faculties and the powers, developing the factors of awakening, I’ll dwell in the forest. > Pali: Bhāvento satipaṭṭhāne, indriyāni balāni ca; Bojjhaṅgāni ca bhāvento, viharissāmi kānane. [¶214] Having seen those who are energetic, resolute, always staunchly vigorous, harmonious and united, I’ll dwell in the forest. > Pali: Āraddhavīriye pahitatte, Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkame; Samagge sahite disvā, Viharissāmi kānane. [¶215] Recollecting the Buddha— the best, the tamed, the serene— tireless all day and night I’ll dwell in the forest.” > Pali: Anussaranto sambuddhaṁ, aggaṁ dantaṁ samāhitaṁ; Atandito rattindivaṁ, viharissāmi kānane”ti. [¶216] > Pali: … Vakkalitthero …. [¶217] Thag 5.9 · Vijitasena > Pali: Thag 5.9 · Vijitasenattheragāthā [¶218] I’ll cage you, mind, like an elephant in a stockade. Born of the flesh, that net of the senses, I won’t urge you to do bad. > Pali: “Olaggessāmi te citta, āṇidvāreva hatthinaṁ; Na taṁ pāpe niyojessaṁ, kāmajāla sarīraja. [¶219] Caged, you won’t go anywhere, like an elephant who can’t find an open gate. Loser mind, you won’t wander again and again, bullying, in love with wickedness. > Pali: Tvaṁ olaggo na gacchasi, Dvāravivaraṁ gajova alabhanto; Na ca cittakali punappunaṁ, Pasakka pāparato carissasi. [¶220] Just as a strong trainer with a hook takes a wild, newly captured elephant and wins it over against its will, so I’ll win you over. > Pali: Yathā kuñjaraṁ adantaṁ, Navaggahamaṅkusaggaho; Balavā āvatteti akāmaṁ, Evaṁ āvattayissaṁ taṁ. [¶221] Just as a fine charioteer, skilled in the taming of fine horses, tames a thoroughbred, so I’ll tame you, firmly established in the five powers. > Pali: Yathā varahayadamakusalo, Sārathi pavaro dameti ājaññaṁ; Evaṁ damayissaṁ taṁ, Patiṭṭhito pañcasu balesu. [¶222] I’ll bind you with mindfulness; devout, I shall tame you; kept in check by harnessed energy, mind, you won’t go far from here. > Pali: Satiyā taṁ nibandhissaṁ, Payutto te damessāmi; Vīriyadhuraniggahito, Na yito dūraṁ gamissase cittā”ti. [¶223] > Pali: … Vijitaseno thero …. [¶224] Thag 5.10 · Yasadatta > Pali: Thag 5.10 · Yasadattattheragāthā [¶225] With fault-finding mind, the simpleton listens to the victor’s instruction. They’re as far from the true teaching as the earth is from the sky. > Pali: “Upārambhacitto dummedho, suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; Ārakā hoti saddhammā, nabhaso pathavī yathā. [¶226] With fault-finding mind, the simpleton listens to the victor’s instruction. They fall away from the true teaching, like the moon in the waning fortnight. > Pali: Upārambhacitto dummedho, suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; Parihāyati saddhammā, kāḷapakkheva candimā. [¶227] With fault-finding mind, the simpleton listens to the victor’s instruction. They wither away in the true teaching, like a fish in a little puddle. > Pali: Upārambhacitto dummedho, suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; Parisussati saddhamme, maccho appodake yathā. [¶228] With fault-finding mind, the simpleton listens to the victor’s instruction. They don’t thrive in the true teaching, like a rotten seed in a field. > Pali: Upārambhacitto dummedho, suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; Na virūhati saddhamme, khette bījaṁva pūtikaṁ. [¶229] But one with contented mind who listens to the victor’s instruction— having wiped out all defilements; having witnessed the unshakable; having arrived at ultimate peace— the undefiled are fully extinguished. > Pali: Yo ca tuṭṭhena cittena, suṇāti jinasāsanaṁ; Khepetvā āsave sabbe, sacchikatvā akuppataṁ; Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, parinibbātināsavo”ti. [¶230] > Pali: … Yasadatto thero …. [¶231] Thag 5.11 · Soṇa of the Sharp Ears > Pali: Thag 5.11 · Soṇakuṭikaṇṇattheragāthā [¶232] I’ve received ordination; I am liberated, without defilements; I’ve seen the Blessed One myself, and even stayed together with him. > Pali: “Upasampadā ca me laddhā, vimutto camhi anāsavo; So ca me bhagavā diṭṭho, vihāre ca sahāvasiṁ. [¶233] The Blessed One, the Teacher, spent much of the night in the open; then he, who is so skilled in meditation, entered his dwelling. > Pali: Bahudeva rattiṁ bhagavā, abbhokāsetināmayi; Vihārakusalo satthā, vihāraṁ pāvisī tadā. [¶234] Spreading his outer robe, Gotama made his bed, like a lion in a rocky cave, with fear and dread given up. > Pali: Santharitvāna saṅghāṭiṁ, seyyaṁ kappesi gotamo; Sīho selaguhāyaṁva, pahīnabhayabheravo. [¶235] Then, with lovely enunciation, Soṇa, a disciple of the Buddha, recited the true teaching before the best of Buddhas. > Pali: Tato kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, sammāsambuddhasāvako; Soṇo abhāsi saddhammaṁ, buddhaseṭṭhassa sammukhā. [¶236] When he has completely understood the five aggregates, developed the direct route, and arrived at ultimate peace, undefiled, he’ll be fully quenched. > Pali: Pañcakkhandhe pariññāya, Bhāvayitvāna añjasaṁ; Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. [¶237] > Pali: … Soṇo kuṭikaṇṇatthero …. [¶238] Thag 5.12 · Kosiya > Pali: Thag 5.12 · Kosiyattheragāthā [¶239] Whatever attentive one, understanding their teacher’s words, stays with them, their fondness growing; that astute person is indeed devoted— knowing the teachings, they’re distinguished. > Pali: “Yo ve garūnaṁ vacanaññu dhīro, Vase ca tamhi janayetha pemaṁ; So bhattimā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. [¶240] When extreme stresses arise, one who does not tremble, but reflects instead, that astute person is indeed strong— knowing the teachings, they’re distinguished. > Pali: Yaṁ āpadā uppatitā uḷārā, Nakkhambhayante paṭisaṅkhayantaṁ; So thāmavā nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. [¶241] Steady as the ocean, imperturbable, their wisdom is deep, they see the subtle meaning; that astute person is indeed unfaltering— knowing the teachings, they’re distinguished. > Pali: Yo ve samuddova ṭhito anejo, Gambhīrapañño nipuṇatthadassī; Asaṁhāriyo nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. [¶242] They’re very learned, and have memorized the teaching, living in line with the teaching— that astute person is indeed such— knowing the teachings, they’re distinguished. > Pali: Bahussuto dhammadharo ca hoti, Dhammassa hoti anudhammacārī; So tādiso nāma ca hoti paṇḍito, Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assa. [¶243] They know the meaning of what is said, and act accordingly; that astute person is indeed a master of meaning— knowing the teachings, they’re distinguished. > Pali: Atthañca yo jānāti bhāsitassa, Atthañca ñatvāna tathā karoti; Atthantaro nāma sa hoti paṇḍito, Ñatvā ca dhammesu visesi assā”ti. [¶244] > Pali: … Kosiyo thero …. [¶245] > Pali: Pañcakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶246] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶247] > Pali: Rājadatto subhūto ca, girimānandasumanā; Vaḍḍho ca kassapo thero, gayākassapavakkalī. [¶248] > Pali: Vijito yasadatto ca, soṇo kosiyasavhayo; Saṭṭhi ca pañca gāthāyo, therā ca ettha dvādasāti. [¶249] Thag 6.1 · Uruveḷakassapa > Pali: Thag 6.1 · Uruveḷakassapattheragāthā [¶250] Seeing the demonstrations of the renowned Gotama was not enough for me to bow to him— I was blinded by jealousy and conceit. > Pali: “Disvāna pāṭihīrāni, gotamassa yasassino; Na tāvāhaṁ paṇipatiṁ, issāmānena vañcito. [¶251] Knowing my thoughts, the trainer of men scolded me. I was struck with a sense of urgency, so astonishing and hair-raising! > Pali: Mama saṅkappamaññāya, codesi narasārathi; Tato me āsi saṁvego, abbhuto lomahaṁsano. [¶252] Setting aside the petty powers I had before as a matted-hair ascetic, I then went forth in the victor’s instruction. > Pali: Pubbe jaṭilabhūtassa, yā me siddhi parittikā; Tāhaṁ tadā nirākatvā, pabbajiṁ jinasāsane. [¶253] I used to be content with sacrifice, the realm of sensual pleasures was my priority. But later I eradicated desire, and hatred and also delusion. > Pali: Pubbe yaññena santuṭṭho, kāmadhātupurakkhato; Pacchā rāgañca dosañca, mohañcāpi samūhaniṁ. [¶254] I know my past lives; my clairvoyance is clarified; I have psychic powers, and know the minds of others; I have attained clairaudience. > Pali: Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; Iddhimā paracittaññū, dibbasotañca pāpuṇiṁ. [¶255] I’ve attained the goal for the sake of which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness— the ending of all fetters. > Pali: Yassa catthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. [¶256] > Pali: … Uruveḷakassapo thero …. [¶257] Thag 6.2 · Tekicchakāri > Pali: Thag 6.2 · Tekicchakārittheragāthā [¶258] “The rice has been harvested and gathered on the threshing-floor— but I don’t get any almsfood! How will I get by?” > Pali: “Atihitā vīhi, khalagatā sālī; Na ca labhe piṇḍaṁ, kathamahaṁ kassaṁ”. [¶259] “In faith, recollect the immeasurable Buddha! Your body soaked with rapture, you’ll always be full of joy. > Pali: “Buddhamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo. [¶260] In faith, recollect the immeasurable teaching! Your body soaked with rapture, you’ll always be full of joy. > Pali: Dhammamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo. [¶261] In faith, recollect the immeasurable Saṅgha! Your body soaked with rapture, you’ll always be full of joy.” > Pali: Saṅghamappameyyaṁ anussara pasanno, Pītiyā phuṭasarīro hohisi satatamudaggo”. [¶262] “You stay in the open, though these winter nights are cold. Don’t perish, overcome with cold; enter your dwelling, with door shut fast.” > Pali: “Abbhokāse viharasi, Sītā hemantikā imā ratyo; Mā sītena pareto vihaññittho, Pavisa tvaṁ vihāraṁ phusitaggaḷaṁ”. [¶263] “I’ll realize the four immeasurable states, and meditate happily in them. I won’t perish, overcome with cold; I’ll dwell unperturbed.” > Pali: “Phusissaṁ catasso appamaññāyo, Tāhi ca sukhito viharissaṁ; Nāhaṁ sītena vihaññissaṁ, Aniñjito viharanto”ti. [¶264] > Pali: … Tekicchakārī thero …. [¶265] Thag 6.3 · Mahānāga > Pali: Thag 6.3 · Mahānāgattheragāthā [¶266] Whoever has no respect for their spiritual companions falls away from the true teaching, like a fish in a little puddle. > Pali: “Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo nūpalabbhati; Parihāyati saddhammā, maccho appodake yathā. [¶267] Whoever has no respect for their spiritual companions doesn’t thrive in the true teaching, like a rotten seed in a field. > Pali: Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo nūpalabbhati; Na virūhati saddhamme, khette bījaṁva pūtikaṁ. [¶268] Whoever has no respect for their spiritual companions is far from extinguishment, in the teaching of the Dhamma king. > Pali: Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo nūpalabbhati; Ārakā hoti nibbānā, dhammarājassa sāsane. [¶269] Whoever does have respect for their spiritual companions doesn’t fall away from the true teaching, like a fish in plenty of water. > Pali: Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo upalabbhati; Na vihāyati saddhammā, maccho bavhodake yathā. [¶270] Whoever does have respect for their spiritual companions thrives in the true teaching, like a fine seed in a field. > Pali: Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo upalabbhati; So virūhati saddhamme, khette bījaṁva bhaddakaṁ. [¶271] Whoever does have respect for their spiritual companions is close to extinguishment in the teaching of the Dhamma king. > Pali: Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo upalabbhati; Santike hoti nibbānaṁ, dhammarājassa sāsane”ti. [¶272] > Pali: … Mahānāgo thero …. [¶273] Thag 6.4 · Kulla > Pali: Thag 6.4 · Kullattheragāthā [¶274] I, Kulla, went to a charnel ground and saw a woman’s body abandoned there, dumped in a cemetery, full of worms that devoured. > Pali: “Kullo sivathikaṁ gantvā, addasa itthimujjhitaṁ; Apaviddhaṁ susānasmiṁ, khajjantiṁ kimihī phuṭaṁ. [¶275] “See this bag of bones, Kulla— diseased, filthy, rotten, oozing and trickling, a fool’s delight.” > Pali: Āturaṁ asuciṁ pūtiṁ, passa kulla samussayaṁ; Uggharantaṁ paggharantaṁ, bālānaṁ abhinanditaṁ. [¶276] Taking the teaching as a mirror for realizing knowledge and vision, I examined this body, hollow, inside and out. > Pali: Dhammādāsaṁ gahetvāna, ñāṇadassanapattiyā; Paccavekkhiṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, tucchaṁ santarabāhiraṁ. [¶277] As this is, so is that; as that is, so is this. As below, so above; as above, so below. > Pali: Yathā idaṁ tathā etaṁ, yathā etaṁ tathā idaṁ; Yathā adho tathā uddhaṁ, yathā uddhaṁ tathā adho. [¶278] As by day, so by night; as by night, so by day. As before, so behind; as behind, so before. > Pali: Yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, yathā rattiṁ tathā divā; Yathā pure tathā pacchā, yathā pacchā tathā pure. [¶279] Even the music of a five-piece band can never give such pleasure as when, with unified mind, you rightly discern the Dhamma. > Pali: Pañcaṅgikena turiyena, Na ratī hoti tādisī; Yathā ekaggacittassa, Sammā dhammaṁ vipassato”ti. [¶280] > Pali: … Kullo thero …. [¶281] Thag 6.5 · Māluṅkyaputta (1st) > Pali: Thag 6.5 · Mālukyaputtattheragāthā [¶282] When a man lives heedlessly, craving grows in them like a camel’s foot creeper. They jump from one thing to the next, like a langur greedy for fruit in a forest grove. > Pali: “Manujassa pamattacārino, Taṇhā vaḍḍhati māluvā viya; So plavatī hurā huraṁ, Phalamicchaṁva vanasmi vānaro. [¶283] Whoever is beaten by this wretched craving, this attachment to the world, their sorrow grows, like grass in the rain. > Pali: Yaṁ esā sahate jammī, taṇhā loke visattikā; Sokā tassa pavaḍḍhanti, abhivaṭṭhaṁva bīraṇaṁ. [¶284] But whoever prevails over this wretched craving, so hard to get over in the world, their sorrows fall from them, like a drop from a lotus-leaf. > Pali: Yo cetaṁ sahate jammiṁ, taṇhaṁ loke duraccayaṁ; Sokā tamhā papatanti, udabindūva pokkharā. [¶285] I say this to you, good people, all those who have gathered here: dig up the root of craving, as you’d dig up the grass in search of roots. Don’t let Māra break you again and again, like a stream breaking a reed. > Pali: Taṁ vo vadāmi bhaddaṁ vo, yāvantettha samāgatā; Taṇhāya mūlaṁ khaṇatha, usīratthova bīraṇaṁ; Mā vo naḷaṁva sotova, māro bhañji punappunaṁ. [¶286] Act on the Buddha’s words, don’t let the moment pass you by. For if you miss your moment you’ll grieve when sent to hell. > Pali: Karotha buddhavacanaṁ, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā; Khaṇātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā. [¶287] Negligence is always dust; dust follows right behind negligence. Through diligence and knowledge, pluck out the dart from yourself. > Pali: Pamādo rajo pamādo, pamādānupatito rajo; Appamādena vijjāya, abbahe sallamattano”ti. [¶288] > Pali: … Mālukyaputto thero …. [¶289] Thag 6.6 · Sappadāsa > Pali: Thag 6.6 · Sappadāsattheragāthā [¶290] In the twenty-five years since I went forth, I have not found peace of mind, even as long as a finger-snap. > Pali: “Paṇṇavīsativassāni, yato pabbajito ahaṁ; Accharāsaṅghātamattampi, cetosantimanajjhagaṁ. [¶291] Since I couldn’t get my mind unified, I was racked by desire for pleasures of the senses. Wailing, with outstretched arms, I left my dwelling. > Pali: Aladdhā cittassekaggaṁ, kāmarāgena aṭṭito; Bāhā paggayha kandanto, vihārā upanikkhamiṁ. [¶292] Or shall I commit suicide? What’s the point of living? For how on earth can one such as me die after resigning the training? > Pali: Satthaṁ vā āharissāmi, Ko attho jīvitena me; Kathaṁ hi sikkhaṁ paccakkhaṁ, Kālaṁ kubbetha mādiso. [¶293] Then I picked up a razor, I sat on a cot: the razor was ready to slice my vein. > Pali: Tadāhaṁ khuramādāya, mañcakamhi upāvisiṁ; Parinīto khuro āsi, dhamaniṁ chettumattano. [¶294] Then the realization came upon me— the danger became clear, and I was firmly disillusioned. > Pali: Tato me manasīkāro, yoniso udapajjatha; Ādīnavo pāturahu, nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. [¶295] Then my mind was freed— behold the clear rightness of the teaching! I’ve attained the three knowledges, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, passa dhammasudhammataṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶296] > Pali: … Sappadāso thero …. [¶297] Thag 6.7 · Kātiyāna > Pali: Thag 6.7 · Kātiyānattheragāthā [¶298] Get up, Kātiyāna, and sit! Don’t sleep too much, be wakeful. Don’t be lazy and let the kinsman of the negligent, the King of Death, catch you in his trap. > Pali: “Uṭṭhehi nisīda kātiyāna, Mā niddābahulo ahu jāgarassu; Mā taṁ alasaṁ pamattabandhu, Kūṭeneva jinātu maccurājā. [¶299] Like a wave in the mighty ocean, rebirth and old age sweep you under. Make a safe island of yourself, for you have no other shelter. > Pali: Seyyathāpi mahāsamuddavego, Evaṁ jātijarātivattate taṁ; So karohi sudīpamattano tvaṁ, Na hi tāṇaṁ tava vijjateva aññaṁ. [¶300] The teacher has mastered this path, which transcends chains, and the fear of birth and old age. Be diligent in the first and final watches of the night, and dedicate yourself to practice. > Pali: Satthā hi vijesi maggametaṁ, Saṅgā jātijarābhayā atītaṁ; Pubbāpararattamappamatto, Anuyuñjassu daḷhaṁ karohi yogaṁ. [¶301] Free yourself from your former bonds! Wearing your outer robe, with shaven head, eating almsfood, don’t delight in play or sleep, dedicate yourself to absorption, Kātiyāna. > Pali: Purimāni pamuñca bandhanāni, Saṅghāṭikhuramuṇḍabhikkhabhojī; Mā khiḍḍāratiñca mā niddaṁ, Anuyuñjittha jhāya kātiyāna. [¶302] Meditate and conquer, Kātiyāna, you’re an expert in the path to sanctuary from the yoke. Having arrived at unexcelled purity, you’ll be extinguished as a flame by water. > Pali: Jhāyāhi jināhi kātiyāna, Yogakkhemapathesu kovidosi; Pappuyya anuttaraṁ visuddhiṁ, Parinibbāhisi vārināva joti. [¶303] A lamp of feeble flame is bent down by the wind, like a creeper; just so, kinsman of Indra, shake off Māra, without grasping. Free of lust for feelings, await your time here, cooled. > Pali: Pajjotakaro parittaraṁso, Vātena vinamyate latāva; Evampi tuvaṁ anādiyāno, Māraṁ indasagotta niddhunāhi; So vedayitāsu vītarāgo, Kālaṁ kaṅkha idheva sītibhūto”ti. [¶304] > Pali: … Kātiyāno thero …. [¶305] Thag 6.8 · Migajāla > Pali: Thag 6.8 · Migajālattheragāthā [¶306] It was well-taught by the Clear-eyed One, the Buddha, Kinsman of the Sun, who has transcended all fetters, and destroyed all rolling-on. > Pali: “Sudesito cakkhumatā, buddhenādiccabandhunā; Sabbasaṁyojanātīto, sabbavaṭṭavināsano. [¶307] Emancipating, it leads across, drying up the root of craving, and, having cut off the poisonous root, the slaughterhouse, it leads to quenching. > Pali: Niyyāniko uttaraṇo, taṇhāmūlavisosano; Visamūlaṁ āghātanaṁ, chetvā pāpeti nibbutiṁ. [¶308] By breaking the root of unknowing, it smashes the mechanism of deeds, and drops the thunderbolt of knowledge on the taking up of consciousnesses. > Pali: Aññāṇamūlabhedāya, kammayantavighāṭano; Viññāṇānaṁ pariggahe, ñāṇavajiranipātano. [¶309] It informs us of our feelings, releasing us from grasping, contemplating with understanding all states of existence as a pit of burning coals. > Pali: Vedanānaṁ viññāpano, upādānappamocano; Bhavaṁ aṅgārakāsuṁva, ñāṇena anupassano. [¶310] It’s very sweet and very deep, holding birth and death at bay; it is the noble eightfold path— the stilling of suffering, bliss. > Pali: Mahāraso sugambhīro, jarāmaccunivāraṇo; Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, dukkhūpasamano sivo. [¶311] Knowing deed as deed and result as result; seeing dependently originated phenomena as if they were in a clear light; leading to the great sanctuary and peace, it’s excellent at the end. > Pali: Kammaṁ kammanti ñatvāna, vipākañca vipākato; Paṭiccuppannadhammānaṁ, yathāvālokadassano; Mahākhemaṅgamo santo, pariyosānabhaddako”ti. [¶312] > Pali: … Migajālo thero …. [¶313] Thag 6.9 · Jenta, the High Priest’s Son > Pali: Thag 6.9 · Purohitaputtajentattheragāthā [¶314] I was drunk with the pride of birth and wealth and authority. I wandered about intoxicated with my own gorgeous body. > Pali: “Jātimadena mattohaṁ, bhogaissariyena ca; Saṇṭhānavaṇṇarūpena, madamatto acārihaṁ. [¶315] No one was my equal or my better— or so I thought. I was such an arrogant fool, stuck up, waving my own flag. > Pali: Nāttano samakaṁ kañci, atirekaṁ ca maññisaṁ; Atimānahato bālo, patthaddho ussitaddhajo. [¶316] I never paid homage to anyone: not even my mother or father, nor others esteemed as respectable. I was stiff with pride, lacking regard for others. > Pali: Mātaraṁ pitarañcāpi, aññepi garusammate; Na kañci abhivādesiṁ, mānatthaddho anādaro. [¶317] When I saw the foremost leader, the most excellent of charioteers, shining like the sun at the fore of the mendicant Saṅgha, > Pali: Disvā vināyakaṁ aggaṁ, sārathīnaṁ varuttamaṁ; Tapantamiva ādiccaṁ, bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṁ. [¶318] I discarded conceit and vanity, and, with a clear and confident heart, I bowed down with my head to the supreme among all beings. > Pali: Mānaṁ madañca chaḍḍetvā, vippasannena cetasā; Sirasā abhivādesiṁ, sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. [¶319] The conceit of superiority and the conceit of inferiority have been given up and eradicated. The conceit “I am” is cut off, and every kind of conceit is destroyed. > Pali: Atimāno ca omāno, pahīnā susamūhatā; Asmimāno samucchinno, sabbe mānavidhā hatā”ti. [¶320] > Pali: … Jento purohitaputto thero …. [¶321] Thag 6.10 · Sumana (2nd) > Pali: Thag 6.10 · Sumanattheragāthā [¶322] I was only seven years old and had just gone forth when I overcame the mighty serpent king with my psychic powers. > Pali: “Yadā navo pabbajito, jātiyā sattavassiko; Iddhiyā abhibhotvāna, pannagindaṁ mahiddhikaṁ. [¶323] I brought water for my mentor from the great lake Anotatta. When he saw me, my teacher declared: > Pali: Upajjhāyassa udakaṁ, anotattā mahāsarā; Āharāmi tato disvā, maṁ satthā etadabravi”. [¶324] “Sāriputta, see this young boy coming, carrying a water pot, serene inside himself. > Pali: “Sāriputta imaṁ passa, āgacchantaṁ kumārakaṁ; Udakakumbhamādāya, ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ. [¶325] His conduct inspires confidence, he is of lovely deportment: he is Anuruddha’s novice, self-assured in psychic powers. > Pali: Pāsādikena vattena, kalyāṇairiyāpatho; Sāmaṇeronuruddhassa, iddhiyā ca visārado. [¶326] Made a thoroughbred by a thoroughbred, made good by the good, educated and trained by Anuruddha, who has completed his task. > Pali: Ājānīyena ājañño, sādhunā sādhukārito; Vinīto anuruddhena, katakiccena sikkhito. [¶327] Having attained ultimate peace and witnessed the unshakable, that novice Sumana has the wish: ‘May no one find me out!’” > Pali: So patvā paramaṁ santiṁ, sacchikatvā akuppataṁ; Sāmaṇero sa sumano, mā maṁ jaññāti icchatī”ti. [¶328] > Pali: … Sumano thero …. [¶329] Thag 6.11 · Nhātakamuni > Pali: Thag 6.11 · Nhātakamunittheragāthā [¶330] “Struck by a wind ailment while dwelling in a forest grove, you’ve entered a tough resort for gathering alms— how will you get by, monk?” > Pali: “Vātarogābhinīto tvaṁ, viharaṁ kānane vane; Paviddhagocare lūkhe, kathaṁ bhikkhu karissasi”. [¶331] “Pervading this bag of bones with abundant rapture and happiness, putting up with what’s tough, I’ll dwell in the forest. > Pali: “Pītisukhena vipulena, pharitvāna samussayaṁ; Lūkhampi abhisambhonto, viharissāmi kānane. [¶332] Developing the seven awakening factors, the faculties and the powers, endowed with subtle absorptions, I’ll dwell without defilements. > Pali: Bhāvento satta bojjhaṅge, indriyāni balāni ca; Jhānasokhummasampanno, viharissaṁ anāsavo. [¶333] Freed from corruptions, my pure mind is unclouded. Frequently reviewing this, I’ll meditate without defilements. > Pali: Vippamuttaṁ kilesehi, suddhacittaṁ anāvilaṁ; Abhiṇhaṁ paccavekkhanto, viharissaṁ anāsavo. [¶334] Those defilements that were found in me, internally and externally, are all cut off without remainder, and will not arise again. > Pali: Ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, ye me vijjiṁsu āsavā; Sabbe asesā ucchinnā, na ca uppajjare puna. [¶335] The five aggregates are fully understood, they remain, but their root is cut. I have reached the ending of suffering, now there’ll be no more future lives.” > Pali: Pañcakkhandhā pariññātā, tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā; Dukkhakkhayo anuppatto, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶336] > Pali: … Nhātakamunitthero …. [¶337] Thag 6.12 · Brahmadatta > Pali: Thag 6.12 · Brahmadattattheragāthā [¶338] Whence anger for one free of anger, tamed, living justly, freed by right knowledge, peaceful and unaffected? > Pali: “Akkodhassa kuto kodho, dantassa samajīvino; Sammadaññāvimuttassa, upasantassa tādino. [¶339] When you get angry at an angry person you just make things worse for yourself. When you don’t get angry at an angry person you win a battle hard to win. > Pali: Tasseva tena pāpiyo, yo kuddhaṁ paṭikujjhati; Kuddhaṁ appaṭikujjhanto, saṅgāmaṁ jeti dujjayaṁ. [¶340] When you know that the other is angry, you act for the good of both yourself and the other if you’re mindful and stay calm. > Pali: Ubhinnamatthaṁ carati, attano ca parassa ca; Paraṁ saṅkupitaṁ ñatvā, yo sato upasammati. [¶341] People inexpert in the teaching consider one who heals both oneself and the other to be a fool. > Pali: Ubhinnaṁ tikicchantaṁ taṁ, attano ca parassa ca; Janā maññanti bāloti, ye dhammassa akovidā. [¶342] If anger arises in you, reflect on the simile of the saw; if craving for flavors arises in you, remember the simile of the child’s flesh. > Pali: Uppajje te sace kodho, āvajja kakacūpamaṁ; Uppajje ce rase taṇhā, puttamaṁsūpamaṁ sara. [¶343] If your mind runs off to sensual pleasures and future lives, quickly curb it with mindfulness, as one would curb a greedy cow eating grain. > Pali: Sace dhāvati cittaṁ te, kāmesu ca bhavesu ca; Khippaṁ niggaṇha satiyā, kiṭṭhādaṁ viya duppasun”ti. [¶344] > Pali: … Brahmadatto thero …. [¶345] Thag 6.13 · Sirimaṇḍa > Pali: Thag 6.13 · Sirimaṇḍattheragāthā [¶346] The rain saturates things that are covered up; it doesn’t saturate things that are open. Therefore you should open up a covered thing, so the rain will not saturate it. > Pali: “Channamativassati, vivaṭaṁ nātivassati; Tasmā channaṁ vivaretha, evaṁ taṁ nātivassati. [¶347] The world is beaten down by death and surrounded by old age. The dart of craving has struck it down, and it’s always fuming with desire. > Pali: Maccunābbhahato loko, jarāya parivārito; Taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, icchādhūpāyito sadā. [¶348] The world is beaten down by death, caged by old age, beaten constantly without respite, like a criminal being flogged. > Pali: Maccunābbhahato loko, parikkhitto jarāya ca; Haññati niccamattāṇo, pattadaṇḍova takkaro. [¶349] Three things are coming, like a wall of flame: death, disease, and old age. No power can stand before them, and no speed’s enough to flee. > Pali: Āgacchantaggikhandhāva, maccu byādhi jarā tayo; Paccuggantuṁ balaṁ natthi, javo natthi palāyituṁ. [¶350] Don’t waste your day, a little or a lot. Every night that passes shortens your life by that much. > Pali: Amoghaṁ divasaṁ kayirā, appena bahukena vā; Yaṁ yaṁ vijahate rattiṁ, tadūnaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. [¶351] Walking or standing, sitting or lying down: your final night draws near; you have no time to be careless. > Pali: Carato tiṭṭhato vāpi, āsīnasayanassa vā; Upeti carimā ratti, na te kālo pamajjitun”ti. [¶352] > Pali: … Sirimaṇḍo thero …. ## 19. Chapter One · Thag 6.14–14.2 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/19/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/19/#p-N [¶0] Thag 6.14 · Sabbakāmi > Pali: Thag 6.14 · Sabbakāmittheragāthā [¶1] This two-legged body is dirty and stinking, full of different carcasses, and oozing all over the place— but still it is cherished! > Pali: “Dvipādakoyaṁ asuci, duggandho parihīrati; Nānākuṇapaparipūro, vissavanto tato tato. [¶2] Like a lurking deer by a trick, like a fish by a hook, like a langur by tar— they trap an ordinary person. > Pali: Migaṁ nilīnaṁ kūṭena, baḷiseneva ambujaṁ; Vānaraṁ viya lepena, bādhayanti puthujjanaṁ. [¶3] Sights, sounds, tastes, smells, and touches so delightful: these five kinds of sensual stimulation are seen in a woman’s body. > Pali: Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; Pañca kāmaguṇā ete, itthirūpasmi dissare. [¶4] Those ordinary people, their minds full of lust, who pursue those women: they swell the horrors of the charnel ground, piling up future lives. > Pali: Ye etā upasevanti, rattacittā puthujjanā; Vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṁ ghoraṁ, ācinanti punabbhavaṁ. [¶5] One who, being mindful, avoids them like a snake’s head with their foot, gets over clinging to the world. > Pali: Yo cetā parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro; Somaṁ visattikaṁ loke, sato samativattati. [¶6] Seeing the danger in sensual pleasures, seeing renunciation as sanctuary, I’ve escaped all sensual pleasures, and attained the ending of defilements. > Pali: Kāmesvādīnavaṁ disvā, nekkhammaṁ daṭṭhu khemato; Nissaṭo sabbakāmehi, patto me āsavakkhayo”ti. [¶7] > Pali: … Sabbakāmitthero …. [¶8] > Pali: Chakkanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶9] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶10] > Pali: Uruveḷakassapo ca, thero tekicchakāri ca; Mahānāgo ca kullo ca, mālukyo sappadāsako; Kātiyāno migajālo, jento sumanasavhayo; Nhātamuni brahmadatto, sirimaṇḍo sabbakāmī ca; Gāthāyo caturāsīti, therā cettha catuddasāti. [¶11] Thag 7.1 · Sundarasamudda > Pali: Thag 7.1 · Sundarasamuddattheragāthā [¶12] Adorned with jewelry and all dressed up, with her garland and her makeup on, and her feet so brightly rouged: the courtesan was wearing slippers. > Pali: “Alaṅkatā suvasanā, māladhārī vibhūsitā; Alattakakatāpādā, pādukāruyha vesikā. [¶13] Taking off her slippers in front of me, her palms joined in greeting, smiling, she spoke to me so softly and so sweet: > Pali: Pādukā oruhitvāna, purato pañjalīkatā; Sā maṁ saṇhena mudunā, mhitapubbaṁ abhāsatha. [¶14] “You’re too young to go forth— come, stay in my teaching! Enjoy human sensual pleasures, I’ll give you riches. I promise this is the truth— I swear it by the Sacred Flame. > Pali: Yuvāsi tvaṁ pabbajito, tiṭṭhāhi mama sāsane; Bhuñja mānusake kāme, ahaṁ vittaṁ dadāmi te; Saccaṁ te paṭijānāmi, aggiṁ vā te harāmahaṁ. [¶15] And when we’ve grown old together, both of us leaning on staffs, we shall both go forth, and hold a winning hand on both counts.” > Pali: Yadā jiṇṇā bhavissāma, ubho daṇḍaparāyanā; Ubhopi pabbajissāma, ubhayattha kaṭaggaho. [¶16] I saw the courtesan seducing me, her palms joined in greeting, adorned with jewelry and all dressed up, set up like a snare of death. > Pali: Tañca disvāna yācantiṁ, vesikaṁ pañjalīkataṁ; Alaṅkataṁ suvasanaṁ, maccupāsaṁva oḍḍitaṁ. [¶17] Then the realization came upon me— the danger became clear and I grew firmly disillusioned. > Pali: Tato me manasīkāro, … pe … nibbidā samatiṭṭhatha. [¶18] Then my mind was freed— see the excellence of the Dhamma! I’ve attained the three knowledges, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tato cittaṁ vimucci me, … pe … kataṁ buddhassa sāsanan”ti. [¶19] > Pali: … Sundarasamuddo thero …. [¶20] Thag 7.2 · Bhaddiya the Dwarf > Pali: Thag 7.2 · Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyattheragāthā [¶21] Bhaddiya has plucked out craving, root and all, and in a jungle thicket on the far side of the Wild Mango Monastery, he practices absorption; he is truly well-favored. > Pali: “Pare ambāṭakārāme, vanasaṇḍamhi bhaddiyo; Samūlaṁ taṇhamabbuyha, tattha bhaddova jhāyati. [¶22] Some delight in clay drums, in arched harps, and in cymbals. But here, at the foot of a tree, I delight in the Buddha’s teaching. > Pali: Ramanteke mudiṅgehi, vīṇāhi paṇavehi ca; Ahañca rukkhamūlasmiṁ, rato buddhassa sāsane. [¶23] If the Buddha were to grant me one wish, and I were to get what I wished for, I’d choose for the whole world constant mindfulness of the body. > Pali: Buddho ce me varaṁ dajjā, so ca labbhetha me varo; Gaṇhehaṁ sabbalokassa, niccaṁ kāyagataṁ satiṁ. [¶24] Those who’ve judged me on appearance, and those swayed by my voice, are full of desire and greed; they don’t know me. > Pali: Ye maṁ rūpena pāmiṁsu, ye ca ghosena anvagū; Chandarāgavasūpetā, na maṁ jānanti te janā. [¶25] Not knowing what’s inside, nor seeing what’s outside, the fool shut in on every side, gets carried away by a voice. > Pali: Ajjhattañca na jānāti, bahiddhā ca na passati; Samantāvaraṇo bālo, sa ve ghosena vuyhati. [¶26] Not knowing what’s inside, but discerning what’s outside, seeing the fruit outside, they’re also carried away by a voice. > Pali: Ajjhattañca na jānāti, bahiddhā ca vipassati; Bahiddhā phaladassāvī, sopi ghosena vuyhati. [¶27] Understanding what’s inside, and discerning what’s outside, of unhindered vision, they don’t get carried away by a voice. > Pali: Ajjhattañca pajānāti, bahiddhā ca vipassati; Anāvaraṇadassāvī, na so ghosena vuyhatī”ti. [¶28] > Pali: … Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyo thero …. [¶29] Thag 7.3 · Bhadda > Pali: Thag 7.3 · Bhaddattheragāthā [¶30] I was an only child, loved by my mother and father. They had me by practicing many supplications and observances. > Pali: “Ekaputto ahaṁ āsiṁ, piyo mātu piyo pitu; Bahūhi vatacariyāhi, laddho āyācanāhi ca. [¶31] Out of sympathy for me wishing me well and wanting the best for me, my mother and father took me to see the Buddha. > Pali: Te ca maṁ anukampāya, atthakāmā hitesino; Ubho pitā ca mātā ca, buddhassa upanāmayuṁ. [¶32] “We had this son with difficulty; he is delicate and pampered. We offer him to you, Lord, to attend upon the victor.” > Pali: ‘Kicchā laddho ayaṁ putto, sukhumālo sukhedhito; Imaṁ dadāma te nātha, jinassa paricārakaṁ’. [¶33] The teacher, having accepted me, declared to Ānanda: “Quickly give him the going-forth— this one will be a thoroughbred!” > Pali: Satthā ca maṁ paṭiggayha, ānandaṁ etadabravi; ‘Pabbājehi imaṁ khippaṁ, hessatyājāniyo ayaṁ’. [¶34] After he, the Teacher, had sent me forth, the victor entered his dwelling. Before the sun set my mind was freed. > Pali: Pabbājetvāna maṁ satthā, vihāraṁ pāvisī jino; Anoggatasmiṁ sūriyasmiṁ, tato cittaṁ vimucci me. [¶35] Consequently, the Teacher didn’t neglect me; when he came out from seclusion, he said: “Come Bhadda!” That was my ordination. > Pali: Tato satthā nirākatvā, paṭisallānavuṭṭhito; ‘Ehi bhaddā’ti maṁ āha, sā me āsūpasampadā. [¶36] At seven years old I received ordination. I’ve attained the three knowledges; oh, the clear rightness of the teaching! > Pali: Jātiyā sattavassena, laddhā me upasampadā; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, aho dhammasudhammatā”ti. [¶37] > Pali: … Bhaddo thero …. [¶38] Thag 7.4 · Sopāka (2nd) > Pali: Thag 7.4 · Sopākattheragāthā [¶39] I saw the supreme man walking mindfully in the shade of the terrace, so I approached, and bowed to the supreme among men. > Pali: “Disvā pāsādachāyāyaṁ, caṅkamantaṁ naruttamaṁ; Tattha naṁ upasaṅkamma, vandissaṁ purisuttamaṁ. [¶40] Arranging my robe over one shoulder and clasping my hands together, I walked alongside that stainless one, supreme among all beings. > Pali: Ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā, saṁharitvāna pāṇayo; Anucaṅkamissaṁ virajaṁ, sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. [¶41] The wise one, expert in questions, questioned me. Brave and fearless, I answered the Teacher. > Pali: Tato pañhe apucchi maṁ, pañhānaṁ kovido vidū; Acchambhī ca abhīto ca, byākāsiṁ satthuno ahaṁ. [¶42] When all his questions were answered, the Realized One congratulated me. Looking around the mendicant Saṅgha, he said the following: > Pali: Vissajjitesu pañhesu, anumodi tathāgato; Bhikkhusaṅghaṁ viloketvā, imamatthaṁ abhāsatha. [¶43] “It is a blessing for the people of Aṅga and Magadha that this person enjoys their robe and almsfood, requisites and lodgings, their respect and service— it’s a blessing for them,” he declared. > Pali: ‘Lābhā aṅgānaṁ magadhānaṁ, Yesāyaṁ paribhuñjati; Cīvaraṁ piṇḍapātañca, Paccayaṁ sayanāsanaṁ; Paccuṭṭhānañca sāmīciṁ, Tesaṁ lābhāti cābravi. [¶44] “Sopāka, from this day on you are invited to come and see me. And Sopāka, let this be your ordination.” > Pali: Ajjatagge maṁ sopāka, dassanāyopasaṅkama; Esā ceva te sopāka, bhavatu upasampadā’. [¶45] At seven years old I received ordination. I bear my final body— oh, the clear rightness of the teaching! > Pali: Jātiyā sattavassohaṁ, laddhāna upasampadaṁ; Dhāremi antimaṁ dehaṁ, aho dhammasudhammatā”ti. [¶46] > Pali: … Sopāko thero …. [¶47] Thag 7.5 · Sarabhaṅga > Pali: Thag 7.5 · Sarabhaṅgattheragāthā [¶48] I broke the reeds off with my hands, made a hut, and stayed there. That’s how I became known as “Reed-breaker”. > Pali: “Sare hatthehi bhañjitvā, katvāna kuṭimacchisaṁ; Tena me sarabhaṅgoti, nāmaṁ sammutiyā ahu. [¶49] But now it’s not appropriate for me to break reeds with my hands. The training rules have been laid down for us by Gotama the renowned. > Pali: Na mayhaṁ kappate ajja, sare hatthehi bhañjituṁ; Sikkhāpadā no paññattā, gotamena yasassinā. [¶50] Previously, I, Sarabhaṅga, didn’t see the disease in its entirety. But now I have seen the disease, as I’ve practiced what was taught by he who is beyond the gods. > Pali: Sakalaṁ samattaṁ rogaṁ, Sarabhaṅgo nāddasaṁ pubbe; Soyaṁ rogo diṭṭho, Vacanakarenātidevassa. [¶51] Gotama traveled by that direct route; the same path traveled by Vipassī, by Sikhī, Vessabhū, Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa. > Pali: Yeneva maggena gato vipassī, Yeneva maggena sikhī ca vessabhū; Kakusandhakoṇāgamano ca kassapo, Tenañjasena agamāsi gotamo. [¶52] These seven Buddhas have plunged into the ending, free of craving, without grasping, having become Dhamma, unaffected. They have taught this Dhamma > Pali: Vītataṇhā anādānā, satta buddhā khayogadhā; Yehāyaṁ desito dhammo, dhammabhūtehi tādibhi. [¶53] out of compassion for living creatures— suffering, origin, path, and cessation, the ending of suffering. In these four noble truths, > Pali: Cattāri ariyasaccāni, anukampāya pāṇinaṁ; Dukkhaṁ samudayo maggo, nirodho dukkhasaṅkhayo. [¶54] the endless suffering of transmigration finally comes to an end. When the body breaks up, and life comes to an end, there are no future lives; I’m everywhere well freed. > Pali: Yasmiṁ nivattate dukkhaṁ, saṁsārasmiṁ anantakaṁ; Bhedā imassa kāyassa, jīvitassa ca saṅkhayā; Añño punabbhavo natthi, suvimuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. [¶55] > Pali: … Sarabhaṅgo thero … [¶56] > Pali: Sattakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶57] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶58] > Pali: Sundarasamuddo thero, thero lakuṇḍabhaddiyo; Bhaddo thero ca sopāko, sarabhaṅgo mahāisi; Sattake pañcakā therā, gāthāyo pañcatiṁsatīti. [¶59] Thag 8.1 · Mahākaccāna > Pali: Thag 8.1 · Mahākaccāyanattheragāthā [¶60] Don’t get involved in lots of work, avoid people, and don’t try to acquire things. If you’re eager and greedy for flavors, you’ll miss the goal that brings such happiness. > Pali: “Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, Parivajjeyya janaṁ na uyyame; So ussukko rasānugiddho, Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhādhivāho. [¶61] They know it really is a bog, this homage and veneration in respectable families. Honor is a subtle dart, hard to extract, and hard for a reprobate to give up. > Pali: Paṅkoti hi naṁ avedayuṁ, Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho. [¶62] The deeds of a mortal aren’t bad because of what others do. You yourself should not do bad, for mortals have deeds as their kin. > Pali: Na parassupanidhāya, kammaṁ maccassa pāpakaṁ; Attanā taṁ na seveyya, kammabandhū hi mātiyā. [¶63] You’re not a bandit because of what someone says, you’re not a sage because of what someone says; but as you know yourself, so the gods will know you. > Pali: Na pare vacanā coro, na pare vacanā muni; Attā ca naṁ yathāvedi, devāpi naṁ tathā vidū. [¶64] When others do not understand, let us, who do understand this, restrain ourselves in this regard; for that is how conflicts are laid to rest. > Pali: Pare ca na vijānanti, mayamettha yamāmase; Ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā. [¶65] A wise person lives on even after loss of wealth; but without gaining wisdom, even a rich person doesn’t really live. > Pali: Jīvate vāpi sappañño, api vittaparikkhayo; Paññāya ca alābhena, vittavāpi na jīvati. [¶66] All is heard with the ear, all is seen with the eye; the attentive ought not discard all that is seen and heard. > Pali: Sabbaṁ suṇāti sotena, sabbaṁ passati cakkhunā; Na ca diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ dhīro, sabbaṁ ujjhitumarahati. [¶67] Though you have eyes, be as if blind; though you have ears, be as if deaf; though you have wisdom, be as if dumb; though you have strength, be as if feeble. And when issues come up lie as still as a corpse. > Pali: Cakkhumāssa yathā andho, sotavā badhiro yathā; Paññavāssa yathā mūgo, balavā dubbaloriva; Atha atthe samuppanne, sayetha matasāyikan”ti. [¶68] > Pali: … Mahākaccāyano thero …. [¶69] Thag 8.2 · Sirimitta > Pali: Thag 8.2 · Sirimittattheragāthā [¶70] Free of anger and acrimony, free of deceit, and rid of slander; that’s how such a mendicant doesn’t grieve after passing away. > Pali: “Akkodhanonupanāhī, amāyo rittapesuṇo; Sa ve tādisako bhikkhu, evaṁ pecca na socati. [¶71] Free of anger and acrimony, free of deceit, and rid of slander; that’s how a mendicant with sense doors always guarded doesn’t grieve after passing away. > Pali: Akkodhanonupanāhī, amāyo rittapesuṇo; Guttadvāro sadā bhikkhu, evaṁ pecca na socati. [¶72] Free of anger and acrimony, free of deceit, and rid of slander; that’s how a mendicant of good morals doesn’t grieve after passing away. > Pali: Akkodhanonupanāhī, amāyo rittapesuṇo; Kalyāṇasīlo so bhikkhu, evaṁ pecca na socati. [¶73] Free of anger and acrimony, free of deceit, and rid of slander; that’s how a mendicant with good friends doesn’t grieve after passing away. > Pali: Akkodhanonupanāhī, amāyo rittapesuṇo; Kalyāṇamitto so bhikkhu, evaṁ pecca na socati. [¶74] Free of anger and acrimony, free of deceit, and rid of slander; that’s how a mendicant of good wisdom, doesn’t grieve after passing away. > Pali: Akkodhanonupanāhī, amāyo rittapesuṇo; Kalyāṇapañño so bhikkhu, evaṁ pecca na socati. [¶75] Whoever has faith in the Realized One, unwavering and well grounded; whose ethical conduct is good, praised and loved by the noble ones; > Pali: Yassa saddhā tathāgate, acalā suppatiṭṭhitā; Sīlañca yassa kalyāṇaṁ, ariyakantaṁ pasaṁsitaṁ. [¶76] who has confidence in the Saṅgha, and correct view: they’re said to be prosperous; their life is not in vain. > Pali: Saṅghe pasādo yassatthi, ujubhūtañca dassanaṁ; ‘Adaliddo’ti taṁ āhu, amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. [¶77] So let the wise devote themselves to faith, ethical behavior, confidence, and insight into the teaching, remembering the instructions of the Buddhas. > Pali: Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. [¶78] > Pali: … Sirimitto thero …. [¶79] Thag 8.3 · Mahāpanthaka > Pali: Thag 8.3 · Mahāpanthakattheragāthā [¶80] When I first saw the Teacher who fears nothing from any quarter, I was struck with a sense of urgency, seeing the supreme among men. > Pali: “Yadā paṭhamamaddakkhiṁ, satthāramakutobhayaṁ; Tato me ahu saṁvego, passitvā purisuttamaṁ. [¶81] Anyone who, having found such a Teacher, would lose them again, is like one who, when approached by Lady Luck, would ward her off with their hands and feet. > Pali: Siriṁ hatthehi pādehi, yo paṇāmeyya āgataṁ; Etādisaṁ so satthāraṁ, ārādhetvā virādhaye. [¶82] Then I left behind my children and wives, my riches and my grain; I had my hair and beard cut off, and went forth to homelessness. > Pali: Tadāhaṁ puttadārañca, dhanadhaññañca chaḍḍayiṁ; Kesamassūni chedetvā, pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. [¶83] Endowed with the monastic training and livelihood, my sense faculties well-restrained, paying homage to the Buddha, I meditated undefeated. > Pali: Sikkhāsājīvasampanno, indriyesu susaṁvuto; Namassamāno sambuddhaṁ, vihāsiṁ aparājito. [¶84] Then a wish occurred to me, my heart’s truest wish: I wouldn’t sit down, not even for a short while, until the dart of craving was plucked. > Pali: Tato me paṇidhī āsi, cetaso abhipatthito; Na nisīde muhuttampi, taṇhāsalle anūhate. [¶85] As I meditate like this, see my energy and vigor! I’ve attained the three knowledges, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tassa mevaṁ viharato, passa vīriyaparakkamaṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶86] I know my past lives, my clairvoyance is clarified; I’m perfected, worthy of offerings, liberated, free of attachments. > Pali: Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; Arahā dakkhiṇeyyomhi, vippamutto nirūpadhi. [¶87] Then, at the end of the night, as the rising of the sun drew near, all craving was dried up, so I sat down cross-legged. > Pali: Tato ratyā vivasāne, sūriyuggamanaṁ pati; Sabbaṁ taṇhaṁ visosetvā, pallaṅkena upāvisin”ti. [¶88] > Pali: … Mahāpanthako thero … [¶89] > Pali: Aṭṭhakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶90] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶91] > Pali: Mahākaccāyano thero, sirimitto mahāpanthako; Ete aṭṭhanipātamhi, gāthāyo catuvīsatīti. [¶92] Thag 9.1 · Bhūta > Pali: Thag 9.1 · Bhūtattheragāthā [¶93] When an astute person knows, “Old age and death are suffering; yet an ignorant ordinary person is bound to them”, completely understanding suffering, being mindful, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: “Yadā dukkhaṁ jarāmaraṇanti paṇḍito, Aviddasū yattha sitā puthujjanā; Dukkhaṁ pariññāya satova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶94] When clinging, the carrier of suffering, and craving, the carrier of this painful mass of proliferation, are destroyed, and one is mindful, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā dukkhassāvahaniṁ visattikaṁ, Papañcasaṅghātadukhādhivāhiniṁ; Taṇhaṁ pahantvāna satova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶95] When the eightfold way, so full of grace, the supreme path, cleanser of all corruptions, is seen with wisdom; and one is mindful, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā sivaṁ dvecaturaṅgagāminaṁ, Magguttamaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ; Paññāya passitva satova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶96] When one develops that peaceful state, sorrowless, stainless, unconditioned, cleanser of all corruptions, cutter of fetters and bonds: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā asokaṁ virajaṁ asaṅkhataṁ, Santaṁ padaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ; Bhāveti saṁyojanabandhanacchidaṁ, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶97] When the thundercloud rumbles in the sky, while the rain pours on the path of birds all around, and a monk has gone to a mountain cave, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā nabhe gajjati meghadundubhi, Dhārākulā vihagapathe samantato; Bhikkhū ca pabbhāragatova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶98] When sitting on a riverbank covered in flowers, garlanded with brightly colored forest plants, one is truly happy, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā nadīnaṁ kusumākulānaṁ, Vicitta-vāneyya-vaṭaṁsakānaṁ; Tīre nisinno sumanova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶99] When it is midnight in a lonely forest, and the lions roar as the heavens pour, and a monk has gone to a mountain cave, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā nisīthe rahitamhi kānane, Deve gaḷantamhi nadanti dāṭhino; Bhikkhū ca pabbhāragatova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶100] When one’s own thoughts have been cut off, between the mountains, sheltered inside a cleft, without stress or heartlessness, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā vitakke uparundhiyattano, Nagantare nagavivaraṁ samassito; Vītaddaro vītakhilova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindati. [¶101] When one is happy, destroyer of stains, heartlessness, and sorrow, free of obstructions, snarls, and thorns, and with all defilements annihilated, practicing absorption: there is no greater pleasure than this. > Pali: Yadā sukhī malakhilasokanāsano, Niraggaḷo nibbanatho visallo; Sabbāsave byantikatova jhāyati, Tato ratiṁ paramataraṁ na vindatī”ti. [¶102] > Pali: … Bhūto thero … [¶103] > Pali: Navakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶104] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶105] > Pali: Bhūto tathaddaso thero, eko khaggavisāṇavā; Navakamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyopi imā navāti. [¶106] Thag 10.1 · Kāḷudāyī > Pali: Thag 10.1 · Kāḷudāyittheragāthā [¶107] “The trees are now crimson, venerable sir, they’ve shed their foliage, and are ready to fruit. They shine as if aflame; great hero, this season is full of flavor. > Pali: “Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante, Phalesino chadanaṁ vippahāya; Te accimantova pabhāsayanti, Samayo mahāvīra bhāgī rasānaṁ. [¶108] The blossoming trees are delightful, wafting their scent all around, in all directions. They’ve shed their leaves and wish to fruit, hero, it is time to leave here. > Pali: Dumāni phullāni manoramāni, Samantato sabbadisā pavanti; Pattaṁ pahāya phalamāsasānā, Kālo ito pakkamanāya vīra. [¶109] It is neither too hot nor too cold, venerable sir, it’s a pleasant season for traveling. Let the Sākiyans and Koliyans see you, heading west across the Rohiṇī river. > Pali: Nevātisītaṁ na panātiuṇhaṁ, Sukhā utu addhaniyā bhadante; Passantu taṁ sākiyā koḷiyā ca, Pacchāmukhaṁ rohiniyaṁ tarantaṁ. [¶110] In hope, the field is plowed; the seed is sown in hope; in hope, merchants travel the seas, carrying rich cargoes. The hope that I stand for: may it succeed! > Pali: Āsāya kasate khettaṁ, bījaṁ āsāya vappati; Āsāya vāṇijā yanti, samuddaṁ dhanahārakā; Yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, sā me āsā samijjhatu. [¶111] Again and again, they sow the seed; again and again, the king of the heavens sends rain; again and again, farmers plow the field; again and again, grain is produced for the nation. > Pali: Punappunaṁ ceva vapanti bījaṁ, Punappunaṁ vassati devarājā; Punappunaṁ khettaṁ kasanti kassakā, Punappunaṁ dhaññamupeti raṭṭhaṁ. [¶112] Again and again, the beggars wander, again and again, the donors give. Again and again, when the donors have given, again and again, they take their place in heaven. > Pali: Punappunaṁ yācanakā caranti, Punappunaṁ dānapatī dadanti; Punappunaṁ dānapatī daditvā, Punappunaṁ saggamupenti ṭhānaṁ. [¶113] A hero of vast wisdom purifies seven generations of the family in which they’re born. Sakya, I believe you’re the king of kings, since you fathered the one who is truly named a sage. > Pali: Vīro have sattayugaṁ puneti, Yasmiṁ kule jāyati bhūripañño; Maññāmahaṁ sakkati devadevo, Tayā hi jāto muni saccanāmo. [¶114] The father of the great seer is named Suddhodana; and the Buddha’s mother is named Māyā. Having borne the Bodhisatta in her belly, she rejoices in the Third Heaven. > Pali: Suddhodano nāma pitā mahesino, Buddhassa mātā pana māyanāmā; Yā bodhisattaṁ parihariya kucchinā, Kāyassa bhedā tidivamhi modati. [¶115] When she died and passed away from here, she was blessed with heavenly sensual pleasures; enjoying the five kinds of sensual stimulation. Gotamī is surrounded by those hosts of gods.” > Pali: Sā gotamī kālakatā ito cutā, Dibbehi kāmehi samaṅgibhūtā; Sā modati kāmaguṇehi pañcahi, Parivāritā devagaṇehi tehi”. [¶116] “I’m the son of the Buddha, the incomparable Aṅgīrasa, the unaffected, the bearer of the unbearable. You, Sakya, are my father’s father; Gotama, you are my grandfather in the Dhamma.” > Pali: “Buddhassa puttomhi asayhasāhino, Aṅgīrasassappaṭimassa tādino; Pitupitā mayhaṁ tuvaṁsi sakka, Dhammena me gotama ayyakosī”ti. [¶117] > Pali: … Kāḷudāyī thero …. [¶118] Thag 10.2 · Ekavihāriya > Pali: Thag 10.2 · Ekavihāriyattheragāthā [¶119] If no one else is found before or behind, it’s extremely pleasant to be dwelling alone in a forest grove. > Pali: “Purato pacchato vāpi, aparo ce na vijjati; Atīva phāsu bhavati, ekassa vasato vane. [¶120] Come now, I’ll go alone to the wilderness praised by the Buddha. It’s pleasant for a mendicant to be dwelling alone and resolute. > Pali: Handa eko gamissāmi, araññaṁ buddhavaṇṇitaṁ; Phāsu ekavihārissa, pahitattassa bhikkhuno. [¶121] Alone and self-disciplined, I’ll quickly enter the delightful forest, which gives joy to meditators, and is frequented by rutting elephants. > Pali: Yogi-pītikaraṁ rammaṁ, mattakuñjarasevitaṁ; Eko attavasī khippaṁ, pavisissāmi kānanaṁ. [¶122] In the Cool Grove, so full of flowers, in a cool mountain cave, I’ll bathe my limbs and walk mindfully alone. > Pali: Supupphite sītavane, sītale girikandare; Gattāni parisiñcitvā, caṅkamissāmi ekako. [¶123] When will I dwell alone, without a companion, in the great wood, so delightful, my task complete, free of defilements? > Pali: Ekākiyo adutiyo, ramaṇīye mahāvane; Kadāhaṁ viharissāmi, katakicco anāsavo. [¶124] This is what I want to do: may my wish succeed! I’ll make it happen myself, for no one can do another’s duty. > Pali: Evaṁ me kattukāmassa, adhippāyo samijjhatu; Sādhayissāmahaṁyeva, nāñño aññassa kārako. [¶125] Fastening my armor, I’ll enter the forest. I won’t leave without attaining the end of defilements. > Pali: Esa bandhāmi sannāhaṁ, pavisissāmi kānanaṁ; Na tato nikkhamissāmi, appatto āsavakkhayaṁ. [¶126] As the cool gale blows with fragrant scent, I’ll split ignorance apart, sitting on the mountain-peak. > Pali: Mālute upavāyante, sīte surabhigandhike; Avijjaṁ dālayissāmi, nisinno nagamuddhani. [¶127] In a forest grove covered with blossoms, in a cave so very cool, I take pleasure in the Mountainfold, happy with the happiness of freedom. > Pali: Vane kusumasañchanne, pabbhāre nūna sītale; Vimuttisukhena sukhito, ramissāmi giribbaje. [¶128] I’ve got all I wished for like the moon on the fifteenth day. With the utter ending of all defilements, now there’ll be no more future lives. > Pali: Sohaṁ paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, cando pannaraso yathā; Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇo, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶129] > Pali: … Ekavihāriyo thero …. [¶130] Thag 10.3 · Mahākappina > Pali: Thag 10.3 · Mahākappinattheragāthā [¶131] If you’re prepared for the future, both the good and the bad, then those, whether enemies or well-wishers, who examine you for weakness will see none. > Pali: “Anāgataṁ yo paṭikacca passati, Hitañca atthaṁ ahitañca taṁ dvayaṁ; Viddesino tassa hitesino vā, Randhaṁ na passanti samekkhamānā. [¶132] One who has fulfilled, developed, and gradually consolidated mindfulness of breathing as it was taught by the Buddha: they shine on this world, like the moon freed from clouds. > Pali: Ānāpānasatī yassa, paripuṇṇā subhāvitā; Anupubbaṁ paricitā, yathā buddhena desitā; Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā. [¶133] Yes, my mind is clean, limitless and well-developed; it has broken through and been uplifted— it radiates in every direction. > Pali: Odātaṁ vata me cittaṁ, appamāṇaṁ subhāvitaṁ; Nibbiddhaṁ paggahītañca, sabbā obhāsate disā. [¶134] A wise person lives on even after loss of wealth; but without gaining wisdom, even a rich person doesn’t really live. > Pali: Jīvate vāpi sappañño, api vittaparikkhayo; Paññāya ca alābhena, vittavāpi na jīvati. [¶135] Wisdom questions what is learned; wisdom grows fame and reputation; a person united with wisdom finds happiness even among sufferings. > Pali: Paññā sutavinicchinī, Paññā kittisilokavaddhanī; Paññāsahito naro idha, Api dukkhesu sukhāni vindati. [¶136] It’s not a teaching just for today; it isn’t incredible or amazing. When you’re born, you die— what’s amazing about that? > Pali: Nāyaṁ ajjatano dhammo, nacchero napi abbhuto; Yattha jāyetha mīyetha, tattha kiṁ viya abbhutaṁ. [¶137] For anyone who is born, death always follows after life. Everyone who is born here dies here; such is the nature of living creatures. > Pali: Anantaraṁ hi jātassa, jīvitā maraṇaṁ dhuvaṁ; Jātā jātā marantīdha, evaṁdhammā hi pāṇino. [¶138] The things that are useful for the living are of no use for the dead—not fame, not celebrity, not praise by ascetics and brahmins. For the dead, there is only weeping. > Pali: Na hetadatthāya matassa hoti, Yaṁ jīvitatthaṁ paraporisānaṁ; Matamhi ruṇṇaṁ na yaso na lokyaṁ, Na vaṇṇitaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇehi. [¶139] And weeping impairs the eye and the body; complexion, strength, and intelligence decline. Your enemies rejoice; but your well-wishers are not happy. > Pali: Cakkhuṁ sarīraṁ upahanti tena, Nihīyati vaṇṇabalaṁ matī ca; Ānandino tassa disā bhavanti, Hitesino nāssa sukhī bhavanti. [¶140] So you should wish that those who stay in your family have intelligence and learning, and do their duty through the power of wisdom, just as you’d cross a full river by boat. > Pali: Tasmā hi iccheyya kule vasante, Medhāvino ceva bahussute ca; Yesaṁ hi paññāvibhavena kiccaṁ, Taranti nāvāya nadiṁva puṇṇan”ti. [¶141] > Pali: … Mahākappino thero …. [¶142] Thag 10.4 · Cūḷapanthaka > Pali: Thag 10.4 · Cūḷapanthakattheragāthā [¶143] My progress was slow, I was despised in the past. Even my brother turned me away, saying, “Go home now.” > Pali: “Dandhā mayhaṁ gatī āsi, paribhūto pure ahaṁ; Bhātā ca maṁ paṇāmesi, ‘gaccha dāni tuvaṁ gharaṁ’. [¶144] Turned away at the gate of the Saṅgha’s monastery, I stood there sadly, longing for the dispensation. > Pali: Sohaṁ paṇāmito santo, saṅghārāmassa koṭṭhake; Dummano tattha aṭṭhāsiṁ, sāsanasmiṁ apekkhavā. [¶145] Then the Buddha came and touched my head. Taking me by the arm, he brought me into the Saṅgha’s monastery. > Pali: Bhagavā tattha āgacchi, sīsaṁ mayhaṁ parāmasi; Bāhāya maṁ gahetvāna, saṅghārāmaṁ pavesayi. [¶146] The Teacher, out of sympathy, gave me a foot-wiping cloth, saying: “Focus your awareness exclusively on this clean cloth.” > Pali: Anukampāya me satthā, pādāsi pādapuñchaniṁ; ‘Etaṁ suddhaṁ adhiṭṭhehi, ekamantaṁ svadhiṭṭhitaṁ’. [¶147] After hearing his words, I happily did his bidding. I practiced meditative immersion for the attainment of the highest goal. > Pali: Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, vihāsiṁ sāsane rato; Samādhiṁ paṭipādesiṁ, uttamatthassa pattiyā. [¶148] I know my past lives, my clairvoyance is clarified; I’ve attained the three knowledges, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, dibbacakkhu visodhitaṁ; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶149] I, Panthaka, created a thousand images of myself, and sat in the delightful mango grove until the time for the meal offering was announced. > Pali: Sahassakkhattumattānaṁ, nimminitvāna panthako; Nisīdambavane ramme, yāva kālappavedanā. [¶150] Consequently, the Teacher sent to me a messenger to announce the time. When the time was announced, I flew to him through the air. > Pali: Tato me satthā pāhesi, dūtaṁ kālappavedakaṁ; Paveditamhi kālamhi, vehāsādupasaṅkamiṁ. [¶151] I paid homage at the Teacher’s feet, and sat to one side. When he knew I was seated, the Teacher received the offering. > Pali: Vanditvā satthuno pāde, ekamantaṁ nisīdahaṁ; Nisinnaṁ maṁ viditvāna, atha satthā paṭiggahi. [¶152] Recipient of gifts from the whole world, receiver of sacrifices, field of merit for humanity, he received the religious donation. > Pali: Āyāgo sabbalokassa, āhutīnaṁ paṭiggaho; Puññakkhettaṁ manussānaṁ, paṭiggaṇhittha dakkhiṇan”ti. [¶153] > Pali: … Cūḷapanthako thero …. [¶154] Thag 10.5 · Kappa > Pali: Thag 10.5 · Kappattheragāthā [¶155] Filled with different kinds of dirt, a great producer of dung, like a stagnant cesspool, a big boil, a bad wound, > Pali: “Nānākulamalasampuṇṇo, mahāukkārasambhavo; Candanikaṁva paripakkaṁ, mahāgaṇḍo mahāvaṇo. [¶156] full of pus and blood, sunk in a toilet-pit, trickling with fluids, this rotting body always oozes. > Pali: Pubbaruhirasampuṇṇo, gūthakūpena gāḷhito; Āpopaggharaṇo kāyo, sadā sandati pūtikaṁ. [¶157] Bound by sixty tendons, coated with a fleshy coating, clothed in a jacket of skin, this rotting body is worthless. > Pali: Saṭṭhikaṇḍarasambandho, maṁsalepanalepito; Cammakañcukasannaddho, pūtikāyo niratthako. [¶158] Held together by a skeleton of bones, and bound by sinews; it assumes postures due to a complex of many things. > Pali: Aṭṭhisaṅghātaghaṭito, nhārusuttanibandhano; Nekesaṁ saṅgatībhāvā, kappeti iriyāpathaṁ. [¶159] We set out in the certainty of death, in the presence of the King of Death; and having discarded the body right here, a person goes where he likes. > Pali: Dhuvappayāto maraṇāya, maccurājassa santike; Idheva chaḍḍayitvāna, yenakāmaṅgamo naro. [¶160] Shrouded by ignorance, tied by the four ties, this body is sinking in the flood, caught in the net of the underlying tendencies. > Pali: Avijjāya nivuto kāyo, catuganthena ganthito; Oghasaṁsīdano kāyo, anusayajālamotthato. [¶161] Yoked to the five hindrances, afflicted by thought, stuck to the root of craving, hidden by delusion: > Pali: Pañcanīvaraṇe yutto, vitakkena samappito; Taṇhāmūlenānugato, mohacchādanachādito. [¶162] that is how the body goes on, propelled by the mechanism of deeds. But existence ends in perishing; separated, the body perishes. > Pali: Evāyaṁ vattate kāyo, kammayantena yantito; Sampatti ca vipatyantā, nānābhāvo vipajjati. [¶163] Those blind, ordinary people who think of this body as theirs, swell the horrors of the charnel ground, taking hold of future lives. > Pali: Yemaṁ kāyaṁ mamāyanti, andhabālā puthujjanā; Vaḍḍhenti kaṭasiṁ ghoraṁ, ādiyanti punabbhavaṁ. [¶164] The undefiled who shun this body like a serpent smeared with dung, having expelled the root of rebirth, will be fully quenched. > Pali: Yemaṁ kāyaṁ vivajjenti, Gūthalittaṁva pannagaṁ; Bhavamūlaṁ vamitvāna, Parinibbissantināsavā”ti. [¶165] > Pali: … Kappo thero …. [¶166] Thag 10.6 · Upasena son of Vaṅgantā > Pali: Thag 10.6 · Vaṅgantaputtaupasenattheragāthā [¶167] In order to go on retreat, a monk should stay in lodgings that are secluded and quiet, frequented by beasts of prey. > Pali: “Vivittaṁ appanigghosaṁ, vāḷamiganisevitaṁ; Seve senāsanaṁ bhikkhu, paṭisallānakāraṇā. [¶168] Having gathered scraps from rubbish heaps, cemeteries and streets, and making an outer robe from them, one should wear that coarse robe. > Pali: Saṅkārapuñjā āhatvā, susānā rathiyāhi ca; Tato saṅghāṭikaṁ katvā, lūkhaṁ dhāreyya cīvaraṁ. [¶169] Humbling their heart, a mendicant should walk for alms from family to family indiscriminately, with sense doors guarded, well-restrained. > Pali: Nīcaṁ manaṁ karitvāna, sapadānaṁ kulā kulaṁ; Piṇḍikāya care bhikkhu, guttadvāro susaṁvuto. [¶170] They should be content even with coarse food, not hoping for lots of flavors. The mind that’s greedy for flavors doesn’t enjoy absorption. > Pali: Lūkhenapi vā santusse, nāññaṁ patthe rasaṁ bahuṁ; Rasesu anugiddhassa, jhāne na ramatī mano. [¶171] With few wishes, content, a sage should live secluded, mixing with neither householders nor the homeless. > Pali: Appiccho ceva santuṭṭho, pavivitto vase muni; Asaṁsaṭṭho gahaṭṭhehi, anāgārehi cūbhayaṁ. [¶172] They should present themselves as if stupid or dumb; an astute person would not speak overly long in the midst of the Saṅgha. > Pali: Yathā jaḷo va mūgo va, attānaṁ dassaye tathā; Nātivelaṁ sambhāseyya, saṅghamajjhamhi paṇḍito. [¶173] They would not insult anyone, and would avoid causing damage. Restrained in the monastic code, they would eat in moderation. > Pali: Na so upavade kañci, upaghātaṁ vivajjaye; Saṁvuto pātimokkhasmiṁ, mattaññū cassa bhojane. [¶174] Expert in the arising of thought, they would grasp well the pattern of the mind. They would be devoted to practicing serenity and discernment at the right time. > Pali: Suggahītanimittassa, cittassuppādakovido; Samathaṁ anuyuñjeyya, kālena ca vipassanaṁ. [¶175] Though endowed with energy and persistence, and always devoted to meditation, a wise person would not be too sure of themselves, until they have attained the end of suffering. > Pali: Vīriyasātaccasampanno, yuttayogo sadā siyā; Na ca appatvā dukkhantaṁ, vissāsaṁ eyya paṇḍito. [¶176] For a mendicant who meditates in this way, longing for purification, all their defilements wither away, and they realize quenching. > Pali: Evaṁ viharamānassa, suddhikāmassa bhikkhuno; Khīyanti āsavā sabbe, nibbutiñcādhigacchatī”ti. [¶177] > Pali: … Upaseno vaṅgantaputto thero …. [¶178] Thag 10.7 · Another Gotama > Pali: Thag 10.7 · (Apara) Gotamattheragāthā [¶179] You should understand your own goal, and consider the dispensation carefully, as well as what’s appropriate for one who has entered the ascetic life. > Pali: “Vijāneyya sakaṁ atthaṁ, Avalokeyyātha pāvacanaṁ; Yañcettha assa patirūpaṁ, Sāmaññaṁ ajjhupagatassa. [¶180] Good friendship in the community, undertaking plenty of training, eagerness to learn from the teachers— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Mittaṁ idha ca kalyāṇaṁ, Sikkhā vipulaṁ samādānaṁ; Sussūsā ca garūnaṁ, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶181] Respect for the Buddha, reverence for the Dhamma as it really is, esteem for the Saṅgha— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Buddhesu sagāravatā, Dhamme apaciti yathābhūtaṁ; Saṅghe ca cittikāro, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶182] Commitment to good conduct and alms-resort, a livelihood that is pure and blameless, and stilling the mind— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Ācāragocare yutto, Ājīvo sodhito agārayho; Cittassa ca saṇṭhapanaṁ, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶183] An impressive deportment in things that should be done, and in those better avoided; commitment to the higher mind— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Cārittaṁ atha vārittaṁ, Iriyāpathiyaṁ pasādaniyaṁ; Adhicitte ca āyogo, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶184] Wilderness lodgings, remote and quiet, fit for use by a sage— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Āraññakāni senāsanāni, Pantāni appasaddāni; Bhajitabbāni muninā, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶185] Ethics, learning, investigation of teachings in line with the truth, and penetration of the truths— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Sīlañca bāhusaccañca, Dhammānaṁ pavicayo yathābhūtaṁ; Saccānaṁ abhisamayo, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶186] Developing the perceptions of impermanence, non-self, and unattractiveness, and dissatisfaction with the whole world— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Bhāveyya ca aniccanti, Anattasaññaṁ asubhasaññañca; Lokamhi ca anabhiratiṁ, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶187] Developing the awakening factors, the bases for psychic power, the faculties and powers, and the noble eightfold path— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Bhāveyya ca bojjhaṅge, Iddhipādāni indriyāni balāni; Aṭṭhaṅgamaggamariyaṁ, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpaṁ. [¶188] A sage should abandon craving, defilements shattered, root and all, they should live liberated— this is appropriate for an ascetic. > Pali: Taṇhaṁ pajaheyya muni, Samūlake āsave padāleyya; Vihareyya vippamutto, Etaṁ samaṇassa patirūpan”ti. [¶189] > Pali: … Gotamo thero … [¶190] > Pali: Dasakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶191] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶192] > Pali: Kāḷudāyī ca so thero, ekavihārī ca kappino; Cūḷapanthako kappo ca, upaseno ca gotamo; Sattime dasake therā, gāthāyo cettha sattatīti. [¶193] Thag 11.1 · Saṅkicca > Pali: Thag 11.1 · Saṅkiccattheragāthā [¶194] “What good does it do you to be in the grove, my dear? You’re like a little bird in the monsoon! The city of Verambhā is nice for you— seclusion is for meditators.” > Pali: “Kiṁ tavattho vane tāta, ujjuhānova pāvuse; Verambhā ramaṇīyā te, paviveko hi jhāyinaṁ”. [¶195] “Just as the wind in Verambhā scatters the monsoon clouds as they pour down, so the city scatters my perception of seclusion.” > Pali: “Yathā abbhāni verambho, vāto nudati pāvuse; Saññā me abhikiranti, vivekapaṭisaññutā. [¶196] “It’s all black and born of an egg— the crow whose abode is the charnel ground rouses my mindfulness, based on dispassion for the body.” > Pali: Apaṇḍaro aṇḍasambhavo, Sīvathikāya niketacāriko; Uppādayateva me satiṁ, Sandehasmiṁ virāganissitaṁ. [¶197] “He who is not guarded by others, and who does not guard others, truly sleeps at ease, mendicant, unconcerned for sensual pleasures.” > Pali: Yañca aññe na rakkhanti, yo ca aññe na rakkhati; Sa ve bhikkhu sukhaṁ seti, kāmesu anapekkhavā. [¶198] “The water’s clear and the rocks are broad, monkeys and deer are all around; festooned with dewy moss, these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: Acchodikā puthusilā, gonaṅgulamigāyutā; Ambusevālasañchannā, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶199] I’ve stayed in the wilderness, in caves and caverns and remote lodgings frequented by beasts of prey. > Pali: Vasitaṁ me araññesu, kandarāsu guhāsu ca; Senāsanesu pantesu, vāḷamiganisevite. [¶200] ‘May these beings be killed! May they be slaughtered! May they suffer!’— I’m not aware of having any such ignoble, hateful thoughts. > Pali: ‘Ime haññantu vajjhantu, dukkhaṁ pappontu pāṇino’; Saṅkappaṁ nābhijānāmi, anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. [¶201] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶202] I’ve attained the goal for the sake of which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness— the ending of all fetters. > Pali: Yassa catthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. [¶203] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, like a worker waiting for their wages. > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. [¶204] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, aware and mindful.” > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, sampajāno patissato”ti. [¶205] > Pali: … Saṅkicco thero … [¶206] > Pali: Ekādasakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶207] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶208] > Pali: Saṅkiccathero ekova, katakicco anāsavo; Ekādasanipātamhi, gāthā ekādaseva cāti. [¶209] Thag 12.1 · Sīlava > Pali: Thag 12.1 · Sīlavattheragāthā [¶210] One should train just in ethical conduct, for in this world, when ethical conduct is cultivated and well-trained, it provides all success. > Pali: “Sīlamevidha sikkhetha, asmiṁ loke susikkhitaṁ; Sīlañhi sabbasampattiṁ, upanāmeti sevitaṁ. [¶211] Wishing for three kinds of happiness— praise, prosperity, and to delight in heaven after passing away— the wise would take care of their ethics. > Pali: Sīlaṁ rakkheyya medhāvī, patthayāno tayo sukhe; Pasaṁsaṁ vittilābhañca, pecca sagge pamodanaṁ. [¶212] The well-behaved have many friends, because of their self-restraint. But one lacking ethics, of bad conduct, drives away their friends. > Pali: Sīlavā hi bahū mitte, saññamenādhigacchati; Dussīlo pana mittehi, dhaṁsate pāpamācaraṁ. [¶213] A man whose ethics are bad has ill-repute and infamy. One who is ethical always has a good reputation, fame, and praise. > Pali: Avaṇṇañca akittiñca, dussīlo labhate naro; Vaṇṇaṁ kittiṁ pasaṁsañca, sadā labhati sīlavā. [¶214] Ethical conduct is the starting point and foundation; the mother at the head of all good things: that’s why you should purify your ethics. > Pali: Ādi sīlaṁ patiṭṭhā ca, kalyāṇānañca mātukaṁ; Pamukhaṁ sabbadhammānaṁ, tasmā sīlaṁ visodhaye. [¶215] Ethics provide a boundary and a restraint, an enjoyment for the mind; the ford where all the Buddhas cross over: that’s why you should purify your ethics. > Pali: Velā ca saṁvaraṁ sīlaṁ, cittassa abhihāsanaṁ; Titthañca sabbabuddhānaṁ, tasmā sīlaṁ visodhaye. [¶216] Ethics are the matchless power; ethics are the ultimate weapon; ethics are the best ornament; ethics are a marvelous coat of armor. > Pali: Sīlaṁ balaṁ appaṭimaṁ, sīlaṁ āvudhamuttamaṁ; Sīlamābharaṇaṁ seṭṭhaṁ, sīlaṁ kavacamabbhutaṁ. [¶217] Ethics are a mighty bridge; ethics are the unsurpassed scent; ethics are the best perfume, that float from place to place. > Pali: Sīlaṁ setu mahesakkho, sīlaṁ gandho anuttaro; Sīlaṁ vilepanaṁ seṭṭhaṁ, yena vāti disodisaṁ. [¶218] Ethics are the best provision; ethics are the unsurpassed supply for a journey; ethics are the best vehicle that take you from place to place. > Pali: Sīlaṁ sambalamevaggaṁ, sīlaṁ pātheyyamuttamaṁ; Sīlaṁ seṭṭho ativāho, yena yāti disodisaṁ. [¶219] In this life they’re criticized; after departing they grieve in a lower realm; a fool is unhappy everywhere, because they are unsteady in ethics. > Pali: Idheva nindaṁ labhati, peccāpāye ca dummano; Sabbattha dummano bālo, sīlesu asamāhito. [¶220] In this life they’re renowned; after departing they’re happy in heaven; the attentive are happy everywhere, because they are steady in ethics. > Pali: Idheva kittiṁ labhati, pecca sagge ca summano; Sabbattha sumano dhīro, sīlesu susamāhito. [¶221] Ethical conduct is best in this life, but one with wisdom is supreme. Someone with both virtue and wisdom is victorious among men and gods. > Pali: Sīlameva idha aggaṁ, paññavā pana uttamo; Manussesu ca devesu, sīlapaññāṇato jayan”ti. [¶222] > Pali: … Sīlavo thero …. [¶223] Thag 12.2 · Sunīta > Pali: Thag 12.2 · Sunītattheragāthā [¶224] I was born in a low-class family. We were poor, with little to eat. My job was lowly— I threw out the old flowers. > Pali: “Nīce kulamhi jātohaṁ, daliddo appabhojano; Hīnakammaṁ mamaṁ āsi, ahosiṁ pupphachaḍḍako. [¶225] Shunned by people, I was disregarded and held in contempt. I humbled my heart and paid respects to many people. > Pali: Jigucchito manussānaṁ, paribhūto ca vambhito; Nīcaṁ manaṁ karitvāna, vandissaṁ bahukaṁ janaṁ. [¶226] Then I saw the Buddha at the fore of the mendicant Saṅgha. The great hero was entering the capital city of the Magadhans. > Pali: Athaddasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṁ; Pavisantaṁ mahāvīraṁ, magadhānaṁ puruttamaṁ. [¶227] I dropped my flail and approached to pay homage. Out of sympathy for me, the supreme man stood still. > Pali: Nikkhipitvāna byābhaṅgiṁ, vandituṁ upasaṅkamiṁ; Mameva anukampāya, aṭṭhāsi purisuttamo. [¶228] When I had paid homage at the Teacher’s feet, I stood to one side and requested the going forth from the one supreme among all beings. > Pali: Vanditvā satthuno pāde, ekamantaṁ ṭhito tadā; Pabbajjaṁ ahamāyāciṁ, sabbasattānamuttamaṁ. [¶229] Consequently, the Teacher, being compassionate, having sympathy for the whole world, said to me, “Come, monk!” That was my ordination. > Pali: Tato kāruṇiko satthā, sabbalokānukampako; ‘Ehi bhikkhū’ti maṁ āha, sā me āsūpasampadā. [¶230] Staying alone in the wilderness, meditating tirelessly, I have completed what the Teacher taught, just as the victor advised me. > Pali: Sohaṁ eko araññasmiṁ, viharanto atandito; Akāsiṁ satthu vacanaṁ, yathā maṁ ovadī jino. [¶231] In the first watch of the night, I recollected my past lives. In the middle watch, I purified my clairvoyance. In the last watch, I shattered the mass of darkness. > Pali: Rattiyā paṭhamaṁ yāmaṁ, Pubbajātimanussariṁ; Rattiyā majjhimaṁ yāmaṁ, Dibbacakkhuṁ visodhayiṁ; Rattiyā pacchime yāme, Tamokhandhaṁ padālayiṁ. [¶232] At the end of the night, as the sunrise drew near, Indra and the Divinity came and revered me with joined hands. > Pali: Tato ratyā vivasāne, sūriyassuggamanaṁ pati; Indo brahmā ca āgantvā, maṁ namassiṁsu pañjalī. [¶233] “Homage to you, O thoroughbred! Homage to you, supreme among men! Since your defilements are ended, you, good fellow, are worthy of a religious donation.” > Pali: ‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama; Yassa te āsavā khīṇā, dakkhiṇeyyosi mārisa’. [¶234] Consequently, having seen me honored by the assembly of gods, the Teacher smiled and said the following: > Pali: Tato disvāna maṁ satthā, devasaṅghapurakkhataṁ; Sitaṁ pātukaritvāna, imamatthaṁ abhāsatha. [¶235] “By fervor and spiritual practice, by restraint and by self-control: that’s how to become a brahmin, this is the supreme brahmin.” > Pali: ‘Tapena brahmacariyena, saṁyamena damena ca; Etena brāhmaṇo hoti, etaṁ brāhmaṇamuttaman’”ti. [¶236] > Pali: … Sunīto thero … [¶237] > Pali: Dvādasakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶238] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶239] > Pali: Sīlavā ca sunīto ca, therā dve te mahiddhikā; Dvādasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo catuvīsatīti. [¶240] Thag 13.1 · Soṇakoḷivisa > Pali: Thag 13.1 · Soṇakoḷivisattheragāthā [¶241] He who was special in the kingdom, the footman to the king of Aṅga, today is special in the Dhamma— Soṇa has gone beyond suffering. > Pali: “Yāhu raṭṭhe samukkaṭṭho, rañño aṅgassa paddhagū; Svajja dhammesu ukkaṭṭho, soṇo dukkhassa pāragū. [¶242] Five to cut, five to drop, and five more to develop. When a mendicant slips five chains they’re said to have crossed the flood. > Pali: Pañca chinde pañca jahe, pañca cuttari bhāvaye; Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, oghatiṇṇoti vuccati. [¶243] If a monk is insolent and negligent, concerned only with externals, their ethics, immersion, and wisdom do not become fulfilled. > Pali: Unnaḷassa pamattassa, bāhirāsassa bhikkhuno; Sīlaṁ samādhi paññā ca, pāripūriṁ na gacchati. [¶244] They dump what should be done, and do what should not be done. For the insolent and the negligent, their defilements only grow. > Pali: Yañhi kiccaṁ apaviddhaṁ, akiccaṁ pana karīyati; Unnaḷānaṁ pamattānaṁ, tesaṁ vaḍḍhanti āsavā. [¶245] Those that have properly undertaken constant mindfulness of the body, don’t cultivate what should not be done, but always do what should be done. Mindful and aware, their defilements come to an end. > Pali: Yesañca susamāraddhā, niccaṁ kāyagatā sati; Akiccaṁ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino; Satānaṁ sampajānānaṁ, atthaṁ gacchanti āsavā. [¶246] The straight path has been explained— go on it and don’t turn back. Urge yourself on and take yourself to extinguishment. > Pali: Ujumaggamhi akkhāte, gacchatha mā nivattatha; Attanā codayattānaṁ, nibbānamabhihāraye. [¶247] When my energy was over-exerted, the supreme Teacher in the world created the simile of the arched harp for me. The Clear-eyed One taught the Dhamma, and when I heard what he said, I happily did his bidding. > Pali: Accāraddhamhi vīriyamhi, satthā loke anuttaro; Vīṇopamaṁ karitvā me, dhammaṁ desesi cakkhumā; Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, vihāsiṁ sāsane rato. [¶248] Practicing serenity of mind for the attainment of the highest goal. I’ve attained the three knowledges and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Samathaṁ paṭipādesiṁ, uttamatthassa pattiyā; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶249] When you’re dedicated to renunciation and seclusion of the heart; when you’re dedicated to kindness and the end of grasping; > Pali: Nekkhamme adhimuttassa, pavivekañca cetaso; Abyāpajjādhimuttassa, upādānakkhayassa ca. [¶250] when you’re dedicated to the ending of craving and clarity of heart; and you’ve seen the arising of the senses, your mind is rightly freed. > Pali: Taṇhakkhayādhimuttassa, asammohañca cetaso; Disvā āyatanuppādaṁ, sammā cittaṁ vimuccati. [¶251] For that one, rightly freed, a mendicant with peaceful mind, there’s nothing to be improved, and nothing more to do. > Pali: Tassa sammā vimuttassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno; Katassa paṭicayo natthi, karaṇīyaṁ na vijjati. [¶252] As the wind cannot stir a solid mass of rock, so too sights, tastes, sounds, smells, and touches—the lot— > Pali: Selo yathā ekagghano, vātena na samīrati; Evaṁ rūpā rasā saddā, gandhā phassā ca kevalā. [¶253] and ideas, whether liked or disliked, don’t disturb the unaffected one. Their mind is steady and unfettered as they observe fall. > Pali: Iṭṭhā dhammā aniṭṭhā ca, nappavedhenti tādino; Ṭhitaṁ cittaṁ visaññuttaṁ, vayañcassānupassatī”ti. [¶254] > Pali: … Soṇo koḷiviso thero … [¶255] > Pali: Terasanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶256] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶257] > Pali: Soṇo koḷiviso thero, ekoyeva mahiddhiko; Terasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo cettha terasāti. [¶258] Thag 14.1 · Revata of the Acacia Wood > Pali: Thag 14.1 · Khadiravaniyarevatattheragāthā [¶259] Since I’ve gone forth from the lay life to homelessness, I’ve not been aware of any thought that is ignoble and hateful. > Pali: “Yadā ahaṁ pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; Nābhijānāmi saṅkappaṁ, anariyaṁ dosasaṁhitaṁ. [¶260] “May these beings be killed! May they be slaughtered! May they suffer!”— I’ve not been aware of any such thought in all this long while. > Pali: ‘Ime haññantu vajjhantu, dukkhaṁ pappontu pāṇino’; Saṅkappaṁ nābhijānāmi, imasmiṁ dīghamantare. [¶261] I have been aware of loving-kindness, limitless and well-developed; gradually consolidated as it was taught by the Buddha. > Pali: Mettañca abhijānāmi, appamāṇaṁ subhāvitaṁ; Anupubbaṁ paricitaṁ, yathā buddhena desitaṁ. [¶262] I’m friend and comrade to all, sympathetic for all beings! I develop a mind of love, always delighting in harmlessness. > Pali: Sabbamitto sabbasakho, sabbabhūtānukampako; Mettacittañca bhāvemi, abyāpajjarato sadā. [¶263] The unfaltering, the unshakable: I gladden that mind. I develop a divine meditation, which reprobates do not cultivate. > Pali: Asaṁhīraṁ asaṅkuppaṁ, cittaṁ āmodayāmahaṁ; Brahmavihāraṁ bhāvemi, akāpurisasevitaṁ. [¶264] When in a meditation free of placing the mind, a disciple of the Buddha is at that moment blessed with noble silence. > Pali: Avitakkaṁ samāpanno, sammāsambuddhasāvako; Ariyena tuṇhībhāvena, upeto hoti tāvade. [¶265] As a rocky mountain is unwavering and well grounded, so when delusion ends, a monk, like a mountain, doesn’t tremble. > Pali: Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito; Evaṁ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, pabbatova na vedhati. [¶266] To the man who has not a blemish, who is always seeking purity, even a hair-tip of evil seems as big as a stormcloud. > Pali: Anaṅgaṇassa posassa, niccaṁ sucigavesino; Vālaggamattaṁ pāpassa, abbhamattaṁva khāyati. [¶267] As a frontier city is guarded inside and out, so you should ward yourselves— don’t let the moment pass you by. > Pali: Nagaraṁ yathā paccantaṁ, guttaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; Evaṁ gopetha attānaṁ, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā. [¶268] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, like a worker waiting for their wages. > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. [¶269] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, aware and mindful. > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, … pe … sampajāno patissato. [¶270] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶271] I’ve attained the goal for the sake of which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness— the ending of all fetters. > Pali: Yassa catthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. [¶272] Persist with diligence: this is my instruction. Come, I’ll be fully quenched— I’m liberated in every way. > Pali: Sampādethappamādena, esā me anusāsanī; Handāhaṁ parinibbissaṁ, vippamuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. [¶273] > Pali: … Khadiravaniyarevato thero …. [¶274] Thag 14.2 · Godatta > Pali: Thag 14.2 · Godattattheragāthā [¶275] Just as a fine thoroughbred, yoked to a carriage, endures the load. Though oppressed by the heavy burden, it doesn’t shake off the yoke. > Pali: “Yathāpi bhaddo ājañño, dhure yutto dhurassaho; Mathito atibhārena, saṁyugaṁ nātivattati. [¶276] So too, those who are as full of wisdom as the ocean is with water, don’t look down on others; this is the teaching of the noble ones for living creatures. > Pali: Evaṁ paññāya ye tittā, samuddo vārinā yathā; Na pare atimaññanti, ariyadhammova pāṇinaṁ. [¶277] People who fall under the sway of time, the sway of rebirth in this or that state, undergo suffering, and those young men grieve in this life. > Pali: Kāle kālavasaṁ pattā, bhavābhavavasaṁ gatā; Narā dukkhaṁ nigacchanti, tedha socanti māṇavā. [¶278] Elated by things that bring happiness, downcast by things that bring suffering: this pair destroys the fool who doesn’t see things as they are. > Pali: Unnatā sukhadhammena, dukkhadhammena conatā; Dvayena bālā haññanti, yathābhūtaṁ adassino. [¶279] But those who in suffering, and in happiness, and in the middle have overcome the weaver— they stand like Indra’s pillar, neither elated nor downcast. > Pali: Ye ca dukkhe sukhasmiñca, majjhe sibbinimaccagū; Ṭhitā te indakhīlova, na te unnataonatā. [¶280] Not to gain nor loss, not to fame nor reputation, not to criticism nor praise, not to suffering nor happiness— > Pali: Na heva lābhe nālābhe, na yase na ca kittiyā; Na nindāyaṁ pasaṁsāya, na te dukkhe sukhamhi ca. [¶281] the wise cling to nothing, like a droplet on a lotus-leaf. They are happy everywhere, and victorious everywhere. > Pali: Sabbattha te na limpanti, udabinduva pokkhare; Sabbattha sukhitā dhīrā, sabbattha aparājitā. [¶282] There’s legitimate loss, and there’s illegitimate gain. Legitimate loss is better than illegitimate gain. > Pali: Dhammena ca alābho yo, yo ca lābho adhammiko; Alābho dhammiko seyyo, yañce lābho adhammiko. [¶283] There’s the fame of the unintelligent, and there’s the disrepute of the discerning. The disrepute of the discerning is better than the fame of the unintelligent. > Pali: Yaso ca appabuddhīnaṁ, viññūnaṁ ayaso ca yo; Ayasova seyyo viññūnaṁ, na yaso appabuddhinaṁ. [¶284] There’s praise by simpletons, and there’s criticism by the discerning. Criticism by the discerning is better than praise by fools. > Pali: Dummedhehi pasaṁsā ca, viññūhi garahā ca yā; Garahāva seyyo viññūhi, yañce bālappasaṁsanā. [¶285] There’s the happiness of sensual pleasures, and there’s the suffering of seclusion. The suffering of seclusion is better than the happiness of sensual pleasures. > Pali: Sukhañca kāmamayikaṁ, dukkhañca pavivekiyaṁ; Pavivekadukkhaṁ seyyo, yañce kāmamayaṁ sukhaṁ. [¶286] There’s life without principles, and there’s death with principles. Death with principles is better than life without principles. > Pali: Jīvitañca adhammena, dhammena maraṇañca yaṁ; Maraṇaṁ dhammikaṁ seyyo, yañce jīve adhammikaṁ. [¶287] Those who’ve given up desire and anger, their minds at peace regarding rebirth in this or that state, wander in the world unattached, for them nothing is beloved or unloved. > Pali: Kāmakopappahīnā ye, santacittā bhavābhave; Caranti loke asitā, natthi tesaṁ piyāpiyaṁ. [¶288] Having developed the awakening factors, the faculties and the powers, having arrived at ultimate peace, the undefiled become fully quenched. > Pali: Bhāvayitvāna bojjhaṅge, indriyāni balāni ca; Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, parinibbantināsavā”ti. [¶289] > Pali: … Godatto thero … [¶290] > Pali: Cuddasakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶291] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶292] > Pali: Revato ceva godatto, therā dve te mahiddhikā; Cuddasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo aṭṭhavīsatīti. ## 20. Chapter One · Thag 15.1–16.9 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/20/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/20/#p-N [¶0] Thag 15.1 · Koṇḍañña Who Understood > Pali: Thag 15.1 · Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheragāthā [¶1] “My confidence grew as I heard the teaching, so full of flavor. Dispassion is what was taught, without any grasping at all.” > Pali: “Esa bhiyyo pasīdāmi, sutvā dhammaṁ mahārasaṁ; Virāgo desito dhammo, anupādāya sabbaso”. [¶2] “There are so many pretty things in this vast territory. They disturb one’s thoughts, it seems to me, attractive, provoking lust. > Pali: “Bahūni loke citrāni, asmiṁ pathavimaṇḍale; Mathenti maññe saṅkappaṁ, subhaṁ rāgūpasaṁhitaṁ. [¶3] Just as a rain cloud would settle the dust blown up by the wind, so thoughts settle down when seen with wisdom. > Pali: Rajamuhatañca vātena, yathā meghopasammaye; Evaṁ sammanti saṅkappā, yadā paññāya passati. [¶4] All conditions are impermanent— when this is seen with wisdom one grows disillusioned with suffering: this is the path to purity. > Pali: Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti, yadā paññāya passati; Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā. [¶5] All conditions are suffering— when this is seen with wisdom one grows disillusioned with suffering: this is the path to purity. > Pali: Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhāti, yadā paññāya passati; Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā. [¶6] All things are not-self— when this is seen with wisdom one grows disillusioned with suffering: this is the path to purity.” > Pali: Sabbe dhammā anattāti, yadā paññāya passati; Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā. [¶7] “The senior monk awakened after the Buddha, Koṇḍañña, is keenly energetic. He has given up birth and death, and has completed the spiritual journey.” > Pali: Buddhānubuddho yo thero, koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo; Pahīnajātimaraṇo, brahmacariyassa kevalī. [¶8] “There are floods, snares, and strong posts, and a mountain hard to crack; snapping the posts and snares, breaking the mountain so hard to break, crossing over to the far shore, a meditator is freed from Māra’s bonds. > Pali: Oghapāso daḷhakhilo, Pabbato duppadālayo; Chetvā khilañca pāsañca, Selaṁ bhetvāna dubbhidaṁ; Tiṇṇo pāraṅgato jhāyī, Mutto so mārabandhanā. [¶9] When a mendicant is haughty and fickle, relying on bad friends, they sink down in the great flood, overcome by a wave. > Pali: Uddhato capalo bhikkhu, mitte āgamma pāpake; Saṁsīdati mahoghasmiṁ, ūmiyā paṭikujjito. [¶10] But one not restless or fickle, alert, with senses restrained, intelligent, with good friends, makes an end of suffering. > Pali: Anuddhato acapalo, nipako saṁvutindriyo; Kalyāṇamitto medhāvī, dukkhassantakaro siyā. [¶11] With knobbly knees, thin and veiny, eating and drinking in moderation— this person’s spirit is undaunted. > Pali: Kālapabbaṅgasaṅkāso, kiso dhamanisanthato; Mattaññū annapānasmiṁ, adīnamanaso naro. [¶12] Pestered by flies and mosquitoes in the wilds, the formidable forest, one should mindfully endure, like an elephant at the head of the battle. > Pali: Phuṭṭho ḍaṁsehi makasehi, araññasmiṁ brahāvane; Nāgo saṅgāmasīseva, sato tatrādhivāsaye. [¶13] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, like a worker waiting for their wages. > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, … pe … nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā. [¶14] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, aware and mindful. > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, … pe … sampajāno patissato. [¶15] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, … pe … bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶16] I’ve attained the goal for the sake of which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness— what use do I have for protégés?” > Pali: Yassa catthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; So me attho anuppatto, kiṁ me saddhivihārinā”ti. [¶17] > Pali: … Aññāsikoṇḍañño thero …. [¶18] Thag 15.2 · Udāyī > Pali: Thag 15.2 · Udāyittheragāthā [¶19] Awakened as a human being, self-tamed and immersed in samādhi, following the spiritual path, he loves peace of mind. > Pali: “Manussabhūtaṁ sambuddhaṁ, Attadantaṁ samāhitaṁ; Iriyamānaṁ brahmapathe, Cittassūpasame rataṁ. [¶20] Revered by people, gone beyond all things, even the gods revere him; so I’ve heard from the perfected one. > Pali: Yaṁ manussā namassanti, sabbadhammāna pāraguṁ; Devāpi taṁ namassanti, iti me arahato sutaṁ. [¶21] He has transcended all fetters, and escaped from entanglements. Delighting to renounce sensual pleasures, he’s freed like lustrous gold from stone. > Pali: Sabbasaṁyojanātītaṁ, vanā nibbanamāgataṁ; Kāmehi nekkhammarataṁ, muttaṁ selāva kañcanaṁ. [¶22] That giant outshines all, like the Himalaya beside other mountains. Of all those named “giant”, he is truly named, supreme. > Pali: Sa ve accaruci nāgo, himavāvaññe siluccaye; Sabbesaṁ nāganāmānaṁ, saccanāmo anuttaro. [¶23] I shall extol the giant for you, for he does nothing monstrous. gentleness and harmlessness are two feet of the giant. > Pali: Nāgaṁ vo kittayissāmi, na hi āguṁ karoti so; Soraccaṁ avihiṁsā ca, pādā nāgassa te duve. [¶24] Mindfulness and awareness are his two other feet. Faith is the giant’s trunk, and equanimity his white tusks. > Pali: Sati ca sampajaññañca, caraṇā nāgassa tepare; Saddhāhattho mahānāgo, upekkhāsetadantavā. [¶25] Mindfulness is his neck, his head is wisdom— investigation and thinking about principles. His belly is the sacred hearth of the Dhamma, and his tail is seclusion. > Pali: Sati gīvā siro paññā, vīmaṁsā dhammacintanā; Dhammakucchisamāvāso, viveko tassa vāladhi. [¶26] Practicing absorption, enjoying the breath, he is serene within. The giant is serene when walking, the giant is serene when standing, > Pali: So jhāyī assāsarato, ajjhattaṁ susamāhito; Gacchaṁ samāhito nāgo, ṭhito nāgo samāhito. [¶27] the giant is serene when lying down, and when sitting, the giant is serene. The giant is restrained everywhere: this is the accomplishment of the giant. > Pali: Sayaṁ samāhito nāgo, nisinnopi samāhito; Sabbattha saṁvuto nāgo, esā nāgassa sampadā. [¶28] He eats blameless things, he doesn’t eat blameworthy things. When he gets food and clothes, he avoids storing them up. > Pali: Bhuñjati anavajjāni, sāvajjāni na bhuñjati; Ghāsamacchādanaṁ laddhā, sannidhiṁ parivajjayaṁ. [¶29] Having severed all bonds, fetters large and small, wherever he goes, he goes without concern. > Pali: Saṁyojanaṁ aṇuṁ thūlaṁ, sabbaṁ chetvāna bandhanaṁ; Yena yeneva gacchati, anapekkhova gacchati. [¶30] A white lotus, fragrant and delightful, sprouts in water and grows there, but the water doesn’t cling to it. > Pali: Yathāpi udake jātaṁ, puṇḍarīkaṁ pavaḍḍhati; Nopalippati toyena, sucigandhaṁ manoramaṁ. [¶31] Just so the Buddha is born in the world, and lives in the world, but the world doesn’t stick to him, as water does not stick to the lotus. > Pali: Tatheva ca loke jāto, buddho loke viharati; Nopalippati lokena, toyena padumaṁ yathā. [¶32] A great blazing fire dies down when the fuel runs out. And when the coals have gone out it’s said to be “quenched”. > Pali: Mahāgini pajjalito, anāhāropasammati; Aṅgāresu ca santesu, nibbutoti pavuccati. [¶33] This simile is taught by the discerning to express the meaning clearly. Great giants will understand what the giant taught the giant. > Pali: Atthassāyaṁ viññāpanī, upamā viññūhi desitā; Viññissanti mahānāgā, nāgaṁ nāgena desitaṁ. [¶34] Free of greed, free of hate, free of delusion, undefiled; the giant, giving up his body, undefiled, will be fully quenched. > Pali: Vītarāgo vītadoso, Vītamoho anāsavo; Sarīraṁ vijahaṁ nāgo, Parinibbissatyanāsavo”ti. [¶35] > Pali: … Udāyī thero … [¶36] > Pali: Soḷasakanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶37] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶38] > Pali: Koṇḍañño ca udāyī ca, therā dve te mahiddhikā; Soḷasamhi nipātamhi, gāthāyo dve ca tiṁsa cāti. [¶39] Thag 16.1 · Adhimutta (2nd) > Pali: Thag 16.1 · Adhimuttattheragāthā [¶40] “Those who we killed in the past, whether for sacrifice or for wealth, without exception were afraid; they trembled and they squealed. > Pali: “Yaññatthaṁ vā dhanatthaṁ vā, ye hanāma mayaṁ pure; Avasesaṁ bhayaṁ hoti, vedhanti vilapanti ca. [¶41] But you’re not scared; you look even calmer than before. Why don’t you cry out in such a terrifying situation?” > Pali: Tassa te natthi bhītattaṁ, bhiyyo vaṇṇo pasīdati; Kasmā na paridevesi, evarūpe mahabbhaye”. [¶42] “There isn’t any mental suffering for one without concern, village chief. All fears are left behind by one whose fetters have ended. > Pali: “Natthi cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ, anapekkhassa gāmaṇi; Atikkantā bhayā sabbe, khīṇasaṁyojanassa ve. [¶43] When the leash to existence is ended, and the truth is seen as it is, there is no fear of death; it’s like laying down a burden. > Pali: Khīṇāya bhavanettiyā, diṭṭhe dhamme yathātathe; Na bhayaṁ maraṇe hoti, bhāranikkhepane yathā. [¶44] I’ve lived the spiritual life well, and developed the path well, too. I do not fear death; it’s like the passing of a disease. > Pali: Suciṇṇaṁ brahmacariyaṁ me, maggo cāpi subhāvito; Maraṇe me bhayaṁ natthi, rogānamiva saṅkhaye. [¶45] I’ve lived the spiritual life well, and developed the path well, too. I’ve seen that there’s nothing gratifying in existences, like someone who has tasted poison, then thrown it out. > Pali: Suciṇṇaṁ brahmacariyaṁ me, maggo cāpi subhāvito; Nirassādā bhavā diṭṭhā, visaṁ pitvāva chaḍḍitaṁ. [¶46] One who has gone beyond, without grasping, they’ve completed the task and are free of defilements. They are content at the end of life, like someone released from execution. > Pali: Pāragū anupādāno, katakicco anāsavo; Tuṭṭho āyukkhayā hoti, mutto āghātanā yathā. [¶47] Having realized the supreme Dhamma, without needing anything in the whole world, one doesn’t grieve at death; for it’s like escaping from a burning house. > Pali: Uttamaṁ dhammataṁ patto, sabbaloke anatthiko; Ādittāva gharā mutto, maraṇasmiṁ na socati. [¶48] Whatever has come to pass, wherever life is obtained, there is no Lord of all that: so said the great seer. > Pali: Yadatthi saṅgataṁ kiñci, bhavo vā yattha labbhati; Sabbaṁ anissaraṁ etaṁ, iti vuttaṁ mahesinā. [¶49] Whoever understands this as it was taught by the Buddha doesn’t grab on to any new life, like you wouldn’t grab a hot iron ball. > Pali: Yo taṁ tathā pajānāti, yathā buddhena desitaṁ; Na gaṇhāti bhavaṁ kiñci, sutattaṁva ayoguḷaṁ. [¶50] It doesn’t occur to me, ‘I existed in the past’; nor, ‘I will exist in the future’. Conditions will vanish— why weep over that? > Pali: Na me hoti ‘ahosin’ti, ‘bhavissan’ti na hoti me; Saṅkhārā vigamissanti, tattha kā paridevanā. [¶51] Seeing truly the bare arising of phenomena, and the bare process of conditions, there is no fear, village chief. > Pali: Suddhaṁ dhammasamuppādaṁ, Suddhaṁ saṅkhārasantatiṁ; Passantassa yathābhūtaṁ, Na bhayaṁ hoti gāmaṇi. [¶52] The world is like grass and sticks: when this is seen with wisdom, not finding any possessiveness, you won’t grieve, thinking ‘I don’t have it’. > Pali: Tiṇakaṭṭhasamaṁ lokaṁ, yadā paññāya passati; Mamattaṁ so asaṁvindaṁ, ‘natthi me’ti na socati. [¶53] I’m fed up with the body; I have no need for another life. This body will be broken up, and there won’t be another. > Pali: Ukkaṇṭhāmi sarīrena, bhavenamhi anatthiko; Soyaṁ bhijjissati kāyo, añño ca na bhavissati. [¶54] Do what you want with my corpse. I won’t be angry or attached on account of that.” > Pali: Yaṁ vo kiccaṁ sarīrena, taṁ karotha yadicchatha; Na me tappaccayā tattha, doso pemañca hehiti”. [¶55] When they heard these words, so astonishing and hair-raising, the young men laid down their swords and spoke these words: > Pali: Tassa taṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, abbhutaṁ lomahaṁsanaṁ; Satthāni nikkhipitvāna, māṇavā etadabravuṁ. [¶56] “What have you practiced, Venerable? And who is your tutor? Whose instructions do we follow to gain the sorrowless state?” > Pali: “Kiṁ bhadante karitvāna, ko vā ācariyo tava; Kassa sāsanamāgamma, labbhate taṁ asokatā”. [¶57] “The knower of all, the seer of all: the victor is my tutor. He is a Teacher of great compassion, healer of the whole world. > Pali: “Sabbaññū sabbadassāvī, jino ācariyo mama; Mahākāruṇiko satthā, sabbalokatikicchako. [¶58] He taught this Dhamma, leading to ending, unsurpassed. Following his instructions, you can gain the sorrowless state.” > Pali: Tenāyaṁ desito dhammo, khayagāmī anuttaro; Tassa sāsanamāgamma, labbhate taṁ asokatā”. [¶59] When the bandits heard the good words of the seer, they laid down their swords and weapons. Some refrained from their former deeds, while others chose the going-forth. > Pali: Sutvāna corā isino subhāsitaṁ, Nikkhippa satthāni ca āvudhāni ca; Tamhā ca kammā viramiṁsu eke, Eke ca pabbajjamarocayiṁsu. [¶60] Having gone forth in the teaching of the Holy One, those astute ones developed the awakening factors and the powers. Elated, happy, their faculties complete, they realized the state of extinguishment, the unconditioned. > Pali: Te pabbajitvā sugatassa sāsane, Bhāvetva bojjhaṅgabalāni paṇḍitā; Udaggacittā sumanā katindriyā, Phusiṁsu nibbānapadaṁ asaṅkhatanti. [¶61] > Pali: … Adhimutto thero …. [¶62] Thag 16.2 · Pārāsariya (2nd) > Pali: Thag 16.2 · Pārāpariyattheragāthā [¶63] This thought came to the ascetic, the monk Pārāsariya, as he was seated alone meditating in seclusion: > Pali: “Samaṇassa ahu cintā, pārāpariyassa bhikkhuno; Ekakassa nisinnassa, pavivittassa jhāyino. [¶64] “Following what procedure, what observance, what conduct, may a person do what they need for themselves, without harming anyone else? > Pali: Kimānupubbaṁ puriso, kiṁ vataṁ kiṁ samācāraṁ; Attano kiccakārīssa, na ca kañci viheṭhaye. [¶65] The faculties of human beings can lead to both welfare and harm. Unguarded they lead to harm; guarded they lead to welfare. > Pali: Indriyāni manussānaṁ, hitāya ahitāya ca; Arakkhitāni ahitāya, rakkhitāni hitāya ca. [¶66] By protecting the faculties, taking care of the faculties, I can do what I need for myself without harming anyone else. > Pali: Indriyāneva sārakkhaṁ, indriyāni ca gopayaṁ; Attano kiccakārīssa, na ca kañci viheṭhaye. [¶67] If your eye wanders among sights without check, not seeing the danger, you’re not freed from suffering. > Pali: Cakkhundriyañce rūpesu, gacchantaṁ anivārayaṁ; Anādīnavadassāvī, so dukkhā na hi muccati. [¶68] If your ear wanders among sounds without check, not seeing the danger, you’re not freed from suffering. > Pali: Sotindriyañce saddesu, gacchantaṁ anivārayaṁ; Anādīnavadassāvī, so dukkhā na hi muccati. [¶69] If, not seeing the escape, you indulge in a smell, you’re not freed from suffering, being besotted by smells. > Pali: Anissaraṇadassāvī, gandhe ce paṭisevati; Na so muccati dukkhamhā, gandhesu adhimucchito. [¶70] Recollecting the sour, the superbly sweet and the bitter, captivated by craving for taste, you don’t understand the heart. > Pali: Ambilaṁ madhuraggañca, tittakaggamanussaraṁ; Rasataṇhāya gadhito, hadayaṁ nāvabujjhati. [¶71] Recollecting lovely and pleasurable touches, full of desire, you experience many kinds of suffering because of lust. > Pali: Subhānyappaṭikūlāni, phoṭṭhabbāni anussaraṁ; Ratto rāgādhikaraṇaṁ, vividhaṁ vindate dukhaṁ. [¶72] Unable to protect the mind from such thoughts, suffering follows them because of all five. > Pali: Manaṁ cetehi dhammehi, yo na sakkoti rakkhituṁ; Tato naṁ dukkhamanveti, sabbehetehi pañcahi. [¶73] This body is full of pus and blood, it’s home to many carcasses; but cunning people decorate it like a lovely painted casket. > Pali: Pubbalohitasampuṇṇaṁ, bahussa kuṇapassa ca; Naravīrakataṁ vagguṁ, samuggamiva cittitaṁ. [¶74] You don’t understand that the sweetness of honey turns bitter, and the bonds to those we love cause pain, like a razor’s edge smeared with honey. > Pali: Kaṭukaṁ madhurassādaṁ, piyanibandhanaṁ dukhaṁ; Khuraṁva madhunā littaṁ, ullihaṁ nāvabujjhati. [¶75] Full of lust for the sight of a woman, for the voice and the smells of a woman, for a woman’s touch, you experience many kinds of suffering. > Pali: Itthirūpe itthisare, phoṭṭhabbepi ca itthiyā; Itthigandhesu sāratto, vividhaṁ vindate dukhaṁ. [¶76] All of a woman’s streams flow from five to five. Whoever, being energetic, is able to curb these, > Pali: Itthisotāni sabbāni, sandanti pañca pañcasu; Tesamāvaraṇaṁ kātuṁ, yo sakkoti vīriyavā. [¶77] purposeful and firm in principle, is clever and clear-seeing. Though he might enjoy himself, his duty is connected with the teaching and its goal. > Pali: So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, so dakkho so vicakkhaṇo; Kareyya ramamānopi, kiccaṁ dhammatthasaṁhitaṁ. [¶78] One who’s diligent and discerning, thinking, ‘This ought not be done’, would avoid a useless task that’s doomed to failure. > Pali: Atho sīdati saññuttaṁ, vajje kiccaṁ niratthakaṁ; ‘Na taṁ kiccan’ti maññitvā, appamatto vicakkhaṇo. [¶79] Whatever is meaningful, and whatever happiness is principled, let one proceed having undertaken that: this is the best happiness. > Pali: Yañca atthena saññuttaṁ, yā ca dhammagatā rati; Taṁ samādāya vattetha, sā hi ve uttamā rati. [¶80] They want to get hold of what belongs to others by any means, fair or foul. They kill, injure, and torment, violently plundering what belongs to others. > Pali: Uccāvacehupāyehi, Paresamabhijigīsati; Hantvā vadhitvā atha socayitvā, Ālopati sāhasā yo paresaṁ. [¶81] Just as a strong person when building knocks out a peg with a peg, so the skillful person knocks out the faculties with the faculties. > Pali: Tacchanto āṇiyā āṇiṁ, nihanti balavā yathā; Indriyānindriyeheva, nihanti kusalo tathā. [¶82] Developing faith, energy, immersion, mindfulness, and wisdom; destroying the five with the five, the brahmin walks on untroubled. > Pali: Saddhaṁ vīriyaṁ samādhiñca, satipaññañca bhāvayaṁ; Pañca pañcahi hantvāna, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo. [¶83] Purposeful and firm in principle, having fulfilled in every respect the instructions spoken by the Buddha, that person prospers in happiness.” > Pali: So atthavā so dhammaṭṭho, katvā vākyānusāsaniṁ; Sabbena sabbaṁ buddhassa, so naro sukhamedhatī”ti. [¶84] > Pali: … Pārāpariyo thero …. [¶85] Thag 16.3 · Telakāni > Pali: Thag 16.3 · Telakānittheragāthā [¶86] For a long time, sadly, though I keenly contemplated the teaching, I gained no peace of mind. So I asked this of ascetics and brahmins: > Pali: “Cirarattaṁ vatātāpī, dhammaṁ anuvicintayaṁ; Samaṁ cittassa nālatthaṁ, pucchaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇe. [¶87] “Who in the world have crossed over? Whose attainment has freedom from death as its objective? Whose teaching do I accept to understand the ultimate goal? > Pali: ‘Ko so pāraṅgato loke, ko patto amatogadhaṁ; Kassa dhammaṁ paṭicchāmi, paramatthavijānanaṁ’. [¶88] I was hooked inside, like a fish gulping bait; bound like the titan Vepaciti in Mahinda’s trap. > Pali: Antovaṅkagato āsi, macchova ghasamāmisaṁ; Baddho mahindapāsena, vepacityasuro yathā. [¶89] Dragging it along, I’m not free from grief and lamentation. Who will free me from bonds in the world, so that I may know awakening? > Pali: Añchāmi naṁ na muñcāmi, asmā sokapariddavā; Ko me bandhaṁ muñcaṁ loke, sambodhiṁ vedayissati. [¶90] What ascetic or brahmin points out what is frail? Whose teaching do I accept to rinse off old age and death? > Pali: Samaṇaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ vā kaṁ, ādisantaṁ pabhaṅgunaṁ; Kassa dhammaṁ paṭicchāmi, jarāmaccupavāhanaṁ. [¶91] Tied up with uncertainty and doubt, secured by the power of aggression, stiff as a mind beset by anger; the arrow of covetousness, > Pali: Vicikicchākaṅkhāganthitaṁ, sārambhabalasaññutaṁ; Kodhappattamanatthaddhaṁ, abhijappappadāraṇaṁ. [¶92] propelled by the bow of craving, is stuck in my twice-fifteen ribcage— see how it stands in my breast, breaking my strong heart. > Pali: Taṇhādhanusamuṭṭhānaṁ, dve ca pannarasāyutaṁ; Passa orasikaṁ bāḷhaṁ, bhetvāna yadi tiṭṭhati. [¶93] Theories are not abandoned, they are sharpened by memories and intentions; and pierced by this I tremble, like a leaf blowing in the gale. > Pali: Anudiṭṭhīnaṁ appahānaṁ, saṅkappaparatejitaṁ; Tena viddho pavedhāmi, pattaṁva māluteritaṁ. [¶94] Having arisen within, what belongs to me burns quickly, in that place where the body always heads with its six sense-fields of contact. > Pali: Ajjhattaṁ me samuṭṭhāya, khippaṁ paccati māmakaṁ; Chaphassāyatanī kāyo, yattha sarati sabbadā. [¶95] I don’t see a healer who can pull out my dart of doubt without a lance or some other blade. > Pali: Taṁ na passāmi tekicchaṁ, yo metaṁ sallamuddhare; Nānārajjena satthena, nāññena vicikicchitaṁ. [¶96] Without knife or wound, who will pull out this dart that’s stuck inside me, without harming any part of my body? > Pali: Ko me asattho avaṇo, Sallamabbhantarapassayaṁ; Ahiṁsaṁ sabbagattāni, Sallaṁ me uddharissati. [¶97] He really would be the Lord of the Dhamma, the best one to cure the damage of poison; when I have fallen into deep waters, he would show me his hand and the shore. > Pali: Dhammappati hi so seṭṭho, visadosappavāhako; Gambhīre patitassa me, thalaṁ pāṇiñca dassaye. [¶98] I’ve plunged into a lake, and I can’t wash off the mud and dirt. It’s full of deceit, jealousy, aggression, and dullness and drowsiness. > Pali: Rahadehamasmi ogāḷho, ahāriyarajamattike; Māyāusūyasārambha, thinamiddhamapatthaṭe. [¶99] Like a thundering cloud of restlessness, like a stormcloud of fetters; lustful thoughts are winds that sweep off a person with bad views. > Pali: Uddhaccameghathanitaṁ, saṁyojanavalāhakaṁ; Vāhā vahanti kuddiṭṭhiṁ, saṅkappā rāganissitā. [¶100] The streams flow everywhere; a weed springs up and remains. Who will block the streams? Who will cut the weed?” > Pali: Savanti sabbadhi sotā, latā ubbhijja tiṭṭhati; Te sote ko nivāreyya, taṁ lataṁ ko hi checchati. [¶101] “Venerable sir, build a dam to block the streams. Don’t let your mind-made streams cut you down suddenly like a tree.” > Pali: Velaṁ karotha bhaddante, sotānaṁ sannivāraṇaṁ; Mā te manomayo soto, rukkhaṁva sahasā luve. [¶102] That is how, when I was full of fear, seeking the far shore from the near, my shelter was the Teacher whose weapon is wisdom, frequented by the Saṅgha of seers. > Pali: Evaṁ me bhayajātassa, apārā pāramesato; Tāṇo paññāvudho satthā, isisaṅghanisevito. [¶103] As I was being swept away, he gave me a strong, simple ladder, made of the heartwood of Dhamma, and he said to me: “Do not fear.” > Pali: Sopāṇaṁ sugataṁ suddhaṁ, dhammasāramayaṁ daḷhaṁ; Pādāsi vuyhamānassa, ‘mā bhāyī’ti ca mabravi. [¶104] I climbed the tower of mindfulness meditation, and checked back down at people delighting in substantial reality, as I had obsessed over in the past. > Pali: Satipaṭṭhānapāsādaṁ, āruyha paccavekkhisaṁ; Yaṁ taṁ pubbe amaññissaṁ, sakkāyābhirataṁ pajaṁ. [¶105] When I saw the path, as I was embarking on the ship, without fixating on the self, I saw the supreme landing-place. > Pali: Yadā ca maggamaddakkhiṁ, nāvāya abhirūhanaṁ; Anadhiṭṭhāya attānaṁ, titthamaddakkhimuttamaṁ. [¶106] The dart that arises in oneself, and that which stems from the leash to existence: he taught the supreme path for the canceling of these. > Pali: Sallaṁ attasamuṭṭhānaṁ, bhavanettippabhāvitaṁ; Etesaṁ appavattāya, desesi maggamuttamaṁ. [¶107] For a long time it had lain within me; for a long time it was fixed in me: the Buddha cast aside the knot, curing the damage of poison. > Pali: Dīgharattānusayitaṁ, cirarattamadhiṭṭhitaṁ; Buddho mepānudī ganthaṁ, visadosappavāhano”ti. [¶108] > Pali: … Telakāni thero …. [¶109] Thag 16.4 · Raṭṭhapāla > Pali: Thag 16.4 · Raṭṭhapālattheragāthā [¶110] “See this fancy puppet, a body built of sores, diseased, obsessed over, in which nothing lasts at all. > Pali: “Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, arukāyaṁ samussitaṁ; Āturaṁ bahusaṅkappaṁ, yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. [¶111] See this fancy figure, with its gems and earrings; it is bones swathed in skin, made pretty by its clothes. > Pali: Passa cittakataṁ rūpaṁ, maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; Aṭṭhiṁ tacena onaddhaṁ, saha vatthehi sobhati. [¶112] Rouged feet and powdered face may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Alattakakatā pādā, mukhaṁ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṁ; Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. [¶113] Hair in eight braids and eyeshadow may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Aṭṭhapadakatā kesā, nettā añjanamakkhitā; Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. [¶114] A rotting body all adorned like a freshly painted makeup box may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Añjanīva navā cittā, pūtikāyo alaṅkato; Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. [¶115] The hunter laid his snare, but the deer didn’t spring the trap. I’ve eaten the bait and now I go, leaving the trapper to lament. > Pali: Odahi migavo pāsaṁ, nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, kandante migabandhake. [¶116] The hunter’s snare is broken, but the deer didn’t spring the trap. I’ve eaten the bait and now I go, leaving the deer-hunter to grieve.” > Pali: Chinno pāso migavassa, nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, socante migaluddake. [¶117] “I see rich people in the world who, because of delusion, give not the wealth they’ve earned. Greedily, they hoard their riches, yearning for ever more sensual pleasures. > Pali: Passāmi loke sadhane manusse, Laddhāna vittaṁ na dadanti mohā; Luddhā dhanaṁ sannicayaṁ karonti, Bhiyyova kāme abhipatthayanti. [¶118] A king who conquered the earth by force, ruling the land from sea to sea, unsatisfied with the near shore of the ocean, would still yearn for the further shore. > Pali: Rājā pasayhappathaviṁ vijetvā, Sasāgarantaṁ mahimāvasanto; Oraṁ samuddassa atittarūpo, Pāraṁ samuddassapi patthayetha. [¶119] Not just the king, but others too, reach death not rid of craving. They leave the body still wanting, for in this world sensual pleasures never satisfy. > Pali: Rājā ca aññe ca bahū manussā, Avītataṇhā maraṇaṁ upenti; Ūnāva hutvāna jahanti dehaṁ, Kāmehi lokamhi na hatthi titti. [¶120] Relatives lament, their hair disheveled, saying ‘Ah! Alas! They’re not immortal!’ They take out the body wrapped in a shroud, heap up a pyre, and burn it there. > Pali: Kandanti naṁ ñātī pakiriya kese, Aho vatā no amarāti cāhu; Vatthena naṁ pārutaṁ nīharitvā, Citaṁ samodhāya tato ḍahanti. [¶121] It’s poked with stakes while being burnt, in just a single cloth, all wealth gone. Relatives, friends, and companions can’t help you when you’re dying. > Pali: So ḍayhati sūlehi tujjamāno, Ekena vatthena pahāya bhoge; Na mīyamānassa bhavanti tāṇā, Ñātī ca mittā atha vā sahāyā. [¶122] Heirs take your riches, while beings fare on according to their deeds. Riches don’t follow you when you die; nor do children, wife, wealth, nor kingdom. > Pali: Dāyādakā tassa dhanaṁ haranti, Satto pana gacchati yena kammaṁ; Na mīyamānaṁ dhanamanveti kiñci, Puttā ca dārā ca dhanañca raṭṭhaṁ. [¶123] Longevity isn’t gained by riches, nor does wealth banish old age; for the attentive say this life is short, it’s perishable and not eternal. > Pali: Na dīghamāyuṁ labhate dhanena, Na cāpi vittena jaraṁ vihanti; Appaṁ hidaṁ jīvitamāhu dhīrā, Asassataṁ vippariṇāmadhammaṁ. [¶124] The rich and the poor feel its touch; the fool and the attentive one feel it too. But the fool lies stricken by their own folly, while the attentive don’t tremble at the touch. > Pali: Aḍḍhā daliddā ca phusanti phassaṁ, Bālo ca dhīro ca tatheva phuṭṭho; Bālo hi bālyā vadhitova seti, Dhīro ca no vedhati phassaphuṭṭho. [¶125] Therefore wisdom’s much better than wealth, since by wisdom you reach consummation in this life. But if because of delusion you don’t reach consummation, you’ll do evil deeds in life after life. > Pali: Tasmā hi paññāva dhanena seyyā, Yāya vosānamidhādhigacchati; Abyositattā hi bhavābhavesu, Pāpāni kammāni karoti mohā. [¶126] One who enters a womb and the world beyond, will transmigrate from one life to the next. While someone of little wisdom, placing faith in them, also enters a womb and the world beyond. > Pali: Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ, Saṁsāramāpajja paramparāya; Tassappapañño abhisaddahanto, Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ. [¶127] As a bandit caught in a window is punished for his own bad deeds; so after departing, in the world beyond, people are punished for their own bad deeds. > Pali: Coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, Sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo; Evaṁ pajā pecca paramhi loke, Sakammunā haññati pāpadhammo. [¶128] Sensual pleasures are diverse, sweet, delightful; appearing in disguise they disturb the mind. Seeing danger in sensual stimulations, I went forth, O King. > Pali: Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, Virūparūpena mathenti cittaṁ; Ādīnavaṁ kāmaguṇesu disvā, Tasmā ahaṁ pabbajitomhi rāja. [¶129] As fruit falls from a tree, so the sons of Manu fall, young and old, when the body breaks up. Seeing this, too, I went forth, O King; it’s a sure bet that the ascetic life is better.” > Pali: Dumapphalānīva patanti māṇavā, Daharā ca vuḍḍhā ca sarīrabhedā; Etampi disvā pabbajitomhi rāja, Apaṇṇakaṁ sāmaññameva seyyo. [¶130] “I went forth out of faith joining the victor’s dispensation. My going forth wasn’t wasted; I enjoy my food free of debt. > Pali: Saddhāyāhaṁ pabbajito, upeto jinasāsane; Avañjhā mayhaṁ pabbajjā, anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṁ. [¶131] I saw sensual pleasures as burning, gold as a cutting blade, conception in a womb as suffering, and the hells as very fearful. > Pali: Kāme ādittato disvā, Jātarūpāni satthato; Gabbhavokkantito dukkhaṁ, Nirayesu mahabbhayaṁ. [¶132] Knowing this danger, I was struck with a sense of urgency. I was stabbed, but then I found peace, attaining the end of defilements. > Pali: Etamādīnavaṁ ñatvā, saṁvegaṁ alabhiṁ tadā; Sohaṁ viddho tadā santo, sampatto āsavakkhayaṁ. [¶133] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶134] I’ve attained the goal for the sake of which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness— the ending of all fetters.” > Pali: Yassatthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo”ti. [¶135] > Pali: … Raṭṭhapālo thero …. [¶136] Thag 16.5 · Māluṅkyaputta (2nd) > Pali: Thag 16.5 · Mālukyaputtattheragāthā [¶137] When you see a sight, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. > Pali: “Rūpaṁ disvā sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶138] Many feelings grow arising from sights. The mind is damaged by covetousness and cruelty. Heaping up suffering like this, you’re said to be far from extinguishment. > Pali: Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā rūpasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, ārā nibbāna vuccati. [¶139] When you hear a sound, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. > Pali: Saddaṁ sutvā sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶140] Many feelings grow arising from sounds. The mind is damaged by covetousness and cruelty. Heaping up suffering like this, you’re said to be far from extinguishment. > Pali: Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā saddasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, ārā nibbāna vuccati. [¶141] When you smell an odor, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. > Pali: Gandhaṁ ghatvā sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶142] Many feelings grow arising from smells. The mind is damaged by covetousness and cruelty. Heaping up suffering like this, you’re said to be far from extinguishment. > Pali: Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā gandhasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, ārā nibbāna vuccati. [¶143] When you enjoy a taste, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. > Pali: Rasaṁ bhotvā sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶144] Many feelings grow arising from tastes. The mind is damaged by covetousness and cruelty. Heaping up suffering like this, you’re said to be far from extinguishment. > Pali: Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā rasasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, ārā nibbāna vuccati. [¶145] When you sense a touch, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. > Pali: Phassaṁ phussa sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶146] Many feelings grow arising from touches. The mind is damaged by covetousness and cruelty. Heaping up suffering like this, you’re said to be far from extinguishment. > Pali: Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā phassasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, ārā nibbāna vuccati. [¶147] When you know an idea, mindfulness is lost as you focus on a pleasant feature. Experiencing it with a mind full of desire, you keep clinging to it. > Pali: Dhammaṁ ñatvā sati muṭṭhā, Piyaṁ nimittaṁ manasi karoto; Sārattacitto vedeti, Tañca ajjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶148] Many feelings grow arising from ideas. The mind is damaged by covetousness and cruelty. Heaping up suffering like this, you’re said to be far from extinguishment. > Pali: Tassa vaḍḍhanti vedanā, anekā dhammasambhavā; Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca, cittamassūpahaññati; Evamācinato dukkhaṁ, ārā nibbāna vuccati. [¶149] There’s no desire for sights when you see a sight with mindfulness. Experiencing it with a mind free of desire, you don’t keep clinging to it. > Pali: Na so rajjati rūpesu, rūpaṁ disvā patissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶150] Even as you see a sight and undergo a feeling, you wear away, you don’t heap up: that’s how to live mindfully. Eroding suffering like this, you’re said to be in the presence of extinguishment. > Pali: Yathāssa passato rūpaṁ, sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṁ so caratī sato; Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, santike nibbāna vuccati. [¶151] There’s no desire for sounds when you hear a sound with mindfulness. Experiencing it with a mind free of desire, you don’t keep clinging to it. > Pali: Na so rajjati saddesu, saddaṁ sutvā patissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶152] Even as you hear a sound and undergo a feeling, you wear away, you don’t heap up: that’s how to live mindfully. Eroding suffering like this, you’re said to be in the presence of extinguishment. > Pali: Yathāssa suṇato saddaṁ, sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṁ so caratī sato; Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, santike nibbāna vuccati. [¶153] There’s no desire for odors when you smell an odor with mindfulness. Experiencing it with a mind free of desire, you don’t keep clinging to it. > Pali: Na so rajjati gandhesu, gandhaṁ ghatvā patissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶154] Even as you smell an odor and undergo a feeling, you wear away, you don’t heap up: that’s how to live mindfully. Eroding suffering like this, you’re said to be in the presence of extinguishment. > Pali: Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaṁ, sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṁ so caratī sato; Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, santike nibbāna vuccati. [¶155] There’s no desire for tastes when you enjoy a taste with mindfulness. Experiencing it with a mind free of desire, you don’t keep clinging to it. > Pali: Na so rajjati rasesu, rasaṁ bhotvā patissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶156] Even as you savor a taste and undergo a feeling, you wear away, you don’t heap up: that’s how to live mindfully. Eroding suffering like this, you’re said to be in the presence of extinguishment. > Pali: Yathāssa sāyarato rasaṁ, sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṁ so caratī sato; Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, santike nibbāna vuccati. [¶157] There’s no desire for touches when you sense a touch with mindfulness. Experiencing it with a mind free of desire, you don’t keep clinging to it. > Pali: Na so rajjati phassesu, phassaṁ phussa patissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶158] Even as you sense a touch and get familiar with how it feels, you wear away, you don’t heap up: that’s how to live mindfully. Eroding suffering like this, you’re said to be in the presence of extinguishment. > Pali: Yathāssa phusato phassaṁ, sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṁ so caratī sato; Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, santike nibbāna vuccati. [¶159] There’s no desire for ideas when you know an idea with mindfulness. Experiencing it with a mind free of desire, you don’t keep clinging to it. > Pali: Na so rajjati dhammesu, dhammaṁ ñatvā patissato; Virattacitto vedeti, tañca nājjhosa tiṭṭhati. [¶160] Even as you know an idea and get familiar with how it feels, you wear away, you don’t heap up: that’s how to live mindfully. Eroding suffering like this, you’re said to be in the presence of extinguishment. > Pali: Yathāssa vijānato dhammaṁ, sevato cāpi vedanaṁ; Khīyati nopacīyati, evaṁ so caratī sato; Evaṁ apacinato dukkhaṁ, santike nibbāna vuccati”. [¶161] > Pali: … Mālukyaputto thero …. [¶162] Thag 16.6 · Sela > Pali: Thag 16.6 · Selattheragāthā [¶163] “O Blessed One, your body’s perfect, you’re radiant, handsome, lovely to behold; golden colored, with teeth so white; you’re strong. > Pali: “Paripuṇṇakāyo suruci, Sujāto cārudassano; Suvaṇṇavaṇṇosi bhagavā, Susukkadāṭhosi vīriyavā. [¶164] The characteristics of a handsome man, the marks of a great man, are all found on your body. > Pali: Narassa hi sujātassa, ye bhavanti viyañjanā; Sabbe te tava kāyasmiṁ, mahāpurisalakkhaṇā. [¶165] Your eyes are clear, your face is fair, you’re formidable, upright, majestic. In the midst of the Saṅgha of ascetics, you dazzle like the sun. > Pali: Pasannanetto sumukho, brahā uju patāpavā; Majjhe samaṇasaṅghassa, ādiccova virocasi. [¶166] You’re a mendicant fine to see, with skin that shines like lustrous gold. But with such excellent appearance, what do you want with the ascetic life? > Pali: Kalyāṇadassano bhikkhu, kañcanasannibhattaco; Kiṁ te samaṇabhāvena, evaṁ uttamavaṇṇino. [¶167] You’re fit to be a king, a wheel-turning monarch, chief of charioteers, victorious in the four quarters, lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. > Pali: Rājā arahasi bhavituṁ, cakkavattī rathesabho; Cāturanto vijitāvī, jambusaṇḍassa issaro. [¶168] Aristocrats, nobles, and kings ought follow your rule. Gotama, may you reign as king of kings, lord of mankind!” > Pali: Khattiyā bhogī rājāno, anuyantā bhavanti te; Rājābhirājā manujindo, rajjaṁ kārehi gotama”. [¶169] “I am a king, Sela”, said the Buddha to Sela, “the supreme king of the teaching. By the teaching I roll forth the wheel which cannot be rolled back.” > Pali: “Rājāhamasmi sela, (selāti bhagavā) Dhammarājā anuttaro; Dhammena cakkaṁ vattemi, Cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ”. [¶170] “You claim to be awakened,” said Sela the brahmin, “the supreme king of the teaching. ‘I roll forth the teaching’: so you say, Gotama. > Pali: “Sambuddho paṭijānāsi, (iti selo brāhmaṇo) Dhammarājā anuttaro; ‘Dhammena cakkaṁ vattemi’, Iti bhāsatha gotama. [¶171] Then who is your general, the disciple who follows the Teacher’s way? Who keeps rolling the wheel of the teaching you rolled forth?” > Pali: Ko nu senāpati bhoto, sāvako satthuranvayo; Ko tetamanuvatteti, dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ”. [¶172] “By me the wheel was rolled forth,” said the Buddha, “the supreme wheel of the teaching. Sāriputta, taking after the Realized One, keeps it rolling on. > Pali: “Mayā pavattitaṁ cakkaṁ, (selāti bhagavā) Dhammacakkaṁ anuttaraṁ; Sāriputto anuvatteti, Anujāto tathāgataṁ. [¶173] I have known what should be known, and developed what should be developed, and given up what should be given up: and so, brahmin, I am a Buddha. > Pali: Abhiññeyyaṁ abhiññātaṁ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṁ; Pahātabbaṁ pahīnaṁ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇa. [¶174] Dispel your doubt in me— make up your mind, brahmin! The sight of a Buddha is hard to find again. > Pali: Vinayassu mayi kaṅkhaṁ, adhimuccassu brāhmaṇa; Dullabhaṁ dassanaṁ hoti, sambuddhānaṁ abhiṇhaso. [¶175] I am a Buddha, brahmin, the supreme surgeon, one of those whose appearance in the world is hard to find again. > Pali: Yesaṁ ve dullabho loke, pātubhāvo abhiṇhaso; Sohaṁ brāhmaṇa buddhosmi, sallakatto anuttaro. [¶176] A manifestation of divinity, unequaled, crusher of Māra’s army; having subdued all my opponents, I rejoice, fearing nothing from any quarter.” > Pali: Brahmabhūto atitulo, mārasenappamaddano; Sabbāmitte vase katvā, modāmi akutobhayo”. [¶177] “Pay heed, sirs, to what is spoken by the Clear-eyed One. The surgeon, the great hero, roars like a lion in the jungle. > Pali: “Idaṁ bhonto nisāmetha, yathā bhāsati cakkhumā; Sallakatto mahāvīro, sīhova nadatī vane. [¶178] A manifestation of divinity, unequaled, crusher of Māra’s army; who would not be inspired by him, even one born in a dark class? > Pali: Brahmabhūtaṁ atitulaṁ, mārasenappamaddanaṁ; Ko disvā nappasīdeyya, api kaṇhābhijātiko. [¶179] Those who wish may follow me; those who don’t may go. Right here, I’ll go forth in his presence, the one of such outstanding wisdom.” > Pali: Yo maṁ icchati anvetu, yo vā nicchati gacchatu; Idhāhaṁ pabbajissāmi, varapaññassa santike”. [¶180] “Sir, if you endorse the teaching of the Buddha, we’ll also go forth in his presence, the one of such outstanding wisdom.” > Pali: “Etañce ruccati bhoto, sammāsambuddhasāsanaṁ; Mayampi pabbajissāma, varapaññassa santike”. [¶181] “These three hundred brahmins with cupped palms held up, ask: ‘May we lead the spiritual life in your presence, Blessed One?’” > Pali: “Brāhmaṇā tisatā ime, yācanti pañjalīkatā; ‘Brahmacariyaṁ carissāma, bhagavā tava santike’”. [¶182] “The spiritual life is well explained,” said the Buddha, “apparent in the present life, immediately effective. Here the going forth isn’t in vain for one who trains with diligence.” > Pali: “Svākkhātaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, (selāti bhagavā) Sandiṭṭhikamakālikaṁ; Yattha amoghā pabbajjā, Appamattassa sikkhato”. [¶183] “This is the eighth day since we went for refuge, O Clear-eyed One. In these seven days, Blessed One, we’ve become tamed in your teaching. > Pali: “Yaṁ taṁ saraṇamāgamha, ito aṭṭhame cakkhuma; Sattarattena bhagavā, dantāmha tava sāsane. [¶184] You are the Buddha, you are the Teacher, you are the sage who has overcome Māra; you have cut off the underlying tendencies, you’ve crossed over, and you bring humanity across. > Pali: Tuvaṁ buddho tuvaṁ satthā, tuvaṁ mārābhibhū muni; Tuvaṁ anusaye chetvā, tiṇṇo tāresimaṁ pajaṁ. [¶185] You have transcended attachments, your defilements are shattered; like a lion free of grasping, with fear and dread given up. > Pali: Upadhī te samatikkantā, āsavā te padālitā; Sīhova anupādāno, pahīnabhayabheravo. [¶186] These three hundred mendicants stand with cupped palms raised. Stretch out your feet, great hero: let these giants bow to the Teacher.” > Pali: Bhikkhavo tisatā ime, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā; Pāde vīra pasārehi, nāgā vandantu satthuno”ti. [¶187] > Pali: … Selo thero …. [¶188] Thag 16.7 · Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiya > Pali: Thag 16.7 · Kāḷigodhāputtabhaddiyattheragāthā [¶189] I rode on an elephant’s neck, wearing luxurious clothes. I ate boiled fine rice with pure meat sauce. > Pali: “Yātaṁ me hatthigīvāya, sukhumā vatthā padhāritā; Sālīnaṁ odano bhutto, sucimaṁsūpasecano. [¶190] Today I am fortunate, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Sojja bhaddo sātatiko, uñchāpattāgate rato; Jhāyati anupādāno, putto godhāya bhaddiyo. [¶191] Wearing rags, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Paṁsukūlī sātatiko, uñchāpattāgate rato; Jhāyati anupādāno, putto godhāya bhaddiyo. [¶192] Living on almsfood, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Piṇḍapātī sātatiko, … pe … … [¶193] Possessing only three robes, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Tecīvarī sātatiko, … pe … … [¶194] Wandering for alms indiscriminately, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Sapadānacārī sātatiko, … pe … … [¶195] Sitting alone, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Ekāsanī sātatiko, … pe … … [¶196] Eating only what’s put in the alms-bowl, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Pattapiṇḍī sātatiko, … pe … … [¶197] Never eating too late, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Khalupacchābhattī sātatiko, … pe … … [¶198] Living in the wilderness, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Āraññiko sātatiko, … pe … … [¶199] Living at the foot of a tree, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Rukkhamūliko sātatiko, … pe … … [¶200] Living in the open, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Abbhokāsī sātatiko, … pe … … [¶201] Living in a charnel ground, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Sosāniko sātatiko, … pe … … [¶202] Accepting whatever seat is offered, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Yathāsanthatiko sātatiko, … pe … … [¶203] Not lying down to sleep, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Nesajjiko sātatiko, … pe … … [¶204] Few in wishes, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Appiccho sātatiko, … pe … … [¶205] Content, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Santuṭṭho sātatiko, … pe … … [¶206] Secluded, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Pavivitto sātatiko, … pe … … [¶207] Aloof, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Asaṁsaṭṭho sātatiko, … pe … … [¶208] Energetic, persistent, happy with the scraps in my bowl: Bhaddiya son of Godhā practices absorption without grasping. > Pali: Āraddhavīriyo sātatiko, … pe … … [¶209] Giving up a hundred ounces of bronze, and a hundred grains of gold, I took a bowl made of clay: this is my second initiation. > Pali: Hitvā satapalaṁ kaṁsaṁ, sovaṇṇaṁ satarājikaṁ; Aggahiṁ mattikāpattaṁ, idaṁ dutiyābhisecanaṁ. [¶210] I used to live in a citadel with walls so high, with battlements strong and gates, all guarded by swordsmen— and yet I was afraid. > Pali: Ucce maṇḍalipākāre, daḷhamaṭṭālakoṭṭhake; Rakkhito khaggahatthehi, uttasaṁ vihariṁ pure. [¶211] Today I am fortunate, free of cowardice, with fear and dread given up. Bhaddiya son of Godhā has plunged into the forest and practices absorption. > Pali: Sojja bhaddo anutrāsī, pahīnabhayabheravo; Jhāyati vanamoggayha, putto godhāya bhaddiyo. [¶212] Established in the entire spectrum of ethics, developing mindfulness and wisdom, gradually I attained the ending of all fetters. > Pali: Sīlakkhandhe patiṭṭhāya, satiṁ paññañca bhāvayaṁ; Pāpuṇiṁ anupubbena, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayan”ti. [¶213] > Pali: … Bhaddiyo kāḷigodhāya putto thero …. [¶214] Thag 16.8 · Aṅgulimāla > Pali: Thag 16.8 · Aṅgulimālattheragāthā [¶215] “While walking, ascetic, you say ‘I’ve stopped.’ And I have stopped, but you tell me I’ve not. I’m asking you this, ascetic: how is it you’ve stopped and I have not?” > Pali: “Gacchaṁ vadesi samaṇaṭṭhitomhi, Mamañca brūsi ṭhitamaṭṭhitoti; Pucchāmi taṁ samaṇa etamatthaṁ, ‘Kathaṁ ṭhito tvaṁ ahamaṭṭhitomhi’”. [¶216] “Aṅgulimāla, I have forever stopped— I’ve laid aside violence toward all creatures. But you can’t stop yourself from harming living creatures; that’s why I’ve stopped, but you have not.” > Pali: “Ṭhito ahaṁ aṅgulimāla sabbadā, Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṁ; Tuvañca pāṇesu asaññatosi, Tasmā ṭhitohaṁ tuvamaṭṭhitosi”. [¶217] “Oh, at long last a renowned great seer, an ascetic has followed me into this deep wood. Now that I’ve heard your verse on Dhamma, I shall discard a thousand evils.” > Pali: “Cirassaṁ vata me mahito mahesī, Mahāvanaṁ samaṇo paccapādi; Sohaṁ cajissāmi sahassapāpaṁ, Sutvāna gāthaṁ tava dhammayuttaṁ”. [¶218] With these words, the bandit hurled his sword and weapons down a cliff into an abyss. He venerated the Holy One’s feet, and requested the going forth from the Buddha right away. > Pali: Icceva coro asimāvudhañca, Sobbhe papāte narake anvakāsi; Avandi coro sugatassa pāde, Tattheva pabbajjamayāci buddhaṁ. [¶219] Then the Buddha, the compassionate great seer, the Teacher of the world with its gods, said to him, “Come, monk!” And with that he became a monk. > Pali: Buddho ca kho kāruṇiko mahesi, Yo satthā lokassa sadevakassa; “Tamehi bhikkhū”ti tadā avoca, Eseva tassa ahu bhikkhubhāvo. [¶220] “He who once was heedless, but turned to heedfulness, shines upon this world, like the moon freed from clouds. > Pali: “Yo ca pubbe pamajjitvā, pacchā so nappamajjati; Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā. [¶221] Someone whose bad deed is supplanted by the good, shines upon this world, like the moon freed from clouds. > Pali: Yassa pāpaṁ kataṁ kammaṁ, kusalena pidhīyati; Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā. [¶222] A young mendicant devoted to the Buddha’s teaching, shines upon this world, like the moon freed from clouds. > Pali: Yo have daharo bhikkhu, yuñjati buddhasāsane; Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā. [¶223] May even my enemies hear a Dhamma talk! May even my enemies devote themselves to the Buddha’s teaching! May even my enemies associate with those good men who establish others in the Dhamma! > Pali: Disāpi me dhammakathaṁ suṇantu, Disāpi me yuñjantu buddhasāsane; Disāpi me te manuje bhajantu, Ye dhammamevādapayanti santo. [¶224] May even my enemies hear Dhamma at the right time, from those who teach acceptance, praising acquiescence; and may they follow that path! > Pali: Disā hi me khantivādānaṁ, avirodhappasaṁsinaṁ; Suṇantu dhammaṁ kālena, tañca anuvidhīyantu. [¶225] For then they’d never wish harm upon myself or others. Having arrived at ultimate peace, they’d look after creatures firm and frail. > Pali: Na hi jātu so mamaṁ hiṁse, aññaṁ vā pana kiñcanaṁ; Pappuyya paramaṁ santiṁ, rakkheyya tasathāvare. [¶226] For while irrigators guide water, fletchers bend arrows straight, and carpenters bend timber straight, the astute tame themselves. > Pali: Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, Usukārā namayanti tejanaṁ; Dāruṁ namayanti tacchakā, Attānaṁ damayanti paṇḍitā. [¶227] Some tame by using the rod, some with goads, and some with whips. But the unaffected one tamed me without rod or sword. > Pali: Daṇḍeneke damayanti, aṅkusebhi kasāhi ca; Adaṇḍena asatthena, ahaṁ dantomhi tādinā. [¶228] My name is ‘Harmless’, though I used to be harmful. The name I bear today is true, for I do no harm to anyone. > Pali: ‘Ahiṁsako’ti me nāmaṁ, hiṁsakassa pure sato; Ajjāhaṁ saccanāmomhi, na naṁ hiṁsāmi kiñcanaṁ. [¶229] I used to be a bandit, the notorious Aṅgulimāla. Swept away in a great flood, I went to the Buddha for refuge. > Pali: Coro ahaṁ pure āsiṁ, aṅgulimāloti vissuto; Vuyhamāno mahoghena, buddhaṁ saraṇamāgamaṁ. [¶230] I used to have blood on my hands, the notorious Aṅgulimāla. See the refuge I’ve found— the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Lohitapāṇi pure āsiṁ, aṅgulimāloti vissuto; Saraṇagamanaṁ passa, bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶231] I’ve done many of the sort of deeds that lead to a bad destination. The result of my deeds has already struck me, so I enjoy my food free of debt. > Pali: Tādisaṁ kammaṁ katvāna, bahuṁ duggatigāminaṁ; Phuṭṭho kammavipākena, anaṇo bhuñjāmi bhojanaṁ. [¶232] Fools and simpletons devote themselves to negligence. But the wise protect diligence as their best treasure. > Pali: Pamādamanuyuñjanti, bālā dummedhino janā; Appamādañca medhāvī, dhanaṁ seṭṭhaṁva rakkhati. [¶233] Don’t devote yourself to negligence, or delight in erotic intimacy. For if you’re diligent and practice absorption, you’ll attain ultimate happiness. > Pali: Mā pamādamanuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṁ; Appamatto hi jhāyanto, pappoti paramaṁ sukhaṁ. [¶234] It was welcome, not unwelcome, the advice I got was good. Of the well-explained teachings, I arrived at the best. > Pali: Svāgataṁ nāpagataṁ, netaṁ dummantitaṁ mama; Savibhattesu dhammesu, yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamaṁ. [¶235] It was welcome, not unwelcome, the advice I got was good. I’ve attained the three knowledges, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions.” > Pali: Svāgataṁ nāpagataṁ, netaṁ dummantitaṁ mama; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶236] “In the wilderness, at a tree’s root, on mountains, or in caves— it used to be that wherever I stood, my mind was anxious. > Pali: Araññe rukkhamūle vā, pabbatesu guhāsu vā; Tattha tattheva aṭṭhāsiṁ, ubbiggamanaso tadā. [¶237] But now I lie down happily and stand up happily, I live my life happily, out of Māra’s reach; the Teacher had sympathy for me. > Pali: Sukhaṁ sayāmi ṭhāyāmi, sukhaṁ kappemi jīvitaṁ; Ahatthapāso mārassa, aho satthānukampito. [¶238] I used to be of brahmin birth, highborn on both sides, now I’m a son of the Holy One, the Teacher, King of Dhamma. > Pali: Brahmajacco pure āsiṁ, udicco ubhato ahu; Sojja putto sugatassa, dhammarājassa satthuno. [¶239] I am rid of craving, free of grasping, my sense doors are guarded and well-restrained. I’ve destroyed the root of gloom, and attained the ending of defilements. > Pali: Vītataṇho anādāno, guttadvāro susaṁvuto; Aghamūlaṁ vadhitvāna, patto me āsavakkhayo. [¶240] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated.” > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā”ti. [¶241] > Pali: … Aṅgulimālo thero …. [¶242] Thag 16.9 · Anuruddha > Pali: Thag 16.9 · Anuruddhattheragāthā [¶243] Leaving my mother and father behind, as well as sisters, kinsmen, and brothers; having given up the five sensual stimuli, Anuruddha practices absorption. > Pali: “Pahāya mātāpitaro, bhaginī ñātibhātaro; Pañca kāmaguṇe hitvā, anuruddhova jhāyati. [¶244] Surrounded by song and dance, awakened by cymbals and gongs, he did not find purification while delighting in Māra’s domain. > Pali: Sameto naccagītehi, sammatāḷappabodhano; Na tena suddhimajjhagaṁ, mārassa visaye rato. [¶245] But he has gone beyond all that, and delights in the Buddha’s teaching. Having crossed over the entire flood, Anuruddha practices absorption. > Pali: Etañca samatikkamma, rato buddhassa sāsane; Sabboghaṁ samatikkamma, anuruddhova jhāyati. [¶246] Sights, sounds, tastes, smells, and touches so delightful: having crossed over these as well, Anuruddha practices absorption. > Pali: Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā; Ete ca samatikkamma, anuruddhova jhāyati. [¶247] Returning from almsround, alone, without partner, seeking rags from the dust heap, Anuruddha is without defilements. > Pali: Piṇḍapātamatikkanto, eko adutiyo muni; Esati paṁsukūlāni, anuruddho anāsavo. [¶248] The thoughtful sage selected rags from the dust heap; he picked them up, washed, dyed, and wore them; Anuruddha is without defilements. > Pali: Vicinī aggahī dhovi, rajayī dhārayī muni; Paṁsukūlāni matimā, anuruddho anāsavo. [¶249] The principles of someone who has many wishes and is not content, who socializes and is conceited, are wicked and corrupting. > Pali: Mahiccho ca asantuṭṭho, saṁsaṭṭho yo ca uddhato; Tassa dhammā ime honti, pāpakā saṅkilesikā. [¶250] But someone who is mindful, few of wishes, content and untroubled, delighting in seclusion, joyful, always resolute and energetic; > Pali: Sato ca hoti appiccho, santuṭṭho avighātavā; Pavivekarato vitto, niccamāraddhavīriyo. [¶251] their principles are skillful, on the side of awakening; they are without defilements— so said the great seer. > Pali: Tassa dhammā ime honti, kusalā bodhipakkhikā; Anāsavo ca so hoti, iti vuttaṁ mahesinā. [¶252] “Knowing my thoughts, the supreme Teacher in the world came to me in a mind-made body, using his psychic power. > Pali: Mama saṅkappamaññāya, satthā loke anuttaro; Manomayena kāyena, iddhiyā upasaṅkami. [¶253] He taught me more than I had thought of. The Buddha who loves non-proliferation taught me non-proliferation. > Pali: Yadā me ahu saṅkappo, tato uttari desayi; Nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcamadesayi. [¶254] Understanding that teaching, I happily did his bidding. I’ve attained the three knowledges, and have fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Tassāhaṁ dhammamaññāya, vihāsiṁ sāsane rato; Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶255] For the last fifty-five years I have not lain down to sleep. Twenty-five years have passed since I eradicated drowsiness.” > Pali: Pañcapaññāsavassāni, yato nesajjiko ahaṁ; Pañcavīsativassāni, yato middhaṁ samūhataṁ. [¶256] “There was no more breathing for the unaffected one of steady heart. Imperturbable, committed to peace, the Clear-eyed One was fully quenched. > Pali: Nāhu assāsapassāsā, ṭhitacittassa tādino; Anejo santimārabbha, cakkhumā parinibbuto. [¶257] He put up with painful feelings without flinching. The liberation of his heart was like the extinguishing of a lamp.” > Pali: Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṁ ajjhavāsayi; Pajjotasseva nibbānaṁ, vimokkho cetaso ahu. [¶258] “Now these touches and the other four are the last to be experienced by the sage; nor will there be other phenomena since the Buddha was fully quenched. > Pali: Ete pacchimakā dāni, munino phassapañcamā; Nāññe dhammā bhavissanti, sambuddhe parinibbute. [¶259] O Penelope, weaver of the web— there’s no more abodes in the heavenly host. Transmigration through births is finished, now there’ll be no more future lives.” > Pali: Natthi dāni punāvāso, devakāyasmi jālini; Vikkhīṇo jātisaṁsāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo. [¶260] “The mendicant by whom the galaxy with the age of the Divinity are known in an hour— that master of psychic ability sees the gods at the time they pass away and are reborn.” > Pali: Yassa muhuttena sahassadhā, Loko saṁvidito sabrahmakappo; Vasī iddhiguṇe cutūpapāte, Kāle passati devatā sa bhikkhu. [¶261] “In the past I was Annabhāra, a poor carrier of fodder. I practiced as an ascetic, the renowned Upariṭṭha. > Pali: Annabhāro pure āsiṁ, daliddo ghāsahārako; Samaṇaṁ paṭipādesiṁ, upariṭṭhaṁ yasassinaṁ. [¶262] Then I was reborn in the Sakyan clan, where I was known as ‘Anuruddha’. Surrounded by song and dance, I was awakened by cymbals and gongs. > Pali: Somhi sakyakule jāto, anuruddhoti maṁ vidū; Upeto naccagītehi, sammatāḷappabodhano. [¶263] Then I saw the Buddha, the Teacher, fearing nothing from any quarter; filling my mind with confidence in him, I went forth to homelessness. > Pali: Athaddasāsiṁ sambuddhaṁ, satthāraṁ akutobhayaṁ; Tasmiṁ cittaṁ pasādetvā, pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. [¶264] I know my past lives, the places I used to live. I was born as Sakka, and stayed among the thirty-three gods. > Pali: Pubbenivāsaṁ jānāmi, yattha me vusitaṁ pure; Tāvatiṁsesu devesu, aṭṭhāsiṁ sakkajātiyā. [¶265] Seven times I was a king of men ruling a kingdom, victorious in the four quarters, lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. Without rod or sword, I governed by principle. > Pali: Sattakkhattuṁ manussindo, ahaṁ rajjamakārayiṁ; Cāturanto vijitāvī, jambusaṇḍassa issaro; Adaṇḍena asatthena, dhammena anusāsayiṁ. [¶266] Seven from here, seven from there— fourteen transmigrations in all. I shall remember my past lives: at that time I stayed in the realm of the gods. > Pali: Ito satta tato satta, saṁsārāni catuddasa; Nivāsamabhijānissaṁ, devaloke ṭhito tadā. [¶267] I have gained complete tranquility in immersion with five factors. Peaceful, serene, my clairvoyance is purified. > Pali: Pañcaṅgike samādhimhi, sante ekodibhāvite; Paṭippassaddhiladdhamhi, dibbacakkhu visujjhi me. [¶268] Steady in five-factored absorption, I know the passing away and rebirth of beings, their coming and going, their lives in this state and that. > Pali: Cutūpapātaṁ jānāmi, sattānaṁ āgatiṁ gatiṁ; Itthabhāvaññathābhāvaṁ, jhāne pañcaṅgike ṭhito. [¶269] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, … pe … bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶270] In the Vajjian village of Veḷuva, my life will come to an end. Beneath a thicket of bamboos, being undefiled, I will be fully extinguished.” > Pali: Vajjīnaṁ veḷuvagāme, ahaṁ jīvitasaṅkhayā; Heṭṭhato veḷugumbasmiṁ, nibbāyissaṁ anāsavo”ti. [¶271] > Pali: … Anuruddho thero …. ## 21. Chapter One · Thag 16.10–19.1 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/21/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/21/#p-N [¶0] Thag 16.10 · Pārāsariya (3rd) > Pali: Thag 16.10 · Pārāpariyattheragāthā [¶1] This thought came to the ascetic in the forest full of flowers, as he was seated alone meditating in seclusion: > Pali: Samaṇassa ahu cintā, pupphitamhi mahāvane; Ekaggassa nisinnassa, pavivittassa jhāyino. [¶2] “The behavior of the mendicants these days seems different from when the protector of the world, the best of men, was still here. > Pali: “Aññathā lokanāthamhi, tiṭṭhante purisuttame; Iriyaṁ āsi bhikkhūnaṁ, aññathā dāni dissati. [¶3] Their robes were only for covering the private parts, and protection from the cold and wind. They ate in moderation, content with whatever they were offered. > Pali: Sītavātaparittāṇaṁ, hirikopīnachādanaṁ; Mattaṭṭhiyaṁ abhuñjiṁsu, santuṭṭhā itarītare. [¶4] Whether food was fine or coarse, a little or a lot, they ate only for sustenance, without greed or gluttony. > Pali: Paṇītaṁ yadi vā lūkhaṁ, appaṁ vā yadi vā bahuṁ; Yāpanatthaṁ abhuñjiṁsu, agiddhā nādhimucchitā. [¶5] They weren’t so very eager for the requisites of life, such as tonics and other necessities, as they were for the ending of defilements. > Pali: Jīvitānaṁ parikkhāre, bhesajje atha paccaye; Na bāḷhaṁ ussukā āsuṁ, yathā te āsavakkhaye. [¶6] In the wilderness, at a tree’s root, in caves and caverns, fostering seclusion, they lived with that as their final goal. > Pali: Araññe rukkhamūlesu, kandarāsu guhāsu ca; Vivekamanubrūhantā, vihaṁsu tapparāyaṇā. [¶7] They were used to simple things, unburdensome, gentle, not pompous at heart, unsullied, not scurrilous, their thoughts were intent on the goal. > Pali: Nīcā niviṭṭhā subharā, mudū atthaddhamānasā; Abyāsekā amukharā, atthacintā vasānugā. [¶8] That’s why they inspired confidence, in their movements, eating, and practice; their deportment was as smooth as a stream of oil. > Pali: Tato pāsādikaṁ āsi, gataṁ bhuttaṁ nisevitaṁ; Siniddhā teladhārāva, ahosi iriyāpatho. [¶9] With the utter ending of all defilements, those senior monks have now been quenched. They were great meditators and great benefactors— there are few like them today. > Pali: Sabbāsavaparikkhīṇā, mahājhāyī mahāhitā; Nibbutā dāni te therā, parittā dāni tādisā. [¶10] With the ending of good principles and understanding, the victor’s teaching, full of all excellent qualities, falls apart. > Pali: Kusalānañca dhammānaṁ, paññāya ca parikkhayā; Sabbākāravarūpetaṁ, lujjate jinasāsanaṁ. [¶11] This is the season for bad principles and defilements. Those who are ready for seclusion are all that’s left of the true Dhamma. > Pali: Pāpakānañca dhammānaṁ, kilesānañca yo utu; Upaṭṭhitā vivekāya, ye ca saddhammasesakā. [¶12] As they grow, the defilements possess most people; they play with fools, it seems to me, like monsters with the mad. > Pali: Te kilesā pavaḍḍhantā, āvisanti bahuṁ janaṁ; Kīḷanti maññe bālehi, ummattehiva rakkhasā. [¶13] Overcome by defilements, they run here and there among the bases for defilement, as if they had declared war on themselves. > Pali: Kilesehābhibhūtā te, tena tena vidhāvitā; Narā kilesavatthūsu, sasaṅgāmeva ghosite. [¶14] Having forsaken the true teaching, they argue with each other. Following wrong views they think, ‘This is better.’ > Pali: Pariccajitvā saddhammaṁ, aññamaññehi bhaṇḍare; Diṭṭhigatāni anventā, idaṁ seyyoti maññare. [¶15] They cut off their wealth, children, and wife to go forth. But then they do what they shouldn’t, for the sake of a measly spoon of almsfood. > Pali: Dhanañca puttaṁ bhariyañca, chaḍḍayitvāna niggatā; Kaṭacchubhikkhahetūpi, akicchāni nisevare. [¶16] They eat until their bellies are full, and then they lie to sleep on their backs. When they wake up, they keep on chatting, the kind of talk the Teacher criticized. > Pali: Udarāvadehakaṁ bhutvā, sayantuttānaseyyakā; Kathaṁ vattenti paṭibuddhā, yā kathā satthugarahitā. [¶17] Valuing all the arts and crafts, they train themselves in them. Not being settled internally, they think, ‘This is the goal of the ascetic life.’ > Pali: Sabbakārukasippāni, cittiṁ katvāna sikkhare; Avūpasantā ajjhattaṁ, sāmaññatthotiacchati. [¶18] They provide clay, oil, and talcum powder, water, lodgings, and food for householders, expecting more in return. > Pali: Mattikaṁ telacuṇṇañca, udakāsanabhojanaṁ; Gihīnaṁ upanāmenti, ākaṅkhantā bahuttaraṁ. [¶19] And in addition, tooth-picks of white fig, flowers, food to eat, well-cooked almsfood, mangoes and myrobalans. > Pali: Dantaponaṁ kapitthañca, pupphaṁ khādaniyāni ca; Piṇḍapāte ca sampanne, ambe āmalakāni ca. [¶20] In medicine they are like doctors, in business like householders, in makeup like prostitutes, in sovereignty like aristocrats. > Pali: Bhesajjesu yathā vejjā, kiccākicce yathā gihī; Gaṇikāva vibhūsāyaṁ, issare khattiyā yathā. [¶21] Cheats, frauds, false witnesses, sly: using multiple plans, they enjoy things of the flesh. > Pali: Nekatikā vañcanikā, kūṭasakkhī apāṭukā; Bahūhi parikappehi, āmisaṁ paribhuñjare. [¶22] Pursuing shams, contrivances, and plans, by such means they accumulate a lot of wealth for the sake of their own livelihood. > Pali: Lesakappe pariyāye, parikappenudhāvitā; Jīvikatthā upāyena, saṅkaḍḍhanti bahuṁ dhanaṁ. [¶23] They assemble the community for business rather than Dhamma. They teach the Dhamma to others for gain, not for the goal. > Pali: Upaṭṭhāpenti parisaṁ, kammato no ca dhammato; Dhammaṁ paresaṁ desenti, lābhato no ca atthato. [¶24] Those barred from the Saṅgha quarrel over the Saṅgha’s property. Lacking conscience, they do not care that they live on the earnings of others. > Pali: Saṅghalābhassa bhaṇḍanti, saṅghato paribāhirā; Paralābhopajīvantā, ahirīkā na lajjare. [¶25] Some with shaven head and robe are not devoted to practice, but wish only to be honored, besotted with property and reverence. > Pali: Nānuyuttā tathā eke, muṇḍā saṅghāṭipārutā; Sambhāvanaṁyevicchanti, lābhasakkāramucchitā. [¶26] When things have come to this, it’s not easy these days to realize what has not yet been realized, or to preserve what has been realized. > Pali: Evaṁ nānappayātamhi, na dāni sukaraṁ tathā; Aphusitaṁ vā phusituṁ, phusitaṁ vānurakkhituṁ. [¶27] When shoeless on a thorny path, one would walk very mindfully; that’s how a sage should walk in the village. > Pali: Yathā kaṇṭakaṭṭhānamhi, careyya anupāhano; Satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvāna, evaṁ gāme munī care. [¶28] Remembering the meditators of old, and recollecting their conduct, even in the latter days, it’s still possible to realize freedom from death.” > Pali: Saritvā pubbake yogī, tesaṁ vattamanussaraṁ; Kiñcāpi pacchimo kālo, phuseyya amataṁ padaṁ. [¶29] That is what the ascetic, whose faculties were fully developed, said in the sāl tree grove. The brahmin, the seer, became fully extinguished, putting an end to all future lives. > Pali: Idaṁ vatvā sālavane, samaṇo bhāvitindriyo; Brāhmaṇo parinibbāyī, isi khīṇapunabbhavo”ti. [¶30] > Pali: … Pārāpariyo thero … [¶31] > Pali: Vīsatinipāto niṭṭhito. [¶32] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶33] > Pali: Adhimutto pārāpariyo, telakāni raṭṭhapālo; Mālukyaselo bhaddiyo, aṅguli dibbacakkhuko; Pārāpariyo dasete, vīsamhi parikittitā; Gāthāyo dve satā honti, pañcatālīsa uttarinti. [¶34] Thag 17.1 · Phussa > Pali: Thag 17.1 · Phussattheragāthā [¶35] Seeing many who inspire confidence, evolved and well-restrained, the seer of the Paṇḍara clan, asked the one known as Phussa: > Pali: Pāsādike bahū disvā, bhāvitatte susaṁvute; Isi paṇḍarasagotto, apucchi phussasavhayaṁ. [¶36] “In future times, what desire and motivation and behavior will people have? Please answer my question.” > Pali: “Kiṁchandā kimadhippāyā, kimākappā bhavissare; Anāgatamhi kālamhi, taṁ me akkhāhi pucchito”. [¶37] “Listen to my words, O seer known as a Paṇḍara, and remember them carefully, I will describe the future. > Pali: “Suṇohi vacanaṁ mayhaṁ, isipaṇḍarasavhaya; Sakkaccaṁ upadhārehi, ācikkhissāmyanāgataṁ. [¶38] In the future many will be angry and hostile, offensive, stubborn, and devious, jealous, holding divergent views. > Pali: Kodhanā upanāhī ca, makkhī thambhī saṭhā bahū; Ussukī nānāvādā ca, bhavissanti anāgate. [¶39] Imagining they understand the depths of the teaching, they resort to the near shore. Superficial and disrespectful toward the teaching, they lack respect for one another. > Pali: Aññātamānino dhamme, gambhīre tīragocarā; Lahukā agarū dhamme, aññamaññamagāravā. [¶40] In the future many dangers will arise in the world. Idiots will defile the Dhamma that was taught so well. > Pali: Bahū ādīnavā loke, uppajjissantyanāgate; Sudesitaṁ imaṁ dhammaṁ, kilesessanti dummatī. [¶41] Though bereft of good qualities, unlearned prattlers, too sure of themselves, will become powerful in running Saṅgha proceedings. > Pali: Guṇahīnāpi saṅghamhi, voharantā visāradā; Balavanto bhavissanti, mukharā assutāvino. [¶42] Though possessing good qualities, the conscientious and unbiased, acting in the proper spirit, will become weak in running Saṅgha proceedings. > Pali: Guṇavantopi saṅghamhi, voharantā yathātthato; Dubbalā te bhavissanti, hirīmanā anatthikā. [¶43] In the future, simpletons will accept currency and gold, fields and land, goats and sheep, and bonded servants, male and female. > Pali: Rajataṁ jātarūpañca, khettaṁ vatthumajeḷakaṁ; Dāsidāsañca dummedhā, sādiyissantyanāgate. [¶44] Fools finding fault in others, but unsteady in their own ethics, will wander about, insolent, like cantankerous beasts. > Pali: Ujjhānasaññino bālā, sīlesu asamāhitā; Unnaḷā vicarissanti, kalahābhiratā magā. [¶45] They’ll be haughty, wrapped in robes of blue; deceivers and flatterers, pompous and fake, they’ll wander as if they were noble ones. > Pali: Uddhatā ca bhavissanti, nīlacīvarapārutā; Kuhā thaddhā lapā siṅgī, carissantyariyā viya. [¶46] With hair sleeked back with oil, fickle, their eyes painted with eyeshadow, they’ll travel on the high-road, wrapped in robes of ivory color. > Pali: Telasaṇṭhehi kesehi, capalā añjanakkhikā; Rathiyāya gamissanti, dantavaṇṇikapārutā. [¶47] The deep-dyed ocher robe, worn without disgust by the free, they will come to loathe, besotted by white clothes. > Pali: Ajegucchaṁ vimuttehi, surattaṁ arahaddhajaṁ; Jigucchissanti kāsāvaṁ, odātesu samucchitā. [¶48] They’ll want lots of possessions, and be lazy, lacking energy. Weary of the forest, they’ll stay within villages. > Pali: Lābhakāmā bhavissanti, kusītā hīnavīriyā; Kicchantā vanapatthāni, gāmantesu vasissare. [¶49] Being unrestrained, they’ll keep company with those who acquire profit, and who always enjoy wrong livelihood, following their example. > Pali: Ye ye lābhaṁ labhissanti, micchājīvaratā sadā; Te teva anusikkhantā, bhajissanti asaṁyatā. [¶50] They won’t respect those who don’t get lots of stuff, and they won’t associate with the attentive, even though they’re very amiable. > Pali: Ye ye alābhino lābhaṁ, na te pujjā bhavissare; Supesalepi te dhīre, sevissanti na te tadā. [¶51] Disparaging their own banner, dyed a vermilion color, some will wear the white banner of those of other religions. > Pali: Milakkhurajanaṁ rattaṁ, garahantā sakaṁ dhajaṁ; Titthiyānaṁ dhajaṁ keci, dhārissantyavadātakaṁ. [¶52] Then they’ll have no respect for the ocher robe. The mendicants will not reflect on the nature of the ocher robe. > Pali: Agāravo ca kāsāve, tadā tesaṁ bhavissati; Paṭisaṅkhā ca kāsāve, bhikkhūnaṁ na bhavissati. [¶53] This awful lack of reflection was unthinkable to the elephant, who was overcome by suffering, inflicted by an arrow strike. > Pali: Abhibhūtassa dukkhena, sallaviddhassa ruppato; Paṭisaṅkhā mahāghorā, nāgassāsi acintiyā. [¶54] Then the six-tusked elephant, seeing the deep-dyed banner of the perfected ones, straight away spoke these verses connected with the goal. > Pali: Chaddanto hi tadā disvā, surattaṁ arahaddhajaṁ; Tāvadeva bhaṇī gāthā, gajo atthopasaṁhitā. [¶55] ‘One who, not free of stains themselves, would wear the robe stained in ocher, bereft of self-control and truth: they are not worthy of the ocher robe. > Pali: ‘Anikkasāvo kāsāvaṁ, yo vatthaṁ paridhassati; Apeto damasaccena, na so kāsāvamarahati. [¶56] One who’s purged all their stains, steady in ethics, possessing truth and self-control: they are truly worthy of the ocher robe.’ > Pali: Yo ca vantakasāvassa, sīlesu susamāhito; Upeto damasaccena, sa ve kāsāvamarahati. [¶57] Devoid of virtue, a simpleton, wild, doing what they like, their minds astray, indolent: they are not worthy of the ocher robe. > Pali: Vipannasīlo dummedho, pākaṭo kāmakāriyo; Vibbhantacitto nissukko, na so kāsāvamarahati. [¶58] One accomplished in ethics, free of greed, serene, their heart’s intention pure: they are truly worthy of the ocher robe. > Pali: Yo ca sīlena sampanno, vītarāgo samāhito; Odātamanasaṅkappo, sa ve kāsāvamarahati. [¶59] The haughty, insolent fool, who has no ethics at all, is worthy of a white robe— what use is an ocher robe for them? > Pali: Uddhato unnaḷo bālo, sīlaṁ yassa na vijjati; Odātakaṁ arahati, kāsāvaṁ kiṁ karissati. [¶60] In the future, monks and nuns with corrupt hearts, lacking regard for others, will disparage those with hearts of loving-kindness. > Pali: Bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca, duṭṭhacittā anādarā; Tādīnaṁ mettacittānaṁ, niggaṇhissantyanāgate. [¶61] Though trained in wearing the robe by senior monks, simpletons will not listen, wild, doing what they like. > Pali: Sikkhāpentāpi therehi, bālā cīvaradhāraṇaṁ; Na suṇissanti dummedhā, pākaṭā kāmakāriyā. [¶62] With that kind of attitude to training, those fools won’t respect each other, or take any notice of their mentors, like a wild colt with its charioteer. > Pali: Te tathā sikkhitā bālā, aññamaññaṁ agāravā; Nādiyissantupajjhāye, khaḷuṅko viya sārathiṁ. [¶63] Even so, in the future, this will be the practice of monks and nuns when the latter days have come. > Pali: Evaṁ anāgataddhānaṁ, paṭipatti bhavissati; Bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnañca, patte kālamhi pacchime.’ [¶64] Before this frightening future arrives, be easy to admonish, courteous in speech, and respect one another. > Pali: Purā āgacchate etaṁ, anāgataṁ mahabbhayaṁ; Subbacā hotha sakhilā, aññamaññaṁ sagāravā. [¶65] Have hearts of love and compassion, and please do keep your precepts. Be energetic, resolute, and always staunchly vigorous. > Pali: Mettacittā kāruṇikā, Hotha sīlesu saṁvutā; Āraddhavīriyā pahitattā, Niccaṁ daḷhaparakkamā. [¶66] Seeing negligence as fearful, and diligence as a sanctuary, develop the eightfold path, realizing the state free of death.” > Pali: Pamādaṁ bhayato disvā, Appamādañca khemato; Bhāvethaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ, Phusantā amataṁ padan”ti. [¶67] … > Pali: … Phusso thero …. [¶68] Thag 17.2 · Sāriputta > Pali: Thag 17.2 · Sāriputtattheragāthā [¶69] “One who’s mindful as per their conduct and mindfulness, diligent as per their intentions and meditation, happy inside, serene, solitary, contented: that is what they call a mendicant. > Pali: “Yathācārī yathāsato satīmā, Yatasaṅkappajjhāyi appamatto; Ajjhattarato samāhitatto, Eko santusito tamāhu bhikkhuṁ. [¶70] When eating fresh or dried food, one shouldn’t be overly replete. A mendicant should wander mindfully, with empty stomach, taking limited food. > Pali: Allaṁ sukkhaṁ vā bhuñjanto, Na bāḷhaṁ suhito siyā; Ūnūdaro mitāhāro, Sato bhikkhu paribbaje. [¶71] Four or five mouthfuls before you’re full, drink some water; this is enough for a resolute mendicant to live in comfort. > Pali: Cattāro pañca ālope, abhutvā udakaṁ pive; Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno. [¶72] If they cover themselves with a robe that’s allowable and fit for purpose; this is enough for a resolute mendicant to live in comfort. > Pali: Kappiyaṁ tañce chādeti, cīvaraṁ idamatthikaṁ; Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno. [¶73] When sitting cross-legged, the rain doesn’t fall on the knees; this is enough for a resolute mendicant to live in comfort.” > Pali: Pallaṅkena nisinnassa, jaṇṇuke nābhivassati; Alaṁ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno. [¶74] “When you’ve seen happiness as suffering, and suffering as a dart, and that there’s nothing between the two— what keeps you in the world? What would you become? > Pali: Yo sukhaṁ dukkhato adda, dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; Ubhayantarena nāhosi, kena lokasmi kiṁ siyā. [¶75] Thinking, ‘May I have nothing to do with those of bad wishes, lazy, lacking energy, unlearned, lacking regard for others’— what keeps you in the world? What would you become?” > Pali: Mā me kadāci pāpiccho, kusīto hīnavīriyo; Appassuto anādaro, kena lokasmi kiṁ siyā. [¶76] “An intelligent, learned person, steady in ethics, devoted to serenity of heart— let them stand at the head.” > Pali: Bahussuto ca medhāvī, sīlesu susamāhito; Cetosamathamanuyutto, api muddhani tiṭṭhatu. [¶77] “A beast who likes to proliferate, enjoying proliferation, fails to win extinguishment, the supreme sanctuary from the yoke. > Pali: Yo papañcamanuyutto, papañcābhirato mago; Virādhayī so nibbānaṁ, yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ. [¶78] But one who gives up proliferation, enjoying the state of non-proliferation, wins extinguishment, the supreme sanctuary from the yoke.” > Pali: Yo ca papañcaṁ hitvāna, nippapañcapathe rato; Ārādhayī so nibbānaṁ, yogakkhemaṁ anuttaraṁ. [¶79] “Whether in the village or the wilderness, in a valley or the uplands, wherever the perfected ones live is a delightful place.” > Pali: Gāme vā yadi vāraññe, Ninne vā yadi vā thale; Yattha arahanto viharanti, Taṁ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṁ. [¶80] “Delightful are the wildernesses where no people delight. Those free of greed will delight there, not those who seek sensual pleasures.” > Pali: Ramaṇīyāni araññāni, yattha na ramatī jano; Vītarāgā ramissanti, na te kāmagavesino. [¶81] “Regard one who sees your faults as a guide to a hidden treasure. Stay close to one so intelligent and astute who curbs you when you need it. Sticking close to such an impartial person, things get better, not worse.” > Pali: Nidhīnaṁva pavattāraṁ, yaṁ passe vajjadassinaṁ; Niggayhavādiṁ medhāviṁ, tādisaṁ paṇḍitaṁ bhaje; Tādisaṁ bhajamānassa, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo. [¶82] “Advise and instruct; curb wickedness: for you shall be loved by the good, and disliked by the bad.” > Pali: Ovadeyyānusāseyya, asabbhā ca nivāraye; Satañhi so piyo hoti, asataṁ hoti appiyo. [¶83] “The Blessed One, the Buddha, the seer was teaching Dhamma to another. As he taught the Dhamma, I lent an ear to get the meaning. > Pali: Aññassa bhagavā buddho, dhammaṁ desesi cakkhumā; Dhamme desiyamānamhi, sotamodhesimatthiko. [¶84] My listening wasn’t wasted: I’m freed, without defilements.” > Pali: Taṁ me amoghaṁ savanaṁ, vimuttomhi anāsavo. [¶85] “Not for knowledge of past lives, nor even for clairvoyance; not for psychic powers, or encompassing the minds of others, nor for knowing people’s passing away and being reborn; not for purifying the power of clairaudience, did I have any wish.” > Pali: Neva pubbenivāsāya, napi dibbassa cakkhuno; Cetopariyāya iddhiyā, cutiyā upapattiyā; Sotadhātuvisuddhiyā, paṇidhī me na vijjati”. [¶86] “His only shelter is the foot of a tree; shaven, wrapped in his outer robe, the senior monk foremost in wisdom, Upatissa himself practices absorption. > Pali: “Rukkhamūlaṁva nissāya, muṇḍo saṅghāṭipāruto; Paññāya uttamo thero, upatissova jhāyati. [¶87] When in a meditation free of placing the mind, a disciple of the Buddha is at that moment blessed with noble silence. > Pali: Avitakkaṁ samāpanno, sammāsambuddhasāvako; Ariyena tuṇhībhāvena, upeto hoti tāvade. [¶88] As a rocky mountain is unwavering and well grounded, so when delusion ends, a monk, like a mountain, doesn’t tremble.” > Pali: Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito; Evaṁ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, pabbatova na vedhati”. [¶89] “To the man who has not a blemish, who is always seeking purity, even a hair-tip of evil seems as big as a stormcloud.” > Pali: “Anaṅgaṇassa posassa, niccaṁ sucigavesino; Vālaggamattaṁ pāpassa, abbhamattaṁva khāyati. [¶90] “I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I will lay down this body, aware and mindful. > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; Nikkhipissaṁ imaṁ kāyaṁ, sampajāno patissato. [¶91] I don’t long for death; I don’t long for life; I await my time, like a worker waiting for their wages.” > Pali: Nābhinandāmi maraṇaṁ, nābhinandāmi jīvitaṁ; Kālañca paṭikaṅkhāmi, nibbisaṁ bhatako yathā”. [¶92] “Both what came before and what follows after are nothing but death, not freedom from death. Practice, don’t perish— don’t let the moment pass you by. > Pali: “Ubhayena midaṁ maraṇameva, Nāmaraṇaṁ pacchā vā pure vā; Paṭipajjatha mā vinassatha, Khaṇo vo mā upaccagā. [¶93] Just like a frontier city, is guarded inside and out, so you should ward yourselves— don’t let the moment pass you by. For if you miss your moment you’ll grieve when sent to hell.” > Pali: Nagaraṁ yathā paccantaṁ, guttaṁ santarabāhiraṁ; Evaṁ gopetha attānaṁ, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā; Khaṇātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā”. [¶94] “Calm and still, thoughtful in counsel, not restless— he shakes off bad qualities as the gale shakes leaves off a tree. > Pali: “Upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato; Dhunāti pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṁva māluto. [¶95] Calm and still, thoughtful in counsel, not restless— he plucks off bad qualities as the gale shakes leaves off a tree. > Pali: Upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato; Appāsi pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṁva māluto. [¶96] Calm and free of despair, clear and unclouded, of good morals, intelligent: one would make an end of suffering.” > Pali: Upasanto anāyāso, vippasanno anāvilo; Kalyāṇasīlo medhāvī, dukkhassantakaro siyā”. [¶97] “Some householders, and even some renunciants, are not to be trusted. Some who were good later become bad; while some who were bad become good.” > Pali: “Na vissase ekatiyesu evaṁ, Agārisu pabbajitesu cāpi; Sādhūpi hutvā na asādhu honti, Asādhu hutvā puna sādhu honti. [¶98] “Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness, and doubt: these are the five mental stains for a monk.” > Pali: Kāmacchando ca byāpādo, thinamiddhañca bhikkhuno; Uddhaccaṁ vicikicchā ca, pañcete cittakelisā. [¶99] “Whether they’re honored or not honored, or both, their immersion doesn’t waver as they abide in the immeasurables. > Pali: Yassa sakkariyamānassa, asakkārena cūbhayaṁ; Samādhi na vikampati, appamādavihārino. [¶100] They persistently practice absorption with subtle view and discernment. Rejoicing in the ending of grasping, they’re said to be a true person.” > Pali: Taṁ jhāyinaṁ sātatikaṁ, sukhumadiṭṭhivipassakaṁ; Upādānakkhayārāmaṁ, āhu sappuriso iti. [¶101] “The oceans and the earth, the mountains and the wind— no simile can do justice to the Teacher’s magnificent liberation.” > Pali: Mahāsamuddo pathavī, pabbato anilopi ca; Upamāya na yujjanti, satthu varavimuttiyā. [¶102] “The senior monk who keeps the wheel rolling, he is very wise and serene. Like earth, like water, like fire, he is neither attracted nor repelled. > Pali: Cakkānuvattako thero, mahāñāṇī samāhito; Pathavāpaggisamāno, na rajjati na dussati. [¶103] He has attained the perfection of wisdom, so intelligent and thoughtful. He is bright, but seems to be dull; he always wanders, quenched.” > Pali: Paññāpāramitaṁ patto, mahābuddhi mahāmati; Ajaḷo jaḷasamāno, sadā carati nibbuto. [¶104] “I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, … pe … bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶105] Persist with diligence: this is my instruction. Come, I’ll be fully quenched— I am everywhere free.” > Pali: Sampādethappamādena, esā me anusāsanī; Handāhaṁ parinibbissaṁ, vippamuttomhi sabbadhī”ti. [¶106] > Pali: … Sāriputto thero … [¶107] Thag 17.3 · Ānanda > Pali: Thag 17.3 · Ānandattheragāthā [¶108] “The astute would not make friends with the slanderous or the hateful, with a miser or a gloater, for it’s bad to consort with reprobates. > Pali: “Pisuṇena ca kodhanena ca, Maccharinā ca vibhūtanandinā; Sakhitaṁ na kareyya paṇḍito, Pāpo kāpurisena saṅgamo. [¶109] The astute would make friends with the faithful and the pleasant, the wise and the learned, for it’s a blessing to consort with true persons.” > Pali: Saddhena ca pesalena ca, Paññavatā bahussutena ca; Sakhitaṁ kareyya paṇḍito, Bhaddo sappurisena saṅgamo. [¶110] “See this fancy puppet, a body built of sores, diseased, obsessed over, in which nothing lasts at all. > Pali: Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, … pe … yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. [¶111] See this fancy puppet, with its gems and earrings; it is bones swathed in skin, made pretty by its clothes. > Pali: Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, … pe … vatthehi sobhati. [¶112] Rouged feet and powdered face may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Alattakakatā, … pe … no ca pāragavesino. [¶113] Hair in eight braids and eyeshadow may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Aṭṭhapadakatā, … pe … no ca pāragavesino. [¶114] A rotting body all adorned like a freshly painted makeup box may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore.” > Pali: Añjanīva navā, … pe … no ca pāragavesino. [¶115] “Gotama is learned, a brilliant speaker, the attendant to the Buddha. With burden put down, detached, Gotama made his bed. > Pali: Bahussuto cittakathī, buddhassa paricārako; Pannabhāro visaññutto, seyyaṁ kappeti gotamo. [¶116] Defilements ended, detached, he has got over clinging and become quenched. He bears his final body, having gone beyond birth and death.” > Pali: Khīṇāsavo visaññutto, saṅgātīto sunibbuto; Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, jātimaraṇapāragū. [¶117] “Gotama stands firm on the path that leads to quenching, where the teachings of the Buddha, the Kinsman of the Sun, are grounded.” > Pali: Yasmiṁ patiṭṭhitā dhammā, buddhassādiccabandhuno; Nibbānagamane magge, soyaṁ tiṭṭhati gotamo. [¶118] “82,000 from the Buddha, and 2,000 more from the monks: 84,000 teachings I’ve learned, and these are what I promulgate.” > Pali: Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto; Caturāsītisahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino. [¶119] “A person of little learning ages like an ox— their flesh grows, but not their wisdom. > Pali: Appassutāyaṁ puriso, balibaddova jīrati; Maṁsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti, paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati. [¶120] A learned person who, on account of their learning, looks down on someone of little learning, strikes me as like a blind man holding a lamp. > Pali: Bahussuto appassutaṁ, yo sutenātimaññati; Andho padīpadhārova, tatheva paṭibhāti maṁ. [¶121] You should stay close to a learned person— don’t lose what you’ve learned. It is the root of the spiritual life, which is why you should memorize the teaching. > Pali: Bahussutaṁ upāseyya, sutañca na vināsaye; Taṁ mūlaṁ brahmacariyassa, tasmā dhammadharo siyā. [¶122] Knowing the sequence and meaning of the teaching, expert in the definition of terms, they make sure it is well memorized, and then examine the meaning. > Pali: Pubbāparaññū atthaññū, niruttipadakovido; Suggahītañca gaṇhāti, atthañcopaparikkhati. [¶123] Accepting the teachings, they become enthusiastic; making an attempt, they weigh up the teaching. When it’s time, they strive serene inside themselves. > Pali: Khantyā chandikato hoti, ussahitvā tuleti taṁ; Samaye so padahati, ajjhattaṁ susamāhito. [¶124] If you want to understand the teaching, you should befriend that sort, who are learned and have memorized the teachings, wise disciples of the Buddha. > Pali: Bahussutaṁ dhammadharaṁ, sappaññaṁ buddhasāvakaṁ; Dhammaviññāṇamākaṅkhaṁ, taṁ bhajetha tathāvidhaṁ. [¶125] One who is learned and has memorized the teaching, a keeper of the great seer’s treasury, is a visionary for the whole world, learned and honorable. > Pali: Bahussuto dhammadharo, kosārakkho mahesino; Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, pūjanīyo bahussuto. [¶126] Delighting in the teaching, enjoying the teaching, contemplating the teaching, a mendicant who recollects the teaching doesn’t fall away from the true teaching.” > Pali: Dhammārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṁ anuvicintayaṁ; Dhammaṁ anussaraṁ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati. [¶127] “When your body is pampered and heavy, while your remaining time is running out, greedy for physical pleasure, how can you be comfortable as an ascetic?” > Pali: Kāyamaccheragaruno, hiyyamāne anuṭṭhahe; Sarīrasukhagiddhassa, kuto samaṇaphāsutā. [¶128] “I’m completely disorientated! The teachings don’t spring to mind! With the passing of our good friend, everything seems dark. > Pali: Na pakkhanti disā sabbā, dhammā na paṭibhanti maṁ; Gate kalyāṇamittamhi, andhakāraṁva khāyati. [¶129] When your friend has passed away, and your Teacher is past and gone, there’s no friend like mindfulness of the body. > Pali: Abbhatītasahāyassa, atītagatasatthuno; Natthi etādisaṁ mittaṁ, yathā kāyagatā sati. [¶130] The old have passed away, and I don’t agree with the new. Today I meditate alone like a bird snug in its nest.” > Pali: Ye purāṇā atītā te, navehi na sameti me; Svajja ekova jhāyāmi, vassupetova pakkhimā”. [¶131] “Many visitors from abroad have come to visit. Don’t block the audience, let the congregation see me.” > Pali: “Dassanāya abhikkante, nānāverajjake bahū; Mā vārayittha sotāro, passantu samayo mamaṁ”. [¶132] “Lots of visitors from abroad have come to visit. The teacher grants them the opportunity, the Clear-eyed One doesn’t turn them away.” > Pali: “Dassanāya abhikkante, nānāverajjake puthu; Karoti satthā okāsaṁ, na nivāreti cakkhumā. [¶133] “In the twenty five years that have passed since I became a trainee, no sensual perception has arisen in me: behold the clear rightness of the teaching! > Pali: Paṇṇavīsativassāni, sekhabhūtassa me sato; Na kāmasaññā uppajji, passa dhammasudhammataṁ. [¶134] In the twenty-five years since I became a trainee, no malicious perception has arisen in me: behold the clear rightness of the teaching!” > Pali: Paṇṇavīsativassāni, sekhabhūtassa me sato; Na dosasaññā uppajji, passa dhammasudhammataṁ. [¶135] “For twenty-five years I attended on the Buddha with loving deeds, like a shadow that never left. > Pali: Paṇṇavīsativassāni, bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; Mettena kāyakammena, chāyāva anapāyinī. [¶136] For twenty-five years I attended on the Buddha with loving words, like a shadow that never left. > Pali: Paṇṇavīsativassāni, bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; Mettena vacīkammena, chāyāva anapāyinī. [¶137] For twenty-five years I attended on the Buddha with loving thoughts, like a shadow that never left. > Pali: Paṇṇavīsativassāni, bhagavantaṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ; Mettena manokammena, chāyāva anapāyinī. [¶138] While the Buddha was walking mindfully, I walked behind him. As he taught the Dhamma, knowledge arose in me.” > Pali: Buddhassa caṅkamantassa, piṭṭhito anucaṅkamiṁ; Dhamme desiyamānamhi, ñāṇaṁ me udapajjatha. [¶139] “I’m a trainee, who has more to do; my heart’s desire is still unfulfilled. Yet the Teacher, who was so compassionate to me, has become fully extinguished. > Pali: Ahaṁ sakaraṇīyomhi, sekho appattamānaso; Satthu ca parinibbānaṁ, yo amhaṁ anukampako. [¶140] Then there was terror! Then they had goosebumps! When the Buddha, endowed with all fine qualities, was fully quenched.” > Pali: Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ, tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ; Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute”. [¶141] “Ānanda, who was learned and had memorized the teaching, a keeper of the great seer’s treasury, a visionary for the entire world, has become fully quenched. > Pali: “Bahussuto dhammadharo, kosārakkho mahesino; Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, ānando parinibbuto. [¶142] He was learned and had memorized the teaching, a keeper of the great seer’s treasury, a visionary for the entire world, in thick of night he dispelled the dark. > Pali: Bahussuto dhammadharo, kosārakkho mahesino; Cakkhu sabbassa lokassa, andhakāre tamonudo. [¶143] He is the seer who remembered the teachings, and mastered their sequence, holding them firm. The senior monk who memorized the teaching, Ānanda was a mine of gems.” > Pali: Gatimanto satimanto, dhitimanto ca yo isi; Saddhammadhārako thero, ānando ratanākaro”. [¶144] “I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, now there’ll be no more future lives.” > Pali: “Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; Ohito garuko bhāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶145] > Pali: … Ānando thero … [¶146] > Pali: Tiṁsanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶147] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶148] > Pali: Phusso patisso ānando, tayotime pakittitā; Gāthāyo tattha saṅkhātā, sataṁ pañca ca uttarīti. [¶149] Thag 18.1 · Mahākassapa > Pali: Thag 18.1 · Mahākassapattheragāthā [¶150] “You shouldn’t live for the adulation of a following; it turns your mind, making it hard to get immersion. Seeing that popularity is suffering, you shouldn’t consent to a following. > Pali: “Na gaṇena purakkhato care, Vimano hoti samādhi dullabho; Nānājanasaṅgaho dukho, Iti disvāna gaṇaṁ na rocaye. [¶151] A sage should not visit respectable families; it turns your mind, making it hard to get immersion. If you’re eager and greedy for flavors, you’ll miss the goal that brings such happiness. > Pali: Na kulāni upabbaje muni, Vimano hoti samādhi dullabho; So ussukko rasānugiddho, Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhāvaho. [¶152] They know it really is a bog, this homage and veneration in respectable families. Honor is a subtle dart, hard to extract, and hard for a reprobate to give up.” > Pali: Paṅkoti hi naṁ avedayuṁ, Yāyaṁ vandanapūjanā kulesu; Sukhumaṁ sallaṁ durubbahaṁ, Sakkāro kāpurisena dujjaho. [¶153] “I came down from my lodging and entered the city for alms. I courteously stood by while a leper ate. > Pali: Senāsanamhā oruyha, nagaraṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ; Bhuñjantaṁ purisaṁ kuṭṭhiṁ, sakkaccaṁ taṁ upaṭṭhahiṁ. [¶154] With his putrid hand he offered me a morsel. Putting the morsel in my bowl, his finger dropped off right there. > Pali: So me pakkena hatthena, ālopaṁ upanāmayi; Ālopaṁ pakkhipantassa, aṅguli cettha chijjatha. [¶155] Sitting by a wall, I ate that lump of rice. I did not feel any disgust while eating or afterwards. > Pali: Kuṭṭamūlañca nissāya, ālopaṁ taṁ abhuñjisaṁ; Bhuñjamāne vā bhutte vā, jegucchaṁ me na vijjati. [¶156] Anyone who makes use of leftovers for food, rancid urine as medicine, the root of a tree as lodging, and cast-off rags as robes, is at ease in any quarter.” > Pali: Uttiṭṭhapiṇḍo āhāro, pūtimuttañca osadhaṁ; Senāsanaṁ rukkhamūlaṁ, paṁsukūlañca cīvaraṁ; Yassete abhisambhutvā, sa ve cātuddiso naro. [¶157] “Where some have fallen to ruin while climbing the mountain, there Kassapa ascends; an heir of the Buddha, aware and mindful, owing to his psychic powers. > Pali: Yattha eke vihaññanti, āruhantā siluccayaṁ; Tassa buddhassa dāyādo, sampajāno patissato; Iddhibalenupatthaddho, kassapo abhirūhati. [¶158] Returning from almsround, Kassapa ascends the mountain, and practices absorption without grasping, with fear and dread given up. > Pali: Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, selamāruyha kassapo; Jhāyati anupādāno, pahīnabhayabheravo. [¶159] Returning from almsround, Kassapa ascends the mountain, and practices absorption without grasping, quenched amongst those who burn. > Pali: Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, selamāruyha kassapo; Jhāyati anupādāno, ḍayhamānesu nibbuto. [¶160] Returning from almsround, Kassapa ascends the mountain, and practices absorption without grasping, his task completed, free of defilements.” > Pali: Piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto, selamāruyha kassapo; Jhāyati anupādāno, katakicco anāsavo. [¶161] “Strewn with garlands of the musk-rose tree, these regions are so delightful, so lovely, echoing with the trumpeting of elephants: these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: Karerimālāvitatā, bhūmibhāgā manoramā; Kuñjarābhirudā rammā, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶162] Glistening, they look like blue stormclouds, with waters cool and streams so clear, and covered all in ladybugs: these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: Nīlabbhavaṇṇā rucirā, vārisītā sucindharā; Indagopakasañchannā, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶163] Like the peak of a blue stormcloud, or like a fine bungalow, lovely, echoing with the trumpeting of elephants: these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: Nīlabbhakūṭasadisā, kūṭāgāravarūpamā; Vāraṇābhirudā rammā, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶164] The rain comes down on the lovely flats, in the mountains frequented by seers. Echoing with the cries of peacocks, these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: Abhivuṭṭhā rammatalā, nagā isibhi sevitā; Abbhunnaditā sikhīhi, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶165] It’s enough for me, who loves absorption, to remain resolute. It’s enough for me, a resolute monk who wants what’s best. > Pali: Alaṁ jhāyitukāmassa, pahitattassa me sato; Alaṁ me atthakāmassa, pahitattassa bhikkhuno. [¶166] It’s enough for me, a resolute monk who loves comfort. It’s enough for me, resolute and unaffected, loving meditation. > Pali: Alaṁ me phāsukāmassa, pahitattassa bhikkhuno; Alaṁ me yogakāmassa, pahitattassa tādino. [¶167] Covered with flowers of flax, like the welkin covered with stormclouds, full of flocks of many different birds, these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: Umāpupphena samānā, gaganāvabbhachāditā; Nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶168] Empty of householders, frequented by herds of deer, full of flocks of many different birds, these rocky crags delight me! > Pali: Anākiṇṇā gahaṭṭhehi, migasaṅghanisevitā; Nānādijagaṇākiṇṇā, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶169] The water’s clear and the rocks are broad, monkeys and deer are all around; festooned with dewy moss, these rocky crags delight me!” > Pali: Acchodikā puthusilā, gonaṅgulamigāyutā; Ambusevālasañchannā, te selā ramayanti maṁ. [¶170] “Even the music of a five-piece band can never give such pleasure as when, with unified mind, you rightly discern the Dhamma.” > Pali: Na pañcaṅgikena turiyena, Rati me hoti tādisī; Yathā ekaggacittassa, Sammā dhammaṁ vipassato. [¶171] “Don’t get involved in lots of work, avoid people, and don’t try to acquire things. If you’re eager and greedy for flavors, you’ll miss the goal that brings such happiness. > Pali: Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, Parivajjeyya janaṁ na uyyame; Ussukko so rasānugiddho, Atthaṁ riñcati yo sukhāvaho. [¶172] Don’t get involved in lots of work, avoid what doesn’t lead to the goal. The body gets worn out and fatigued, and when you ache, you won’t find serenity.” > Pali: Kammaṁ bahukaṁ na kāraye, Parivajjeyya anattaneyyametaṁ; Kicchati kāyo kilamati, Dukkhito so samathaṁ na vindati. [¶173] “You won’t see yourself by merely reciting words, wandering stiff-necked and thinking, ‘I’m better than them.’ > Pali: Oṭṭhappahatamattena, attānampi na passati; Patthaddhagīvo carati, ahaṁ seyyoti maññati. [¶174] The fool is no better, but they think they are. The wise don’t praise pompous people. > Pali: Aseyyo seyyasamānaṁ, bālo maññati attānaṁ; Na taṁ viññū pasaṁsanti, patthaddhamānasaṁ naraṁ. [¶175] Whoever does not waver due to the discriminations— ‘I am better’, ‘I’m not better’, ‘I am worse’, or ‘I am the same’— > Pali: Yo ca seyyohamasmīti, nāhaṁ seyyoti vā pana; Hīno taṁsadiso vāti, vidhāsu na vikampati. [¶176] with such understanding, unaffected, steady in ethics, and devoted to serenity of mind: that is who the wise praise.” > Pali: Paññavantaṁ tathā tādiṁ, sīlesu susamāhitaṁ; Cetosamathamanuttaṁ, tañce viññū pasaṁsare. [¶177] “Whoever has no respect for their spiritual companions is as far from the true teaching as the earth is from the sky. > Pali: Yassa sabrahmacārīsu, gāravo nūpalabbhati; Ārakā hoti saddhammā, nabhato puthavī yathā. [¶178] Those whose conscience and prudence are always rightly established, thrive in the spiritual life; for them, there are no future lives. > Pali: Yesañca hiriottappaṁ, sadā sammā upaṭṭhitaṁ; Virūḷhabrahmacariyā te, tesaṁ khīṇā punabbhavā. [¶179] When a mendicant who is haughty and fickle wears rags from the rubbish-heap, that doesn’t make them shine: they’re like a monkey in a lion skin. > Pali: Uddhato capalo bhikkhu, paṁsukūlena pāruto; Kapīva sīhacammena, na so tenupasobhati. [¶180] But if they not restless or fickle, alert, with senses restrained, then, wearing rags from the rubbish-heap, they shine like a lion in a mountain cave.” > Pali: Anuddhato acapalo, nipako saṁvutindriyo; Sobhati paṁsukūlena, sīhova girigabbhare. [¶181] “These many gods powerful and glorious, all 10,000 of them, belong to the host of the Divinity. > Pali: Ete sambahulā devā, iddhimanto yasassino; Dasadevasahassāni, sabbe te brahmakāyikā. [¶182] They stand with cupped palms honoring Sāriputta, the General of the Dhamma, the hero, the serene great meditator: > Pali: Dhammasenāpatiṁ vīraṁ, mahājhāyiṁ samāhitaṁ; Sāriputtaṁ namassantā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. [¶183] ‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred! Homage to you, supreme among men! We don’t understand the basis of your absorption. > Pali: ‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama; Yassa te nābhijānāma, yampi nissāya jhāyati. [¶184] The profound domain of the Buddhas is truly amazing. We don’t understand, though we’ve gathered here to split hairs.’ > Pali: Accheraṁ vata buddhānaṁ, gambhīro gocaro sako; Ye mayaṁ nābhijānāma, vālavedhisamāgatā’. [¶185] When he saw the host of gods paying homage to Sāriputta— who is truly worthy of homage— Kappina smiled.” > Pali: Taṁ tathā devakāyehi, pūjitaṁ pūjanārahaṁ; Sāriputtaṁ tadā disvā, kappinassa sitaṁ ahu. [¶186] “As far as the range of the Buddha extends, apart from the great sage himself, I am distinguished in austerities, no equal to me is found. > Pali: Yāvatā buddhakhettamhi, ṭhapayitvā mahāmuniṁ; Dhutaguṇe visiṭṭhohaṁ, sadiso me na vijjati. [¶187] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, now there’ll be no more future lives.” > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; Ohito garuko bhāro, natthi dāni punabbhavo. [¶188] “Like a lotus flower to which water will not stick, Gotama the immeasurable is unstained by robes, lodgings, or food. He inclines to renunciation, and has escaped the three states of existence. > Pali: Na cīvare na sayane, bhojane nupalimpati; Gotamo anappameyyo, muḷālapupphaṁ vimalaṁva; Ambunā nekkhammaninno, tibhavābhinissaṭo. [¶189] The great sage’s neck is mindfulness meditation; faith is his hands, and wisdom his head. Having great knowledge, he always wanders, quenched.” > Pali: Satipaṭṭhānagīvo so, saddhāhattho mahāmuni; Paññāsīso mahāñāṇī, sadā carati nibbuto”ti. [¶190] > Pali: … Mahākassapo thero … [¶191] The Book of the Forties is finished. > Pali: Cattālīsanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶192] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶193] > Pali: Cattālīsanipātamhi, mahākassapasavhayo; Ekova thero gāthāyo, cattālīsa duvepi cāti. [¶194] Thag 19.1 · Tālapuṭa > Pali: Thag 19.1 · Tālapuṭattheragāthā [¶195] Oh, when will I stay in a mountain cave, alone, with no companion, discerning all states of existence as impermanent? This hope of mine, when will it be? > Pali: “Kadā nuhaṁ pabbatakandarāsu, Ekākiyo addutiyo vihassaṁ; Aniccato sabbabhavaṁ vipassaṁ, Taṁ me idaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶196] Oh, when will I stay happily in the forest, a sage wearing a torn robe, dressed in ocher, unselfish, with no need for hope, with greed, hate, and delusion destroyed? > Pali: Kadā nuhaṁ bhinnapaṭandharo muni, Kāsāvavattho amamo nirāso; Rāgañca dosañca tatheva mohaṁ, Hantvā sukhī pavanagato vihassaṁ. [¶197] Oh, when will I stay alone in the wood, fearless, discerning this body as impermanent, a nest of death and disease, harried by death and old age; when will it be? > Pali: Kadā aniccaṁ vadharoganīḷaṁ, Kāyaṁ imaṁ maccujarāyupaddutaṁ; Vipassamāno vītabhayo vihassaṁ, Eko vane taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶198] Oh, when will I live, having grasped the sharp sword of wisdom and cut the creeper of craving that tangles around everything, the mother of fear, the bringer of suffering? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nuhaṁ bhayajananiṁ dukhāvahaṁ, Taṇhālataṁ bahuvidhānuvattaniṁ; Paññāmayaṁ tikhiṇamasiṁ gahetvā, Chetvā vase tampi kadā bhavissati. [¶199] Oh, when will I, seated on the lion’s throne, swiftly grasp the sword of the seers, forged by wisdom, of awesome might, and swiftly break Māra and his army? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu paññāmayamuggatejaṁ, Satthaṁ isīnaṁ sahasādiyitvā; Māraṁ sasenaṁ sahasā bhañjissaṁ, Sīhāsane taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶200] Oh, when will I be seen in the assemblies with those who are virtuous, unaffected, respecting the Dhamma, seeing things as they are, with faculties subdued? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nuhaṁ sabbhi samāgamesu, Diṭṭho bhave dhammagarūhi tādibhi; Yāthāvadassīhi jitindriyehi, Padhāniyo taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶201] Oh, when will I focus on my heart’s goal in the Mountainfold, free of oppression by laziness, hunger, thirst, wind, heat, bugs, and reptiles? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu maṁ tandi khudā pipāsā, Vātātapā kīṭasarīsapā vā; Na bādhayissanti na taṁ giribbaje, Atthatthiyaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶202] Oh, when will I, serene and mindful, understand the four truths, that were realized by the great seer, and are so very hard to see? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu kho yaṁ viditaṁ mahesinā, Cattāri saccāni sududdasāni; Samāhitatto satimā agacchaṁ, Paññāya taṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶203] Oh, when will I, devoted to serenity, see with understanding the infinite sights, sounds, smells, tastes, touches, and ideas as burning? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu rūpe amite ca sadde, Gandhe rase phusitabbe ca dhamme; Ādittatohaṁ samathehi yutto, Paññāya dacchaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. [¶204] Oh, when will I not be distraught because of criticism, nor elated because of praise? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nuhaṁ dubbacanena vutto, Tato nimittaṁ vimano na hessaṁ; Atho pasatthopi tato nimittaṁ, Tuṭṭho na hessaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. [¶205] Oh, when will I discern the aggregates and the infinite varieties of phenomena, those interior and exterior, as no more than wood, grass, and creepers? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu kaṭṭhe ca tiṇe latā ca, Khandhe imehaṁ amite ca dhamme; Ajjhattikāneva ca bāhirāni ca, Samaṁ tuleyyaṁ tadidaṁ kadā me. [¶206] Oh, when will the monsoon clouds in season freshly wet me in my robe in the forest, walking the path trodden by the seers? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu maṁ pāvusakālamegho, Navena toyena sacīvaraṁ vane; Isippayātamhi pathe vajantaṁ, Ovassate taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶207] Oh, when will I rise up, intent on attaining freedom from death, hearing, in the mountain cave, the cry of the crested peacock in the forest? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā mayūrassa sikhaṇḍino vane, Dijassa sutvā girigabbhare rutaṁ; Paccuṭṭhahitvā amatassa pattiyā, Sañcintaye taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶208] Oh, when will I cross by psychic power unobstructed the Ganges, Yamunā, and Sarasvatī; and that place where one is thrown in the abyss, the horrifying Mare’s Mouth? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu gaṅgaṁ yamunaṁ sarassatiṁ, Pātālakhittaṁ vaḷavāmukhañca; Asajjamāno patareyyamiddhiyā, Vibhiṁsanaṁ taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶209] Oh, when will I be devoted to absorption, shunning all the signs of beauty, splitting apart desire for sensual stimulation, like an elephant that wanders free of ties? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā nu nāgova asaṅgacārī, Padālaye kāmaguṇesu chandaṁ; Nibbajjayaṁ sabbasubhaṁ nimittaṁ, Jhāne yuto taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶210] Oh, when will I realize the teaching of the great seer and be content, like a pauper in debt harassed by creditors, who finds a hidden treasure? When will it be? > Pali: Kadā iṇaṭṭova daliddako nidhiṁ, Ārādhayitvā dhanikehi pīḷito; Tuṭṭho bhavissaṁ adhigamma sāsanaṁ, Mahesino taṁ nu kadā bhavissati. [¶211] For many years you begged me, “Enough of living in a house for you!” Why do you not urge me on, mind, now that I’ve gone forth as an ascetic? > Pali: Bahūni vassāni tayāmhi yācito, ‘Agāravāsena alaṁ nu te idaṁ’; Taṁ dāni maṁ pabbajitaṁ samānaṁ, Kiṅkāraṇā citta tuvaṁ na yuñjasi. [¶212] Didn’t you entice me, mind: “In the Mountainfold, the birds with colorful wings, greeting the thunder, Mahinda’s voice, will delight you as you meditate in the forest?” > Pali: Nanu ahaṁ citta tayāmhi yācito, ‘Giribbaje citrachadā vihaṅgamā’; Mahindaghosatthanitābhigajjino, Te taṁ ramessanti vanamhi jhāyinaṁ. [¶213] In my family circle, friends, loved ones, and relatives; and in the world, sports and play, and sensual pleasures; all these I gave up when I entered this life: and even then you’re not content with me, mind! > Pali: Kulamhi mitte ca piye ca ñātake, Khiḍḍāratiṁ kāmaguṇañca loke; Sabbaṁ pahāya imamajjhupāgato, Athopi tvaṁ citta na mayha tussasi. [¶214] This is mine alone, it doesn’t belong to others; when it is time to don your armor, why lament? Observing that all this is unstable, I went forth, seeking the state free of death. > Pali: Mameva etaṁ na hi tvaṁ paresaṁ, Sannāhakāle paridevitena kiṁ; Sabbaṁ idaṁ calamiti pekkhamāno, Abhinikkhamiṁ amatapadaṁ jigīsaṁ. [¶215] He whose words are well-composed, supreme among people, great physician, guide for those fit to train, said: “The mind fidgets like a monkey, so it’s very hard to control if you are not free of lust.” > Pali: Suyuttavādī dvipadānamuttamo, Mahābhisakko naradammasārathi; ‘Cittaṁ calaṁ makkaṭasannibhaṁ iti, Avītarāgena sudunnivārayaṁ’. [¶216] Sensual pleasures are diverse, sweet, delightful; an ignorant ordinary person is bound to them. Seeking to be reborn again, they wish for suffering; led on by their mind, they’re banished to hell. > Pali: Kāmā hi citrā madhurā manoramā, Aviddasū yattha sitā puthujjanā; Te dukkhamicchanti punabbhavesino, Cittena nītā niraye nirākatā. [¶217] “Staying in the grove resounding with cries of peacocks and herons, and adorned by leopards and tigers, abandon concern for the body, without fail!” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Mayūrakoñcābhirutamhi kānane, Dīpīhi byagghehi purakkhato vasaṁ; Kāye apekkhaṁ jaha mā virādhaya’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶218] “Develop the absorptions and spiritual faculties, the powers, awakening factors, and immersion; realize the three knowledges in the teaching of the Buddha!” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Bhāvehi jhānāni ca indriyāni ca, Balāni bojjhaṅgasamādhibhāvanā; Tisso ca vijjā phusa buddhasāsane’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶219] “Develop the eightfold path to realize freedom from death emancipating, its objective being the end of all suffering, and cleansing all defilements!” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Bhāvehi maggaṁ amatassa pattiyā, Niyyānikaṁ sabbadukhakkhayogadhaṁ; Aṭṭhaṅgikaṁ sabbakilesasodhanaṁ’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶220] “Reflect rationally on the aggregates as suffering, and abandon that from which suffering arises; make an end of suffering in this very life!” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Dukkhanti khandhe paṭipassa yoniso, Yato ca dukkhaṁ samudeti taṁ jaha; Idheva dukkhassa karohi antaṁ’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶221] “Rationally discern that impermanence is suffering, that emptiness is non-self, and that gloom is death. Uproot the wandering mind!” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Aniccaṁ dukkhanti vipassa yoniso, Suññaṁ anattāti aghaṁ vadhanti ca; Manovicāre uparundha cetaso’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶222] “Bald, unsightly, accursed, seek alms amongst families, bowl in hand. Devote yourself to the word of the Teacher, the great seer!” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Muṇḍo virūpo abhisāpamāgato, Kapālahatthova kulesu bhikkhasu; Yuñjassu satthuvacane mahesino’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶223] “Wander among the street markets well-restrained, mentally unchained to families and sensual pleasures, like the full moon on a bright night!” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Susaṁvutatto visikhantare caraṁ, Kulesu kāmesu asaṅgamānaso; Cando yathā dosinapuṇṇamāsiyā’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶224] “Be a wilderness-dweller and an alms-eater, one who lives in charnel grounds, a rag-robe wearer, one who never lies down, always delighting in ascetic practices.” So you used to urge me, mind. > Pali: ‘Āraññiko hohi ca piṇḍapātiko, Sosāniko hohi ca paṁsukūliko; Nesajjiko hohi sadā dhute rato’, Itissu maṁ citta pure niyuñjasi. [¶225] Mind, when you urge me to the impermanent and unstable, you’re acting like someone who plants trees, then, when they’re about to fruit, wishes to cut down the very same trees. > Pali: Ropetva rukkhāni yathā phalesī, Mūle taruṁ chettu tameva icchasi; Tathūpamaṁ cittamidaṁ karosi, Yaṁ maṁ aniccamhi cale niyuñjasi. [¶226] Incorporeal mind, far-traveler, lone-wanderer: I won’t do your bidding any more. Sensual pleasures are suffering, painful, and very dangerous; I’ll wander with my mind focused only on extinguishment. > Pali: Arūpa dūraṅgama ekacāri, Na te karissaṁ vacanaṁ idānihaṁ; Dukkhā hi kāmā kaṭukā mahabbhayā, Nibbānamevābhimano carissaṁ. [¶227] I didn’t go forth due to bad luck or shamelessness, or due to a whim or banishment, nor for the sake of a livelihood; it was because I agreed to the promise you made, mind. > Pali: Nāhaṁ alakkhyā ahirikkatāya vā, Na cittahetū na ca dūrakantanā; Ājīvahetū ca ahaṁ na nikkhamiṁ, Kato ca te citta paṭissavo mayā. [¶228] “Having few wishes, abandoning disparagement, the settling of suffering: these are praised by true persons.” So you used to urge me, mind, but now you keep on with your old habits! > Pali: ‘Appicchatā sappurisehi vaṇṇitā, Makkhappahānaṁ vupasamo dukhassa’; Itissu maṁ citta tadā niyuñjasi, Idāni tvaṁ gacchasi pubbaciṇṇaṁ. [¶229] Craving, ignorance, the loved and unloved, pretty sights, pleasant feelings, and the delightful kinds of sensual stimulation: I’ve vomited them up, I can’t swallow them back. > Pali: Taṇhā avijjā ca piyāpiyañca, Subhāni rūpāni sukhā ca vedanā; Manāpiyā kāmaguṇā ca vantā, Vante ahaṁ āvamituṁ na ussahe. [¶230] I’ve done your bidding everywhere, mind! For many births, I’ve done nothing to upset you. Yet the creation in myself is because of your ingratitude— for a long time I’ve transmigrated in the suffering you’ve made. > Pali: Sabbattha te citta vaco kataṁ mayā, Bahūsu jātīsu na mesi kopito; Ajjhattasambhavo kataññutāya te, Dukkhe ciraṁ saṁsaritaṁ tayā kate. [¶231] Only you, mind, make a brahmin; you make an aristocrat or a royal seer. Sometimes we become peasants or menials; and life as a god is also on account of you. > Pali: Tvaññeva no citta karosi brāhmaṇo, Tvaṁ khattiyo rājadasī karosi; Vessā ca suddā ca bhavāma ekadā, Devattanaṁ vāpi taveva vāhasā. [¶232] You alone make us titans; because of you we’re born in hell. Then sometimes we become animals, and life as a ghost is also on account of you. > Pali: Taveva hetū asurā bhavāmase, Tvaṁmūlakaṁ nerayikā bhavāmase; Atho tiracchānagatāpi ekadā, Petattanaṁ vāpi taveva vāhasā. [¶233] Come what may, you won’t betray me again, dazzling me with your ever-changing display! You play with me like I’m mad— but how have I ever failed you, mind? > Pali: Nanu dubbhissasi maṁ punappunaṁ, Muhuṁ muhuṁ cāraṇikaṁva dassayaṁ; Ummattakeneva mayā palobhasi, Kiñcāpi te citta virādhitaṁ mayā. [¶234] In the past my mind wandered how it wished, where it liked, as it pleased. Now I’ll carefully guide it, as a trainer with a hook guides a rutting elephant. > Pali: Idaṁ pure cittamacāri cārikaṁ, Yenicchakaṁ yatthakāmaṁ yathāsukhaṁ; Tadajjahaṁ niggahessāmi yoniso, Hatthippabhinnaṁ viya aṅkusaggaho. [¶235] The teacher willed that this world appear to me as impermanent, unstable, insubstantial. Mind, let me leap into the victor’s teaching, carry me over the great flood, so hard to pass. > Pali: Satthā ca me lokamimaṁ adhiṭṭhahi, Aniccato addhuvato asārato; Pakkhanda maṁ citta jinassa sāsane, Tārehi oghā mahatā suduttarā. [¶236] Things have changed, mind! Nothing could make me return to your control! I’ve gone forth in the teaching of the great seer, those like me don’t come to ruin. > Pali: Na te idaṁ citta yathā purāṇakaṁ, Nāhaṁ alaṁ tuyha vase nivattituṁ; Mahesino pabbajitomhi sāsane, Na mādisā honti vināsadhārino. [¶237] Mountains, oceans, rivers, the earth; the four quarters, the intermediate directions, below and in the sky; the three realms of existence are all impermanent and harried— where can you go to find happiness, mind? > Pali: Nagā samuddā saritā vasundharā, Disā catasso vidisā adho divā; Sabbe aniccā tibhavā upaddutā, Kuhiṁ gato citta sukhaṁ ramissasi. [¶238] Mind, what will you do to someone who has made the ultimate commitment? Nothing could make me a follower under your control, mind; I’d never touch a bellows with a mouth open at each end; curse this mortal frame flowing with nine streams! > Pali: Dhitipparaṁ kiṁ mama citta kāhisi, Na te alaṁ citta vasānuvattako; Na jātu bhastaṁ ubhatomukhaṁ chupe, Dhiratthu pūraṁ nava sotasandaniṁ. [¶239] You’ve ascended the mountain peak, full of nature’s beauty, frequented by boars and antelopes, a grove sprinkled with fresh water in the monsoon; and there you’ll be happy in your cave-home. > Pali: Varāhaeṇeyyavigāḷhasevite, Pabbhārakuṭṭe pakateva sundare; Navambunā pāvusasitthakānane, Tahiṁ guhāgehagato ramissasi. [¶240] Peacocks with beautiful necks and crests, colorful tail-feathers and wings, crying out at the resounding thunder: they’ll delight you as you meditate in the forest. > Pali: Sunīlagīvā susikhā supekhunā, Sucittapattacchadanā vihaṅgamā; Sumañjughosatthanitābhigajjino, Te taṁ ramessanti vanamhi jhāyinaṁ. [¶241] When the heavens have rained, and the grass is four inches high, and the grove is full of flowers like a cloud, between the mountains, like the fork of a tree, I’ll lie; it will be as soft as cotton-buds. > Pali: Vuṭṭhamhi deve caturaṅgule tiṇe, Sampupphite meghanibhamhi kānane; Nagantare viṭapisamo sayissaṁ, Taṁ me mudū hehiti tūlasannibhaṁ. [¶242] I’ll act rather as a master does: let whatever I get be enough for me. And that’s why I’ll make you as supple as a tireless worker makes a cat-skin bag. > Pali: Tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro, Yaṁ labbhati tenapi hotu me alaṁ; Na tāhaṁ kassāmi yathā atandito, Biḷārabhastaṁva yathā sumadditaṁ. [¶243] I’ll act rather as a master does: let whatever I get be enough for me. I’ll control you with my energy, as a skilled trainer controls an elephant with a hook. > Pali: Tathā tu kassāmi yathāpi issaro, Yaṁ labbhati tenapi hotu me alaṁ; Viriyena taṁ mayha vasānayissaṁ, Gajaṁva mattaṁ kusalaṅkusaggaho. [¶244] Now that you’re well-tamed and reliable, I can use you, like a trainer uses a straight-running horse, to practice the path of grace, cultivated by those who take care of their minds. > Pali: Tayā sudantena avaṭṭhitena hi, Hayena yoggācariyova ujjunā; Pahomi maggaṁ paṭipajjituṁ sivaṁ, Cittānurakkhīhi sadā nisevitaṁ. [¶245] I shall strongly fasten you to a meditation subject, as an elephant is tied to a post with firm rope. You’ll be well-guarded by me, well-developed by mindfulness, and unattached to rebirth in all states of existence. > Pali: Ārammaṇe taṁ balasā nibandhisaṁ, Nāgaṁva thambhamhi daḷhāya rajjuyā; Taṁ me suguttaṁ satiyā subhāvitaṁ, Anissitaṁ sabbabhavesu hehisi. [¶246] With wisdom you’ll cut short the one following the wrong path, curb them by meditation, and settle them on the right path. Having seen arising and passing away with respect to the cause of suffering, you’ll be an heir to the greatest teacher. > Pali: Paññāya chetvā vipathānusārinaṁ, Yogena niggayha pathe nivesiya; Disvā samudayaṁ vibhavañca sambhavaṁ, Dāyādako hehisi aggavādino. [¶247] Under the sway of the four distortions, mind, you dragged me around like a bull in a pit; but now you won’t associate with the great sage of compassion, the cutter of fetters and bonds? > Pali: Catubbipallāsavasaṁ adhiṭṭhitaṁ, Gāmaṇḍalaṁva parinesi citta maṁ; Nanu saṁyojanabandhanacchidaṁ, Saṁsevase kāruṇikaṁ mahāmuniṁ. [¶248] Like a deer roaming free in the colorful forest, I’ll ascend the lovely mountain wreathed in monsoon clouds, and rejoice to be on that hill, free of folk— there is no doubt you’ll perish, mind. > Pali: Migo yathā seri sucittakānane, Rammaṁ giriṁ pāvusaabbhamāliniṁ; Anākule tattha nage ramissaṁ, Asaṁsayaṁ citta parā bhavissasi. [¶249] The men and women who live under your will and command, whatever pleasure they experience, they are ignorant and fall under Māra’s control; loving life, they’re your disciples, mind. > Pali: Ye tuyha chandena vasena vattino, Narā ca nārī ca anubhonti yaṁ sukhaṁ; Aviddasū māravasānuvattino, Bhavābhinandī tava citta sāvakā”ti. [¶250] > Pali: … Tālapuṭo thero … [¶251] > Pali: Paññāsanipāto niṭṭhito. [¶252] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶253] > Pali: Paññāsamhi nipātamhi, eko tālapuṭo suci; Gāthāyo tattha paññāsa, puna pañca ca uttarīti. ## 22. Chapter One · Thag 20.1–21.1 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/22/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-theragatha/22/#p-N [¶0] Thag 20.1 · Mahāmoggallāna > Pali: Thag 20.1 · Mahāmoggallānattheragāthā [¶1] “Living in the wilderness, eating only almsfood, happy with the scraps in our bowls, let us tear apart the army of death, while remaining serene within. > Pali: “Āraññikā piṇḍapātikā, uñchāpattāgate ratā; Dālemu maccuno senaṁ, ajjhattaṁ susamāhitā. [¶2] Living in the wilderness, eating only almsfood, happy with the scraps in our bowls, let us crush the army of death, as an elephant a hut of reeds. > Pali: Āraññikā piṇḍapātikā, uñchāpattāgate ratā; Dhunāma maccuno senaṁ, naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro. [¶3] Living at the foot of a tree, persistent, happy with the scraps in our bowls, let us tear apart the army of death, while remaining serene within. > Pali: Rukkhamūlikā sātatikā, uñchāpattāgate ratā; Dālemu maccuno senaṁ, ajjhattaṁ susamāhitā. [¶4] Living at the foot of a tree, persistent, happy with the scraps in our bowls, let us crush the army of death, as an elephant a hut of reeds.” > Pali: Rukkhamūlikā sātatikā, uñchāpattāgate ratā; Dhunāma maccuno senaṁ, naḷāgāraṁva kuñjaro”. [¶5] “You hut, made of a chain of bones, sewn together with flesh and sinew; curse you mortal frame, you stink, you cherish the parts of others! > Pali: “Aṭṭhikaṅkalakuṭike, maṁsanhārupasibbite; Dhiratthu pure duggandhe, paragatte mamāyase. [¶6] You sack of dung swathed in skin! You demoness with horns on your chest! O body, you have nine streams that are flowing all the time. > Pali: Gūthabhaste taconaddhe, uragaṇḍipisācini; Nava sotāni te kāye, yāni sandanti sabbadā. [¶7] With its nine streams, your body stinks, full of dung. A monk seeking purity would avoid it like excrement. > Pali: Tava sarīraṁ navasotaṁ, Duggandhakaraṁ paribandhaṁ; Bhikkhu parivajjayate taṁ, Mīḷhaṁ ca yathā sucikāmo. [¶8] If they knew you like I do, they’d keep far away, like a cesspit in the monsoon.” > Pali: Evañce taṁ jano jaññā, yathā jānāmi taṁ ahaṁ; Ārakā parivajjeyya, gūthaṭṭhānaṁva pāvuse”. [¶9] “So it is, great hero! As you say, ascetic! But some founder here like an old bull stuck in a bog.” > Pali: “Evametaṁ mahāvīra, yathā samaṇa bhāsasi; Ettha ceke visīdanti, paṅkamhiva jaraggavo”. [¶10] “Whoever might think of making the sky yellow, or some other color, would only trouble themselves. > Pali: “Ākāsamhi haliddiyā, yo maññetha rajetave; Aññena vāpi raṅgena, vighātudayameva taṁ. [¶11] This mind is like the sky: serene inside itself. Evil-minded one, don’t attack me, you’ll end up like a moth in a mass of fire.” > Pali: Tadākāsasamaṁ cittaṁ, ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ; Mā pāpacitte āsādi, aggikhandhaṁva pakkhimā”. [¶12] “See this fancy puppet, a body built of sores, diseased, obsessed over, in which nothing lasts at all. > Pali: “Passa cittakataṁ bimbaṁ, arukāyaṁ samussitaṁ; Āturaṁ bahusaṅkappaṁ, yassa natthi dhuvaṁ ṭhiti. [¶13] See this fancy figure, with its gems and earrings; it is bones swathed in skin, made pretty by its clothes. > Pali: Passa cittakataṁ rūpaṁ, maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; Aṭṭhiṁ tacena onaddhaṁ, saha vatthehi sobhati. [¶14] Rouged feet and powdered face may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Alattakakatā pādā, mukhaṁ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṁ; Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. [¶15] Hair in eight braids and eyeshadow may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Aṭṭhapadakatā kesā, nettā añjanamakkhitā; Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. [¶16] A rotting body all adorned like a freshly painted makeup box may be enough to beguile a fool, but not a seeker of the far shore. > Pali: Añjanīva navā cittā, pūtikāyo alaṅkato; Alaṁ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. [¶17] The hunter laid his snare, but the deer didn’t spring the trap. I’ve eaten the bait and now I go, leaving the trapper to lament. > Pali: Odahi migavo pāsaṁ, nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, kaddante migabandhake. [¶18] The hunter’s snare is broken, but the deer didn’t spring the trap. I’ve eaten the bait and now I go, leaving the deer-hunter to grieve.” > Pali: Chinno pāso migavassa, nāsadā vāguraṁ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṁ gacchāma, socante migaluddake”. [¶19] “Then there was terror! Then they had goosebumps! When Sāriputta, endowed with many fine qualities, became quenched. > Pali: “Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ, tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ; Anekākārasampanne, sāriputtamhi nibbute. [¶20] Oh! Conditions are impermanent, their nature is to rise and fall; having arisen, they cease; their settling is such bliss.” > Pali: Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino; Upajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṁ vūpasamo sukho. [¶21] “Those who see the five aggregates as other, not as self, penetrate a subtle thing, like a hair-tip with an arrow. > Pali: Sukhumaṁ te paṭivijjhanti, vālaggaṁ usunā yathā; Ye pañcakkhandhe passanti, parato no ca attato. [¶22] Those who see conditions as alien, not as self, pierce a fine thing, like a hair-tip with an arrow.” > Pali: Ye ca passanti saṅkhāre, parato no ca attato; Paccabyādhiṁsu nipuṇaṁ, vālaggaṁ usunā yathā. [¶23] “Like they’re struck by a sword, like their head was on fire, a mendicant should wander mindful, to give up sensual desire. > Pali: Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, ḍayhamānova matthake; Kāmarāgappahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje. [¶24] Like they’re struck by a sword, like their head was on fire, a mendicant should wander mindful, to give up desire for rebirth.” > Pali: Sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, ḍayhamānova matthake; Bhavarāgappahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje. [¶25] “Urged by the developed one, who bore his final body, I shook the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother with my big toe.” > Pali: Codito bhāvitattena, sarīrantimadhārinā; Migāramātupāsādaṁ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayiṁ. [¶26] “Not by being slack, or with little strength may this be realized—extinguishment, the release from all ties.” > Pali: Nayidaṁ sithilamārabbha, nayidaṁ appena thāmasā; Nibbānamadhigantabbaṁ, sabbaganthapamocanaṁ. [¶27] “This young monk, this best of men, bears his final body, having vanquished Māra and his legions.” > Pali: Ayañca daharo bhikkhu, ayamuttamaporiso; Dhāreti antimaṁ dehaṁ, jetvā māraṁ savāhiniṁ. [¶28] “Lightning flashes down on the cleft of Vebhāra and Paṇḍava. But in the mountain cleft he is absorbed in jhāna— the son of the Buddha, inimitable and unaffected.” > Pali: Vivaramanupabhanti vijjutā, Vebhārassa ca paṇḍavassa ca; Nagavivaragato jhāyati, Putto appaṭimassa tādino. [¶29] “Calm and still, the sage in his remote lodging, the heir to the best of Buddhas, is honored even by the Divinity. > Pali: Upasanto uparato, pantasenāsano muni; Dāyādo buddhaseṭṭhassa, brahmunā abhivandito”. [¶30] Calm and still, the sage in his remote lodging, is heir to the best of Buddhas: Brahmin, you should honor Kassapa! > Pali: “Upasantaṁ uparataṁ, pantasenāsanaṁ muniṁ; Dāyādaṁ buddhaseṭṭhassa, vanda brāhmaṇa kassapaṁ. [¶31] Even if someone were to be born again and again a hundred times in the human realm, and always as a brahmin, a student accomplished in the Vedas; > Pali: Yo ca jātisataṁ gacche, sabbā brāhmaṇajātiyo; Sottiyo vedasampanno, manussesu punappunaṁ. [¶32] and if he were to become a reciter, a master of the three Vedas: honoring such a person isn’t worth a sixteenth of that. > Pali: Ajjhāyakopi ce assa, tiṇṇaṁ vedāna pāragū; Etassa vandanāyetaṁ, kalaṁ nāgghati soḷasiṁ. [¶33] One who attains the eight liberations forwards and backwards before breakfast, and then goes on almsround— > Pali: Yo so aṭṭha vimokkhāni, purebhattaṁ aphassayi; Anulomaṁ paṭilomaṁ, tato piṇḍāya gacchati. [¶34] don’t attack such a mendicant! Don’t ruin yourself, brahmin! Let your heart have trust in the perfected one, the unaffected; quickly venerate him with cupped palms: don’t let your head explode!” > Pali: Tādisaṁ bhikkhuṁ māsādi, māttānaṁ khaṇi brāhmaṇa; Abhippasādehi manaṁ, arahantamhi tādine; Khippaṁ pañjaliko vanda, mā te vijaṭi matthakaṁ”. [¶35] “If you prioritize transmigration, you don’t see the true teaching. You’re following a twisted path, a bad path that will lead you down. > Pali: “Neso passati saddhammaṁ, saṁsārena purakkhato; Adhogamaṁ jimhapathaṁ, kummaggamanudhāvati. [¶36] Like a worm smeared with dung, he is besotted with conditions. Consumed by gain and honor, Poṭṭhila goes on, hollow.” > Pali: Kimīva mīḷhasallitto, saṅkhāre adhimucchito; Pagāḷho lābhasakkāre, tuccho gacchati poṭṭhilo”. [¶37] “See Sāriputta coming! It is good to see him; he is freed in both ways, serene inside himself; > Pali: “Imañca passa āyantaṁ, sāriputtaṁ sudassanaṁ; Vimuttaṁ ubhatobhāge, ajjhattaṁ susamāhitaṁ. [¶38] free of thorns, with yoking ended, master of the three knowledges, conqueror of death; worthy of offerings, a supreme field of merit for the people.” > Pali: Visallaṁ khīṇasaṁyogaṁ, tevijjaṁ maccuhāyinaṁ; Dakkhiṇeyyaṁ manussānaṁ, puññakkhettaṁ anuttaraṁ”. [¶39] “These many gods, powerful and glorious, all 10,000 of them, are priests of Divinity. They stand with cupped palms honoring Moggallāna: > Pali: “Ete sambahulā devā, iddhimanto yasassino; Dasa devasahassāni, sabbe brahmapurohitā; Moggallānaṁ namassantā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. [¶40] ‘Homage to you, O thoroughbred! Homage to you, supreme among men! Since your defilements are ended, you, good fellow, are worthy of teacher’s offerings.’ > Pali: ‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama; Yassa te āsavā khīṇā, dakkhiṇeyyosi mārisa’. [¶41] Venerated by the lordly god, he has arisen, the master of death. He is unsmeared by conditions, as a lotus-flower by water.” > Pali: Pūjito naradevena, uppanno maraṇābhibhū; Puṇḍarīkaṁva toyena, saṅkhārenupalippati. [¶42] “The mendicant by whom the galaxy with the age of the Divinity are known in an hour— that master of psychic ability sees the gods at the time they pass away and are reborn.” > Pali: Yassa muhuttena sahassadhā loko, Saṁvidito sabrahmakappo vasi; Iddhiguṇe cutupapāte kāle, Passati devatā sa bhikkhu”. [¶43] “Sāriputta is full of wisdom, ethics, and peace. Even a mendicant who has crossed over might at best equal him. > Pali: “Sāriputtova paññāya, sīlena upasamena ca; Yopi pāraṅgato bhikkhu, etāvaparamo siyā. [¶44] But in a moment I can create the likenesses of ten million times 100,000 people! I’m skilled in transformations; I’m a master of psychic powers. > Pali: Koṭisatasahassassa, Attabhāvaṁ khaṇena nimmine; Ahaṁ vikubbanāsu kusalo, Vasībhūtomhi iddhiyā. [¶45] A member of the Moggallāna clan, attained to perfection and mastery in immersion and knowledge, wise in the teachings of the unattached, with serene faculties, has burst his bonds like an elephant bursts a vine. > Pali: Samādhivijjāvasipāramīgato, Moggallānagotto asitassa sāsane; Dhīro samucchindi samāhitindriyo, Nāgo yathā pūtilataṁva bandhanaṁ. [¶46] I’ve served the Teacher and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. The heavy burden is laid down, the leash to existence is eradicated. > Pali: Pariciṇṇo mayā satthā, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ; Ohito garuko bhāro, bhavanetti samūhatā. [¶47] I’ve attained the goal for the sake of which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness— the ending of all fetters.” > Pali: Yassa catthāya pabbajito, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; So me attho anuppatto, sabbasaṁyojanakkhayo. [¶48] “What kind of hell was that, where Dūsī was roasted after attacking the disciple Vidhura along with the brahmin Kakusandha? > Pali: Kīdiso nirayo āsi, yattha dussī apaccatha; Vidhuraṁ sāvakamāsajja, kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṁ. [¶49] There were 100 iron spikes, each one uniquely painful. That’s the kind of hell where Dūsī was roasted after attacking the disciple Vidhura along with the brahmin Kakusandha. > Pali: Sataṁ āsi ayosaṅkū, sabbe paccattavedanā; Īdiso nirayo āsi, yattha dussī apaccatha; Vidhuraṁ sāvakamāsajja, kakusandhañca brāhmaṇaṁ. [¶50] Dark One, if you attack a mendicant who directly knows this, a disciple of the Buddha, you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako; Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. [¶51] There are mansions that last an eon standing in the middle of a lake. Sapphire-colored, brilliant, they sparkle and shine. Dancing there are nymphs shining in all different colors. > Pali: Majjhesarasmiṁ tiṭṭhanti, vimānā kappaṭhāyino; Veḷuriyavaṇṇā rucirā, accimanto pabhassarā; Accharā tattha naccanti, puthu nānattavaṇṇiyo. [¶52] Dark One, if you attack a mendicant who directly knows this, a disciple of the Buddha, you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: Yo etamabhijānāti, … pe … kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. [¶53] I’m the one who, urged by the Buddha, shook the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother with his big toe as the Saṅgha of mendicants watched. > Pali: Yo ve buddhena codito, bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhato; Migāramātupāsādaṁ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi. [¶54] Dark One, if you attack a mendicant who directly knows this, a disciple of the Buddha, you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: Yo etamabhijānāti, … pe … kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. [¶55] I’m the one who shook the Palace of Victory with his big toe owing to psychic power, inspiring deities to awe. > Pali: Yo vejayantapāsādaṁ, pādaṅguṭṭhena kampayi; Iddhibalenupatthaddho, saṁvejesi ca devatā. [¶56] Dark One, if you attack a mendicant who directly knows this, a disciple of the Buddha, you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: Yo etamabhijānāti, … pe … kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. [¶57] I’m the one who asked Sakka in the Palace of Victory: ‘Respectable sir, I hope you recall the one who is freed through the ending of craving?’ And I’m the one to whom Sakka admitted the truth when asked. > Pali: Yo vejayantapāsāde, sakkaṁ so paripucchati; Api āvuso jānāsi, taṇhakkhayavimuttiyo; Tassa sakko viyākāsi, pañhaṁ puṭṭho yathātathaṁ”. [¶58] Dark One, if you attack a mendicant who directly knows this, a disciple of the Buddha, you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: “Yo etamabhijānāti, … pe … kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. [¶59] I’m the one who asked the Divinity in the Hall of Clear Right before the assembly: ‘Respectable sir, do you still have the same view that you had in the past? Or do you see the radiance surpassing the realm of divinity?’ > Pali: Yo brahmānaṁ paripucchati, Sudhammāyaṁ ṭhito sabhaṁ; Ajjāpi tyāvuso sā diṭṭhi, Yā te diṭṭhi pure ahu; Passasi vītivattantaṁ, Brahmaloke pabhassaraṁ. [¶60] And I’m the one to whom the Divinity admitted the truth when asked. ‘Good fellow, I don’t have that view that I had in the past. > Pali: Tassa brahmā viyākāsi, pañhaṁ puṭṭho yathātathaṁ; Na me mārisa sā diṭṭhi, yā me diṭṭhi pure ahu. [¶61] I see the radiance surpassing the realm of divinity. So how could I say today that I am permanent and eternal?’ > Pali: Passāmi vītivattantaṁ, brahmaloke pabhassaraṁ; Sohaṁ ajja kathaṁ vajjaṁ, ahaṁ niccomhi sassato”. [¶62] Dark One, if you attack a mendicant who directly knows this, a disciple of the Buddha, you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: “Yo etamabhijānāti, … pe … kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. [¶63] I’m the one who touched the peak of Mount Neru using the power of meditative liberation. I’ve visited the forests of the people who dwell in the land east of Videha. > Pali: Yo mahāneruno kūṭaṁ, vimokkhena aphassayi; Vanaṁ pubbavidehānaṁ, ye ca bhūmisayā narā. [¶64] Dark One, if you attack a mendicant who directly knows this, a disciple of the Buddha, you’ll fall into suffering. > Pali: Yo etamabhijānāti, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako; Tādisaṁ bhikkhumāsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṁ nigacchasi. [¶65] Though a fire doesn’t think, ‘I’ll burn the fool!’ Still the fool who attacks the fire gets burnt. > Pali: Na ve aggi cetayati, ahaṁ bālaṁ ḍahāmīti; Bālova jalitaṁ aggiṁ, āsajja naṁ paḍayhati. [¶66] In the same way, Māra, in attacking the Realized One, you’ll only burn yourself, like a fool touching the flames. > Pali: Evamevaṁ tuvaṁ māra, āsajja naṁ tathāgataṁ; Sayaṁ ḍahissasi attānaṁ, bālo aggiṁva samphusaṁ. [¶67] Māra’s done a bad thing in attacking the Realized One. Wicked One, do you imagine that your wickedness won’t bear fruit? > Pali: Apuññaṁ pasavī māro, āsajja naṁ tathāgataṁ; Kiṁ nu maññasi pāpima, na me pāpaṁ vipaccati. [¶68] Your deeds heap up wickedness that will last a long time, terminator! Give up on the Buddha, Māra! And hold no hope for the mendicants!” > Pali: Karato te cīyate pāpaṁ, cirarattāya antaka; Māra nibbinda buddhamhā, āsaṁ mākāsi bhikkhusu”. [¶69] That is how, in the Bhesekaḷā grove, the mendicant warned Māra. That spirit, downcast, disappeared right there. > Pali: “Iti māraṁ atajjesi, bhikkhu bhesakaḷāvane; Tato so dummano yakkho, tatthevantaradhāyathā”ti. [¶70] That is how these verses were recited by the senior venerable Mahāmoggallāna. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. [¶71] The Book of the Sixties is finished. > Pali: Saṭṭhinipāto niṭṭhito. [¶72] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶73] > Pali: Saṭṭhikamhi nipātamhi, moggallāno mahiddhiko; Ekova theragāthāyo, aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhavanti tāti. [¶74] Thag 21.1 · Vaṅgīsa > Pali: Thag 21.1 · Vaṅgīsattheragāthā [¶75] “Now that I’ve renounced the lay life for homelessness, I’m overrun by the rude thoughts of the Dark One. > Pali: “Nikkhantaṁ vata maṁ santaṁ, agārasmānagāriyaṁ; Vitakkā upadhāvanti, pagabbhā kaṇhato ime. [¶76] Even if a thousand warrior chiefs and great archers, well trained, with strong bows, were to completely surround me; I would never flee. > Pali: Uggaputtā mahissāsā, sikkhitā daḷhadhammino; Samantā parikireyyuṁ, sahassaṁ apalāyinaṁ. [¶77] And even if women come, many more than that, they won’t bother me, for I stand firm in the teaching. > Pali: Sacepi ettakā bhiyyo, āgamissanti itthiyo; Neva maṁ byādhayissanti, dhamme samhi patiṭṭhito. [¶78] I heard with my own ears from the Buddha, Kinsman of the Sun, about the path going to extinguishment; that’s what delights my mind. > Pali: Sakkhī hi me sutaṁ etaṁ, buddhassādiccabandhuno; Nibbānagamanaṁ maggaṁ, tattha me nirato mano. [¶79] Wicked One, if you come near me as I meditate like this, I’ll make sure that you, Death, won’t even see the path I take.” > Pali: Evañce maṁ viharantaṁ, pāpima upagacchasi; Tathā maccu karissāmi, na me maggampi dakkhasi. [¶80] “Giving up desire and discontent, along with all thought of domestic life, they wouldn’t get snarled in anything; unsnarled, free of snarls: that’s a real mendicant. > Pali: Aratiñca ratiñca pahāya, Sabbaso gehasitañca vitakkaṁ; Vanathaṁ na kareyya kuhiñci, Nibbanatho avanatho sa bhikkhu. [¶81] Whatever here is included in form— on earth, in the sky, or in planet’s deep— wears out, it is all impermanent: the self-examined live having comprehended this. > Pali: Yamidha pathaviñca vehāsaṁ, Rūpagataṁ jagatogadhaṁ kiñci; Parijīyati sabbamaniccaṁ, Evaṁ samecca caranti mutattā. [¶82] People are bound to their attachments, to impingement of the seen and heard, and to what is thought. Unstirred, dispel desire for these things; for one called ‘a sage’ does not cling to them. > Pali: Upadhīsu janā gadhitāse, Diṭṭhasute paṭighe ca mute ca; Ettha vinodaya chandamanejo, Yo hettha na limpati muni tamāhu. [¶83] Trapped in the sixty wrong views, full of their own opinions, ordinary people are fixed in wrong principles. But that mendicant wouldn’t join a sect, still less would they utter lewd speech. > Pali: Atha saṭṭhisitā savitakkā, Puthujjanatāya adhammā niviṭṭhā; Na ca vaggagatassa kuhiñci, No pana duṭṭhullagāhī sa bhikkhu. [¶84] Proficient, long serene, free of deceit, alert, without envy, the sage has reached the state of peace; quenched, he awaits his time.” > Pali: Dabbo cirarattasamāhito, Akuhako nipako apihālu; Santaṁ padaṁ ajjhagamā muni, Paṭicca parinibbuto kaṅkhati kālaṁ. [¶85] “Give up conceit, Gotama! Completely abandon the different kinds of conceit! Besotted with the different kinds of conceit, you’ve had regrets for a long time. > Pali: Mānaṁ pajahassu gotama, Mānapathañca jahassu asesaṁ; Mānapathamhi sa mucchito, Vippaṭisārīhuvā cirarattaṁ. [¶86] Smeared by smears and slain by conceit, people fall into hell. When people slain by conceit are reborn in hell, they grieve for a long time. > Pali: Makkhena makkhitā pajā, Mānahatā nirayaṁ papatanti; Socanti janā cirarattaṁ, Mānahatā nirayaṁ upapannā. [¶87] But a mendicant who practices rightly, a path-victor, never grieves. They enjoy happiness and a good reputation, and they rightly call him a ‘Seer of Truth’. > Pali: Na hi socati bhikkhu kadāci, Maggajino sammā paṭipanno; Kittiñca sukhañcānubhoti, Dhammadasoti tamāhu tathattaṁ. [¶88] So being not hard-hearted, but energetic, with hindrances given up, pure; and having completely given up conceit, the one who makes an end with knowledge is assuaged.” > Pali: Tasmā akhilo idha padhānavā, Nīvaraṇāni pahāya visuddho; Mānañca pahāya asesaṁ, Vijjāyantakaro samitāvī”. [¶89] “I’ve got a burning desire for pleasure; my mind is on fire! Please, out of compassion, Gotama, tell me how to quench the flames.” > Pali: “Kāmarāgena ḍayhāmi, cittaṁ me pariḍayhati; Sādhu nibbāpanaṁ brūhi, anukampāya gotama”. [¶90] “Your mind is on fire because of a perversion of perception. Turn away from the sign that’s attractive, provoking lust. > Pali: “Saññāya vipariyesā, cittaṁ te pariḍayhati; Nimittaṁ parivajjehi, subhaṁ rāgūpasaṁhitaṁ. (…) [¶91] With your mind unified and serene, meditate on the ugly aspects of the body. With mindfulness immersed in the body, be full of disillusionment. > Pali: Asubhāya cittaṁ bhāvehi, ekaggaṁ susamāhitaṁ; Sati kāyagatā tyatthu, nibbidābahulo bhava. [¶92] Meditate on the signless, give up the tendency to conceit; and when you comprehend conceit, you will live at peace.” > Pali: Animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha; Tato mānābhisamayā, upasanto carissasi”. [¶93] “Speak only those words that do not hurt yourself nor harm others; such speech is truly well spoken. > Pali: “Tameva vācaṁ bhāseyya, yāyattānaṁ na tāpaye; Pare ca na vihiṁseyya, sā ve vācā subhāsitā. [¶94] Speak only pleasing words, words gladly welcomed. Pleasing words are those that bring nothing bad to others. > Pali: Piyavācameva bhāseyya, yā vācā paṭinanditā; Yaṁ anādāya pāpāni, paresaṁ bhāsate piyaṁ. [¶95] Truth itself is undying speech: this is an ancient teaching. Good people say the teaching and meaning are grounded in truth. > Pali: Saccaṁ ve amatā vācā, esa dhammo sanantano; Sacce atthe ca dhamme ca, āhu santo patiṭṭhitā. [¶96] The words spoken by the Buddha for finding the sanctuary, extinguishment, for making an end of suffering: this really is the best kind of speech.” > Pali: Yaṁ buddho bhāsati vācaṁ, khemaṁ nibbānapattiyā; Dukkhassantakiriyāya, sā ve vācānamuttamā”. [¶97] “Deep in wisdom, intelligent, expert in the path and what is not the path; Sāriputta, so greatly wise, teaches Dhamma to the mendicants. > Pali: “Gambhīrapañño medhāvī, maggāmaggassa kovido; Sāriputto mahāpañño, dhammaṁ deseti bhikkhunaṁ. [¶98] He teaches in brief, or he speaks at length. His call, like a myna bird, overflows with inspiration. > Pali: Saṅkhittenapi deseti, vitthārenapi bhāsati; Sālikāyiva nigghoso, paṭibhānaṁ udiyyati. [¶99] While he teaches the mendicants listen to his sweet voice, sounding attractive, clear and graceful. They listen joyfully, their hearts elated.” > Pali: Tassa taṁ desayantassa, suṇanti madhuraṁ giraṁ; Sarena rajanīyena, savanīyena vaggunā; Udaggacittā muditā, sotaṁ odhenti bhikkhavo”. [¶100] “Today, on the fifteenth day sabbath, five hundred monks have gathered together to purify their precepts. These untroubled sages have cut off their fetters and bonds, they will not be reborn again. > Pali: “Ajja pannarase visuddhiyā, Bhikkhū pañcasatā samāgatā; Saṁyojanabandhanacchidā, Anīghā khīṇapunabbhavā isī. [¶101] Just as a wheel-rolling monarch surrounded by ministers travels all around this land that’s girt by sea. > Pali: Cakkavattī yathā rājā, amaccaparivārito; Samantā anupariyeti, sāgarantaṁ mahiṁ imaṁ. [¶102] So disciples with the three knowledges, conquerors of death, revere the winner of the battle, the unsurpassed caravan leader. > Pali: Evaṁ vijitasaṅgāmaṁ, satthavāhaṁ anuttaraṁ; Sāvakā payirupāsanti, tevijjā maccuhāyino. [¶103] All are sons of the Blessed One— there is no rubbish here. I bow to the Kinsman of the Sun, destroyer of the dart of craving.” > Pali: Sabbe bhagavato puttā, palāpettha na vijjati; Taṇhāsallassa hantāraṁ, vande ādiccabandhunaṁ. [¶104] “Over a thousand mendicants revere the Holy One as he teaches the immaculate Dhamma, extinguishment, fearing nothing from any quarter. > Pali: Parosahassaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, sugataṁ payirupāsati; Desentaṁ virajaṁ dhammaṁ, nibbānaṁ akutobhayaṁ. [¶105] They listen to the immaculate Dhamma taught by the fully awakened Buddha; the Buddha shines at the fore of the mendicant Saṅgha. > Pali: Suṇanti dhammaṁ vimalaṁ, sammāsambuddhadesitaṁ; Sobhati vata sambuddho, bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhato. [¶106] Blessed One, your name is ‘Giant’, seventh of the seers. You are like a great cloud that rains on your disciples. > Pali: ‘Nāganāmo’si bhagavā, isīnaṁ isisattamo; Mahāmeghova hutvāna, sāvake abhivassasi. [¶107] I’ve left my day’s meditation, out of desire to see the Teacher. Great hero, your disciple Vaṅgīsa bows at your feet.” > Pali: Divā vihārā nikkhamma, satthudassanakamyatā; Sāvako te mahāvīra, pāde vandati vaṅgiso”. [¶108] “Having overcome Māra’s wrong path, you wander with hard-heartedness dissolved. See him, the liberator from bonds, dissecting the unattached section by section. > Pali: “Ummaggapathaṁ mārassa, Abhibhuyya carati pabhijja khīlāni; Taṁ passatha bandhapamuñcakaraṁ, Asitaṁva bhāgaso pavibhajja. [¶109] You have explained in many ways the path to cross the flood. The Seers of Truth stand unfaltering in the freedom from death explained by you. > Pali: Oghassa hi nitaraṇatthaṁ, Anekavihitaṁ maggaṁ akkhāsi; Tasmiñca amate akkhāte, Dhammadasā ṭhitā asaṁhīrā. [¶110] As the bringer of light who has pierced the truth, you’ve seen what lies beyond all planes. When you saw and realized this for yourself, you taught it first to the group of five. > Pali: Pajjotakaro ativijjha, Sabbaṭhitīnaṁ atikkamamaddasa; Ñatvā ca sacchikatvā ca, Aggaṁ so desayi dasaddhānaṁ. [¶111] When the Dhamma has been so well taught, how could those who know it be negligent? That’s why, being diligent, we should always train respectfully in the Buddha’s teaching.” > Pali: Evaṁ sudesite dhamme, Ko pamādo vijānataṁ dhammaṁ; Tasmā hi tassa bhagavato sāsane, Appamatto sadā namassamanusikkhe”. [¶112] “The senior monk awakened after the Buddha, Koṇḍañña, is keenly energetic. He regularly gains the blissful meditations of seclusion. > Pali: “Buddhānubuddho yo thero, koṇḍañño tibbanikkamo; Lābhī sukhavihārānaṁ, vivekānaṁ abhiṇhaso. [¶113] Whatever can be attained by a disciple who does the Teacher’s bidding, he has attained it all, through diligently training himself. > Pali: Yaṁ sāvakena pattabbaṁ, satthu sāsanakārinā; Sabbassa taṁ anuppattaṁ, appamattassa sikkhato. [¶114] With great power and the three knowledges, expert in encompassing the minds of others, Koṇḍañña, the heir to the Buddha, bows at the Teacher’s feet.” > Pali: Mahānubhāvo tevijjo, cetopariyakovido; Koṇḍañño buddhadāyādo, pāde vandati satthuno”. [¶115] “As the sage, who has gone beyond suffering, sits upon the mountain slope, he is revered by disciples with the three knowledges, conquerors of death. > Pali: “Nagassa passe āsīnaṁ, muniṁ dukkhassa pāraguṁ; Sāvakā payirupāsanti, tevijjā maccuhāyino. [¶116] Moggallāna, of great psychic power, encompasses with his mind, scrutinizing their minds, liberated, free of attachments. > Pali: Cetasā anupariyeti, moggallāno mahiddhiko; Cittaṁ nesaṁ samanvesaṁ, vippamuttaṁ nirūpadhiṁ. [¶117] That is how those endowed with many fine qualities revere Gotama, the sage gone beyond suffering, perfect in every respect.” > Pali: Evaṁ sabbaṅgasampannaṁ, muniṁ dukkhassa pāraguṁ; Anekākārasampannaṁ, payirupāsanti gotamaṁ”. [¶118] “Like the moon on a cloudless night, like the shining immaculate sun, so too Aṅgīrasa, O great sage, your glory outshines the entire world.” > Pali: “Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe, Virocati vītamalova bhāṇumā; Evampi aṅgīrasa tvaṁ mahāmuni, Atirocasi yasasā sabbalokaṁ”. [¶119] “We used to wander, drunk on poetry, from village to village, town to town. Then we saw the Buddha, who has gone beyond all things. > Pali: “Kāveyyamattā vicarimha pubbe, Gāmā gāmaṁ purā puraṁ; Athaddasāma sambuddhaṁ, Sabbadhammāna pāraguṁ. [¶120] He, the sage gone beyond suffering, taught me the Dhamma. When we heard the Dhamma, we became confident— faith arose in us. > Pali: So me dhammamadesesi, muni dukkhassa pāragū; Dhammaṁ sutvā pasīdimha, saddhā no udapajjatha. [¶121] Hearing him speak of the aggregates, the sense-fields, and the elements, I understood; and then I went forth to homelessness. > Pali: Tassāhaṁ vacanaṁ sutvā, khandhe āyatanāni ca; Dhātuyo ca viditvāna, pabbajiṁ anagāriyaṁ. [¶122] It is for the benefit of many that the Realized Ones arise— the men and women who follow their instructions. > Pali: Bahūnaṁ vata atthāya, uppajjanti tathāgatā; Itthīnaṁ purisānañca, ye te sāsanakārakā. [¶123] It is truly for their benefit that the sage realized awakening— for the monks and for the nuns who see that they’ve reached certainty. > Pali: Tesaṁ kho vata atthāya, bodhimajjhagamā muni; Bhikkhūnaṁ bhikkhunīnañca, ye nirāmagataddasā. [¶124] The Clear-eyed One, the Buddha, the Kinsman of the Sun, has well taught the four noble truths out of sympathy for living creatures. > Pali: Sudesitā cakkhumatā, buddhenādiccabandhunā; Cattāri ariyasaccāni, anukampāya pāṇinaṁ. [¶125] Suffering, suffering’s origin, suffering’s transcendence, and the noble eightfold path that leads to the stilling of suffering. > Pali: Dukkhaṁ dukkhasamuppādaṁ, Dukkhassa ca atikkamaṁ; Ariyaṁ caṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ, Dukkhūpasamagāminaṁ. [¶126] As these things were taught, so I have seen them. I’ve realized my heart’s goal, and fulfilled the Buddha’s instructions. > Pali: Evamete tathā vuttā, diṭṭhā me te yathā tathā; Sadattho me anuppatto, kataṁ buddhassa sāsanaṁ. [¶127] It was so welcome for me to be in the presence of the Buddha. Of the well-explained teachings, I arrived at the best. > Pali: Svāgataṁ vata me āsi, mama buddhassa santike; Suvibhattesu dhammesu, yaṁ seṭṭhaṁ tadupāgamiṁ. [¶128] I’ve realized the perfection of direct knowledge; my clairaudience is purified; I am master of three knowledges, attained in psychic power, I’m expert at reading the minds of others.” > Pali: Abhiññāpāramippatto, sotadhātu visodhitā; Tevijjo iddhipattomhi, cetopariyakovido”. [¶129] “I ask the Teacher unrivaled in wisdom, who has cut off all doubts in this very life: a monk has died at Āḷavī’s premier shrine, who was well-known, famous, and quenched. > Pali: “Pucchāmi satthāramanomapaññaṁ, Diṭṭheva dhamme yo vicikicchānaṁ chettā; Aggāḷave kālamakāsi bhikkhu, Ñāto yasassī abhinibbutatto. [¶130] Nigrodhakappa was his name; it was given to that brahmin by you, Blessed One. He wandered in your honor, yearning for freedom, energetic, a resolute Seer of Truth. > Pali: Nigrodhakappo iti tassa nāmaṁ, Tayā kataṁ bhagavā brāhmaṇassa; So taṁ namassaṁ acari mutyapekho, Āraddhavīriyo daḷhadhammadassī. [¶131] O Sakyan, All-seer, we all wish to know about that disciple. Our ears are eager to hear, for you are the most excellent teacher. > Pali: Taṁ sāvakaṁ sakka mayampi sabbe, Aññātumicchāma samantacakkhu; Samavaṭṭhitā no savanāya sotā, Tuvaṁ no satthā tvamanuttarosi. [¶132] Cut off our doubt, declare this to us; your wisdom is vast, tell us of his quenching! All-seer, speak among us, like the thousand-eyed Sakka in the midst of the gods! > Pali: Chinda no vicikicchaṁ brūhi metaṁ, Parinibbutaṁ vedaya bhūripañña; Majjheva no bhāsa samantacakkhu, Sakkova devāna sahassanetto. [¶133] Whatever ties there are, or paths to delusion, or things on the side of unknowing, or that are bases of doubt vanish on reaching a Realized One, for his eye is the best of all people’s. > Pali: Ye keci ganthā idha mohamaggā, Aññāṇapakkhā vicikicchaṭhānā; Tathāgataṁ patvā na te bhavanti, Cakkhuñhi etaṁ paramaṁ narānaṁ. [¶134] If no man were ever to disperse corruptions, like the wind dispersing the stormclouds, darkness would shroud the whole world; not even brilliant men would shine. > Pali: No ce hi jātu puriso kilese, Vāto yathā abbhaghanaṁ vihāne; Tamovassa nivuto sabbaloko, Jotimantopi na pabhāseyyuṁ. [¶135] The attentive are bringers of light; my hero, that is what I think of you. We’ve come for your discernment and knowledge: here in this assembly, declare to us about Kappāyana. > Pali: Dhīrā ca pajjotakarā bhavanti, Taṁ taṁ ahaṁ vīra tatheva maññe; Vipassinaṁ jānamupāgamimha, Parisāsu no āvikarohi kappaṁ. [¶136] Swiftly send forth your sweet, sweet voice, like a goose stretching its neck, gently honking, lucid-flowing, with lovely tone: alert, we all listen to you. > Pali: Khippaṁ giraṁ eraya vaggu vagguṁ, Haṁsova paggayha saṇikaṁ nikūja; Bindussarena suvikappitena, Sabbeva te ujjugatā suṇoma. [¶137] You have entirely abandoned birth and death; curbed and pure, I urge you, speak the Dhamma! For ordinary people have no wish-granter, but Realized Ones have a comprehensibility-granter. > Pali: Pahīnajātimaraṇaṁ asesaṁ, Niggayha dhonaṁ vadessāmi dhammaṁ; Na kāmakāro hi puthujjanānaṁ, Saṅkheyyakāro ca tathāgatānaṁ. [¶138] Your answer is definitive, and we will adopt it, for you have perfect understanding. We raise our cupped palms one last time, one of unrivaled wisdom, don’t deliberately confuse us. > Pali: Sampannaveyyākaraṇaṁ tavedaṁ, Samujjupaññassa samuggahītaṁ; Ayamañjali pacchimo suppaṇāmito, Mā mohayī jānamanomapañña. [¶139] Knowing the teaching of the noble ones from top to bottom, one of unrivaled energy, don’t deliberately confuse us. Like a man baking in the summer sun would long for water, I long for your voice, so let the sound rain forth. > Pali: Paroparaṁ ariyadhammaṁ viditvā, Mā mohayī jānamanomavīriya; Vāriṁ yathā ghammani ghammatatto, Vācābhikaṅkhāmi sutaṁ pavassa. [¶140] Surely Kappāyana did not lead the spiritual life in vain? Did he realize quenching, or did he still have a residue? Let us hear what kind of liberation he had!” > Pali: Yadatthikaṁ brahmacariyaṁ acarī, Kappāyano kaccissataṁ amoghaṁ; Nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso, Yathā vimutto ahu taṁ suṇoma”. [¶141] “He cut off craving for name and form right here,” said the Buddha, “the river of darkness that had long lain within him. He has entirely crossed over birth and death.” So declared the Blessed One, the leader of the five. > Pali: “Acchecchi taṇhaṁ idha nāmarūpe, (iti bhagavā) Kaṇhassa sotaṁ dīgharattānusayitaṁ; Atāri jātiṁ maraṇaṁ asesaṁ, Iccabravi bhagavā pañcaseṭṭho”. [¶142] “Now that I have heard your words, seventh of seers, I am confident. My question, it seems, was not in vain, the brahmin did not deceive me. > Pali: “Esa sutvā pasīdāmi, vaco te isisattama; Amoghaṁ kira me puṭṭhaṁ, na maṁ vañcesi brāhmaṇo. [¶143] As he said, so he did— he was a disciple of the Buddha. He cut the net of death the deceiver, so extended and strong. > Pali: Yathā vādī tathā kārī, ahu buddhassa sāvako; Acchecchi maccuno jālaṁ, tataṁ māyāvino daḷhaṁ. [¶144] Blessed One, Kappāyana saw the starting point of grasping. He has indeed gone far beyond Death’s dominion so hard to pass. > Pali: Addasa bhagavā ādiṁ, upādānassa kappiyo; Accagā vata kappāno, maccudheyyaṁ suduttaraṁ. [¶145] God of gods, best of men, I bow to you, and to your son, who followed your example, a great hero; a giant, bosom son of a giant.” > Pali: Taṁ devadevaṁ vandāmi, puttaṁ te dvipaduttama; Anujātaṁ mahāvīraṁ, nāgaṁ nāgassa orasan”ti. [¶146] That is how these verses were recited by the senior venerable Vaṅgīsa. > Pali: Itthaṁ sudaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso thero gāthāyo abhāsitthāti. [¶147] The Great Book is Finished > Pali: Mahānipāto niṭṭhito. [¶148] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶149] > Pali: Sattatimhi nipātamhi, vaṅgīso paṭibhāṇavā; Ekova thero natthañño, gāthāyo ekasattatīti. [¶150] > Pali: Niṭṭhitā theragāthāyo. [¶151] > Pali: Tatruddānaṁ [¶152] > Pali: Sahassaṁ honti tā gāthā, tīṇi saṭṭhisatāni ca; Therā ca dve satā saṭṭhi, cattāro ca pakāsitā. [¶153] > Pali: Sīhanādaṁ naditvāna, buddhaputtā anāsavā; Khemantaṁ pāpuṇitvāna, aggikhandhāva nibbutāti. [¶154] The Verses of the Senior Monks are finished. > Pali: Theragāthāpāḷi niṭṭhitā.